九年级上册英语全册导学案和检测卷附答案

这是一份九年级上册英语全册导学案和检测卷附答案，共286页。试卷主要包含了________， A等内容，欢迎下载使用。
Unit 1　How can we become good learners?
Section A (1a—2d)


Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 向某人求助 ________ sb.________ help
2. 和某人谈话 ________ ________ with sb.
3. 朗读 read ________
4. 逐字地 ________________________
5. 多于 ________________________
6. speaking skills ________________________
7. spoken English ________________________
8. give a report ________________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. ——你如何学习备考？
——我通过制作单词卡片来学习。
—________ do you ________ ________ a test?
—I study ________ ________ word cards.
2. 通过听磁带来练习发音怎么样？
________ ________ ________ to tapes to practice pronunciation?
3. 你曾经参加过小组学习吗？
________ you ever ________ ________ a group?
4. 你读得越多，你(读得)就会越快。
________ ________ you read, ________ ________ you'll be.




阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的含义及用法
—How do you study for a test?
你如何学习备考？
—I study by working with a group.
我参加小组学习。(教材第1页)
—How do you get to school?
你如何去上学？
—By bike.
骑自行车。

how 为疑问副词，意为“如何；怎样”，由其引导

的特殊疑问句可用于询问动作执行的方式、手段等
常用“by＋动词-ing”结构来回答，还可以用来对交通方式进行提问。

①I improve my listening skills by listening to tapes. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ you improve your listening skills?
②你的爸爸如何去上班？
________ ________ your father go to work?
2. aloud adv. 大声地；出声地

阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
What about reading aloud to practice pronunciation?
通过朗读来练习发音怎么样？(教材第2页)
Do you like loud music?
你喜欢声音很大的音乐吗？
Don't talk so loud.
不要如此大声地谈话。
Someone is knocking loudly at the door.
有人在大声敲门。
　aloud, loud与loudly的用法辨析
aloud
________(形容词/副词)，意为“出声地”，有使别人能听得到的意味，常与read, cry等词连用，无比较级
loud
用作形容词，意为“响亮的；大声的”；用作副词，意为“高声地；大声地；响亮地”。 比较级为louder，最高级为loudest
loudly
________(形容词/副词)，意为“高声地”，有时与loud通用，但含有“喧闹”的意味。比较级为more loudly，最高级为most loudly


①那个婴儿正在房间里大声哭。
The baby is ________ ________ in the room.
②不要在图书馆里大声谈话。
Don't ________ ________ in the library.
3. patient adj. 有耐心的 n. 病人

阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
Well, be patient.
嗯，要有耐心。(教材第2页)
The patient is too weak to speak.
这个病人太虚弱了以至于说不出话来。
This doctor is very patient with the patients．
这位医生对病人很有耐心。
　patient的两种词性
(1)patient用作形容词，意为“有耐心的；能忍耐的”。其构成的短语有be patient with sb. “对某人有耐心”；be patient of sth. “忍耐某事”。
(2)patient用作名词，意为“病人”。

①刘老师对他的学生们很有耐心。
Mr. Liu ________ ________ ________ his students.
②在候诊室里有很多病人。
There are________ ________ in the waiting room.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. You can keep healthy by ________ (eat) less junk food.
2. —How can we spend this Sunday?
—What about ________ (climb) the mountains near here?
3. Her ________ (speak) English is so good that we all think she must be from the USA.
4. If you finish ________ (clean) the yard early, you can come to my home at seven o'clock.
5. It's very important ________ (listen) to the teacher carefully in class.
6. —How do you improve your English?
—I practice ________(read) every morning.
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 你每天早晨都在公园里朗读英语吗？
Do you ________ English________ in the park every morning?
2. 对待这些小孩你应该有耐心。
You should be ________ ________ these children.
3. 上个周末你是如何去你的爷爷奶奶家的？
________ ________ you go to your grandparents' home last weekend?
4. 这个句子太难了，我理解不了。
This sentence is ________ hard for me ________ understand.
5. 你攀登得越高，就看得越远。
________ ________ you climb，________ ________ you will see.


Ⅰ. 根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1. Where is my English ________(课本)? I can't find it anywhere.
2. The girl is shy and she is afraid to have a(n) ________(交谈) with boys.
3. Can you make a ________ (句子) with this word?
4. —How can I improve my ________(发音)?
—You can listen to tapes and repeat(跟读) out every day.
5. All the teachers are ________ (有耐心的) enough with us.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. My sister is a good language ________(learn). She does well in English.
2. —How do you solve your problems?
—By ________(talk) with my parents.
3. —What about ________(play) tennis?
—Good idea!
4. —Have you ever ________(be) to the Great Wall?
—Yes, many times.
5. He tried to listen to English radio to improve his ________(listen) skills.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. ________ you ever ________ in your friend's home?
A. Do; study B. Are; studying
C. Have; studied D. Will; study
2. It's difficult ________ the teacher clearly because it's noisy outside.
A. hear B. to hear
C. listen D. to listen to
3. The ________ friends you have, the happier you will be.
A. many B. much C. more D. most
4. —________do you improve your English?
—________ an English club.
A. How; By joining B. How; Join
C. What; By joining D. What; Joining
5. —When did Mr. Li finish ________ the book?
—Last week.
A. write B. to write
C. wrote D. writing
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 不要逐词翻译这些句子。
Don't translate these sentences ________ ________ ________.
2. 他正在努力提高他的英语口语。
He is trying to improve his ________ ________.
3. 我经常通过唱歌来放松。
I often relax ________ ________.
4. 汤姆能够用汉语和我们谈话了。
Tom can ________ ________ ________ us in Chinese.
5. 你能告诉我如何做报告吗？
Can you tell me how to ________ _______ _______？

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. How do you study for a test?
B. Your ideas are very helpful.
C. Are you free this weekend?
D. I'm afraid I can't go with you.
E. I don't know what to do.
F. Anything else?
G. I like to listen to English songs.
A: ____1_____
B: I think so. What's up?
A: What about going to the movies this weekend?
B: ____2_____
A: Why?
B: I got a C in the last English exam and my parents were very angry with me. _____3____
A: I think you should practice reading English in the morning every day. And try to listen to English songs and watch English videos.
B: Good idea！____4_____
A: You can study English by making word cards and ask the teachers for help.
B: That's great. _____5_____ Thank you very much.
A: You're welcome.
1.________　2.________　3.________　
4. ________ 5．________
Ⅵ. 短文填空
从方框中选词并用其适当形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
angry, much，make, quick, understand, they, good, because, use, have
The best way of learning a language
Do you know the best way of learning a language? Nothing is more important than __1__ a very good learning habit. We should __2__ English as __3__ as possible. Sometimes you will get your words mixed up and people will not understand you. Sometimes people speak too __4__ and you can't understand __5__. But you can always practice and learn from mistakes. Don't be __6__ if people seem to be laughing at your mistakes. It is much __7__ for people to be laughing at your mistakes than to be unhappy because they don't __8__ what you are saying. The most important rule for learning English is “Don't be afraid of __9__ mistakes” because everyone makes mistakes. Learning is a lifelong journey and can make you happy __10__ it can help you become better than before.
1．________　2.________　3.________ 4.________
5．________　6.________　7.________ 8.________
9．________　10.________

Section A (3a—4c)




Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 爱上(某人或某物)　____________________
2. 关键词 ____________________
3. 查阅；抬头看 ____________________
4. 记笔记 ____________________
5. the secret to ____________________
6. body language ____________________
7. as well ____________________
8. keep a diary ____________________
Ⅱ. 阅读3a部分，判断正(T)误(F)，把握短文大意
(　　)1. Last year, I liked English very much.
(　　)2. I began to love learning English because of an English movie called Toy Story.
(　　)3. We should get the meanings of the sentences by listening for every word.
(　　)4. I want to learn more words but don't want to learn grammar now.




阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
Why did Wei Fen find_it_difficult_to_learn_English?
为什么魏芬觉得学英语难？(教材第3页)
These good habits make it easier to solve the problem. 这些好习惯让解决问题更容易了。
He thinks it difficult to play the piano.
他认为弹钢琴难。
　it作形式宾语的用法
find it＋adj.＋to do sth.意为“发现做某事……”。it为形式宾语，真正的宾语是后面的动词不定式。类似的结构还有：make/think it＋adj.＋to do sth. “使做某事/认为做某事……”。

①The boy found it relaxing ________(play) computer games.
②你认为学数学无聊吗？
Do you think________ boring________ ________math?


阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
The teacher spoke so quickly that I did not understand her most of the time.
老师说得如此快以至于很多时候我不能理解她说的话。(教材第3页)
I want to learn new words and more grammar so_that I can have a better understanding of English movies.
我想学习新单词和更多的语法以便更好地理解英文电影。(教材第3页)
He was so old that he couldn't hear you clearly. ＝He was too old to hear you clearly.
他年龄太大了，听不清你说的话。
　so ... that ...与so that 的用法辨析
(1)________意为“如此……以至于……”，引导结果状语从句，so后接形容词或副词。
(2)________意为“以便；为了”，引导目的状语从句，相当于in order that。
(3)在“so ... that从句”结构中，如果that从句表示否定，可转换成“too ... to ...”结构。

①我是如此疲劳以致今天早晨起晚了。
I was ________ tired ________ I got up late this morning.
②他匆忙吃了早饭，以便按时赶到学校。
He had breakfast quickly ________ ________ he could get to school on time.
③You are so young that you can't drive a car. (改为同义句)
You are ________ young ________ ________ a car.
3. look up (在词典、参考书中或通过电脑)查阅；抬头看

阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
But because I wanted to understand the story, I looked_them_up in a dictionary.
但是因为我想理解那个故事，我就在词典里查询它们。(教材第3页)
Don't always look_up_new_words in the dictionary.
不要总是在词典里查找新单词的意思。
I looked_up and saw him.
我抬起头来看见了他。
　look up的用法
look up意为“查阅；抬头看”，是“动词＋副词”构成的短语，当________(名词/代词)作其宾语时，可放在up之前，也可放在up之后；当________(名词/代词)作其宾语时，只能放在look up中间。

If you don't know the new word, you can ________ in the dictionary.
A. look for it B. look up it
C. look it for D. look it up

　

阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
—How do you learn English?
你怎样学英语？
—I learn by_studying with a group.
我通过参加小组学习来学英语。(教材第4页)
Mary often goes to work by_bus.
玛丽常乘公共汽车去上班。
The girls are dancing by_the_lake.
女孩们正在湖边跳舞。
My brother will come back by_5：00.
我哥哥将在5点钟之前回来。
He broke the window with_a_stone.
他用一块石头打破了窗户。
Please answer the question in_English.
请用英语回答问题。

(1)介词by意为“通过……；凭(以)……”，后面常接动词-ing形式，即“by＋动词-ing”结构，意为“通过……的方式”，表示通过做某事而得到某种结果。
(2)“by＋动词-ing”结构常用来回答“How do
you ...？”或“How can I ... ?”这类句型。
【拓展】
介词by的其他用法
①“by＋交通工具名词”意为“乘……；坐……”，表示交通方式。表示交通工具的名词用单数，前面不加任何冠词或物主代词。
②by表示位置，意为“在……旁边；靠近……”，有时可与beside换用。
③by表示时间，意为“在……之前；不迟于……”。
④介词by, with与in的用法辨析
by
侧重用某种手段、交通工具、传递方式或媒介等
with
侧重用有形的工具、材料、内容等
in
侧重用语言、语调、笔墨、颜色等

①My grandfather often spends his time by ________(read) newspapers.
②Her parents go to work ________ every day.
A. take the subway
B. by the subway
C. by subway
D. take subway
③—Can you sing the song ________ English?
—Sorry, I can't.
A. in B. with
C. by D. for

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Tom found it easy ________(finish) his homework with his friend's help.
2. The shy girl is afraid ________(speak) in front of the class.
3. My brother is reading a book ________(call) Journey to the West.
4. ________(read) my favorite books on rainy days is relaxing.
5. Our teacher gave me some advice on language ________(learn).
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. My cousin practices ________ the piano every evening and she feels bored.
A. play B. to play
C. playing D. to playing
2. I don't know the meaning of the word. I should ________ in the dictionary.
A. look up it B. look it up
C. look up them D. look them up
3. The visitors had to stay in the airport ________ the foggy weather.
A. because B. until
C. because that D. because of
4. ________ she is only twelve years old, ________ she has learned English for six years.
A. But; /
B. Although; but
C. Although; /
D. But; although
5. My English teacher spoke ________ quickly ________ I could hardly understand him.
A. too; to B. such; that
C. so; that D. very; that


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. I hate to r_________ the same work over and over again. It's really boring.
2. Physics and c_________ are my favorite subjects.
3. It was difficult for her to d_________ the secret to language learning.
4. Do you understand the________(表情) on her face?
5. Bob improves his English by doing _________(语法) exercises.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Wang Jing finds it relaxing ________(watch) English movies and she can also learn a lot from them.
2. —How can I improve my English?
—Why don't you learn ________(sing) English songs?
3. My sister practices________ (dance) every day.
4. We should take________(note) carefully in class.
5. ________ (eat) too much ice cream is bad for you, although it tastes good.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. We ate ________ in the restaurant last Sunday.
A. delicious something
B. something delicious
C. delicious anything
D. anything delicious
2. —Do you enjoy ________ storybooks?
—Yes, very much.
A. read B. to read
C. reading D. to reading
3. My grandfather likes reading, and books ________ his friends.
A. like B. likes
C. is like D. are like
4. —________ do you make so many friends?
—________ helping others.
A. How; By B. How; With
C. What; By D. What; With
5. Mr. Clark is so serious that we are afraid ________
him for help.
A. ask B. asks
C. to ask D. asking
Ⅳ. 句型转换
1. He was so angry that he couldn't speak. (改为同义句)
He was ________ angry ________ ________.
2. The girl gets up early every morning. She wants to get to school first. (合并为一句)
The girl gets up early every morning ________ ________ she can get to school first.
3. My mother didn't eat anything this morning. (改为同义句)
My mother ________ ________ this morning.
4. I read a story yesterday. The name of the story is Yu Gong Moves a Mountain. (合并为一句)
I read a story ________ Yu Gong Moves a Mountain yesterday.
5. I solve my problem by_learning_to_forget. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ you solve your problem?

Ⅴ. 完形填空
(2015·广安)There is an English Corner in our school. Every afternoon, many of my classmates come to the Corner. My teacher Miss Li comes here, __1__. At the Corner, we all speak English.
The Corner started last year. There were only __2__ students because many were afraid to speak English. After a few weeks, more and more students came here. At first, some students just __3___ to the other students. I was one of them. I was afraid to speak English. I thought someone would __4__me, but I wanted to speak. I always spoke English in my heart. My teacher went on saying, “Don't be afraid. Open your mouth.” I tried and tried to open my mouth. At last, I said “Hello！” to the teacher. The teacher was very __5__. She said “Hello！” to me at once. From __6__ on, I began to speak English. I work hard at English and I try my best __7___ more. I learn __8__ my teacher and my classmates at the Corner. Now I can speak a little English. Every Sunday afternoon, I come to the Corner __9__．
It's a good __10__ to speak English. Please join us.
1. A. also 　　B. either　　　C. too 　　D. as well
2. A. a lot of　 B. a little C. a bit of D. a few
3. A. talked　 B. spoke C. listened D. came
4. A. help B. laugh at C. stop D. fit into
5. A. happy　　 B. interesting C. sad D. afraid
6. A. now　　 B. then　　 C. today 　 D. that
7. A. to speak　　B. of talk C. saying D. telling
8. A. to　　 B. at　　　 C. for　　 D. from
9. A. late 　 B. often　　 C. early　 D. too
10. A. room　 B. school　 C. home　 D. place

Section B (1a—1e)




Ⅰ. 短语翻译，了解本课重点短语
1. 阅读速度 ________________________
2. 犯错误 ________________________
3. 准确发音 get the ________ ________
4. 和……谈话 ________________________
5. 写作训练 ________________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 我不是总能理解英语口语。
I can't always ________ ________ ________.
2. 我不知道如何提高我的英语口语。
I don't know ________ ________ ________ my spoken English.
3. 我经常在语法方面犯错误。
I often ________ ________ ________ grammar.
4. ——我没有同伴来一起练习英语。
——或许你应该加入英语俱乐部。
—I don't have a partner ________ ________ English________.
—Maybe you ________ ________ an English club.




阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
I often make_mistakes in grammar.
我经常在语法方面犯错误。(教材第5页)
Did you make_a_mistake again？你又犯错误了吗？
The teacher mistook me for my twin brother.
老师错把我当成了我的孪生哥哥。

(1)mistake可数名词，意为“错误”，其短语make mistakes意为“犯错；出错”，还可以说make a mistake。表示“在某方面犯错误”用make mistakes in ...。
(2)mistake用作动词时，意为“弄错；误解”。常用短语mistake ... for ... 意为“错把……当作……”。

①如果你足够认真的话，你就会在拼写方面少犯一些错误。
If you are careful enough, you will ________ _______ ________ ________ spelling.
②刘英长得非常像刘梅，以致人们常错把她当成刘梅。
Liu Ying looks like Liu Mei so much that people often ________ her ________ Liu Mei.


阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
He can't get_the_pronunciation_right．
他不能准确发音。(教材第5页)
The work gets_everyone_tired．
这份工作使大家都很疲劳。

“get＋宾语＋adj.”结构表示“使某人/某事物……”。get为使役动词，形容词在此作宾语补足语。注意：“get＋宾语＋宾语补足语”结构中，宾语补足语还可以是现在分词、过去分词、动词不定式或介词短语。

①这个好消息让我们高兴。
The good news ________ us ________.
②我的自行车坏了，我必须去修一下。
My bike is broken. I have to ________ ________ ________.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. —What's your trouble in learning English?
—I can't get the ________ (pronounce) right.
2. I can't understand ________ (speak) English well. I need to practice speaking English more often.
3. She can't ________ (spell) many English words.
4. Could you tell me how ________ (improve) my English?
5. Do you have much ________ (write) practice in English class?
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. My grandfather is old and he doesn't know ________ the computer.
A. what use B. what to use
C. how use D. how to use
2. —I can't speak English well.
—________ join an English club?
A. Why don't you B. Why not you
C. How about D. What about
3. I don't have a partner ________ ping-pong ________.
A. to play; with B. to play; to
C. play; with D. play; to
4. We often practice ________ English with our foreign friends.
A. speak B. to speak
C. speaking D. how to speak
5. If you do your homework carelessly, you will ________.
A. do it well B. make mistakes
C. improve your English D. make progress


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母提示完成单词
1. Bob was very surprised to make five m________ in his homework.
2. Don't drive at a very high s________. It's dangerous.
3. You can j________ an English club to improve your English.
4. Will you be my p________ in the next dance?
5. I'm glad that my boss has i________ my wages (薪水).
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Please tell me how to ________ (pronunciation) the word.
2. You'd better find a pen pal if you don't get much ________ (write) practice.
3. I wonder how ________ (teach) them math well.
4. —How do you practice ________ (speak) English?
—By talking with my foreign friends.
5. You shouldn't get the boy ________ (stand) there all the time.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. The boy was lost and he didn't know ________.
A. how to do B. where to do
C. what to go D. where to go
2. —What's your ________ in English learning?
—I can't understand the teacher in class.
A. challenge B. mistake
C. solution D. pronunciation
3. The weather today is ________. Let's go to the park and have a good time.
A. enough bad B. bad enough
C. enough nice D. nice enough
4. The boy was late again and again. This time he had nothing ________ for himself.
A. said B. saying
C. to say D. to saying
5. —When did you ________ the basketball club?
—Last term.
A. take part B. take part in
C. join D. joined
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 生活中每个人都会犯错误。
Everybody can ________ ________ in life.
2. 我不知道如何度过这个周末。
I don't know ________ ________ ________ this weekend.
3. 你可以加入篮球俱乐部来练习打篮球。
You can join a basketball club ________ ________ ________ basketball.
4. 你为什么不给他发封电子邮件呢？
________ ________ you ________ an e-mail to him?
5. 听音乐非常令人放松。
________ ________ ________ is very relaxing.

Ⅴ. 阅读理解
Welcome to Math School of Countryside
(2015·绵阳)Hello. I'm Andrew Kelly, Center Director of Math School of Countryside. We are ready to help kids in grades 3－12 understand math better by teaching them how to learn.
When they know how to learn math, kids make progress easily. Our school has already let 5000＋ students in the US and Canada learn math successfully for over ten years：
How to teach your child math.
Our math teachers will offer your child lessons on how to understand math. We use a special way to tell exactly what each child knows and what they need to learn. Next, we make a learning plan for each kid. It doesn't stop there—our encouraging teachers continually check progress along the way to make sure your kids truly understand what we've taught. The results are clear—your kids will see their scores in math exams continue to rise.
How to help your child's homework.
Our teacher will also provide homework support. We help kids understand the homework so they feel better prepared to finish the work at home—explaining the instructions of each exercise and changing homework frustration into a welcome challenge.
1. Who might be most probably interested in it?
A. Jane, a mother of an eleven-year-old boy.
B. Michael, a college student of math.
C. Rena, a math teacher from a secondary school.
D. Susan, a mother of a three-year-old girl.
2. What's special about this school?
A. It takes 5, 000 students each time.
B. It can help kids in any grade.
C. It is the oldest of its kind in the US.
D. It teaches kids how to learn math.
3. In how many steps will the teachers teach kids math?
A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five.
4. How will the teachers help with kids' homework?
A. By showing them how to finish it.
B. By watching them do it at home.　
C. By getting them better prepared for it.
D. By giving the correct answers to them.
5. What is this piece of writing?
A. A postcard. B. A poem.　
C. A diary. D. An advertisement.




























Section B (2a—2e)




Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 天生具有　________________
2. 取决于 ________________
3. 共同的 ________________
4. 注意；关注 ________________
5. 把……和……连接或联系起来 ______________
6. whether or not ________________
7. get bored ________________
8. even if ________________
9. look for ________________
10. find out ________________
Ⅱ. 阅读2b部分的短文，选择答案，了解文章大意
1. Whether or not you can learn something well depends on your ________.
A. ability B. parents
C. friends D. habits
2. If you are interested in something, your brain is ________ and you can pay attention to it for a long time.
A. more active B. less active
C. not active D. bored
3. Even if you learn something well, you will ________.
A. remember it for long without using it
B. forget it at once
C. forget it if you don't use it
D. remember it for a day
4. Good learners ________ ask questions.
A. never B. hardly ever
C. don't D. usually




阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
But whether_or_not you can do this well depends on your learning habits. 但是你是否能学好取决于你的学习习惯。(教材第6页)
We shall play soccer whether it rains or_not．
不管下雨与否，我们都会踢足球。

whether or not是英语从句的一个连词结构，意思与功能均相当于whether，表示“是否”，常出现在宾语从句或主语从句中。使用时，也可把whether和or not分开，or not放到句尾。

不管你帮不帮我，我都要把英语学好。
________ you help me ________ ________， I'll learn English well.


阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
... and it is also easier for you to pay_attention_to it for a long time. ……对你来说也更容易长时间关注它。(教材第6页)
You'd better pay_attention_to this word; it appeared in the English exam last time. 你最好注意一下这个单词，它在上次英语考试中出现过。
We must pay_attention_to protecting the environment.
我们必须注意保护环境。

pay attention to意为“注意；关注”，其中to为介词，后跟名词、代词或________ (动词原形/动词-ing形式)作宾语。

①你最好注意一下你的发音。
You'd better ________ ________ ________ your pronunciation.
②As a student, you should pay attention to ________(keep) the classroom clean and tidy.


阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
It_is not enough to just study hard.
仅仅努力学习是不够的。(教材第6页)
It's easy for me to_learn English well.
对我来说学好英语很容易。
It's kind of her to_help us.
能帮助我们她真是太善良了。
　it作形式主语的用法
(1)It's＋adj. (＋for/of sb.)＋to do sth. 意为“(对于某人来说)做某事是怎么样的”。在这个句型中，句首的it作形式主语，真正的主语是句中的动词不定式。
(2)在该句型结构中，如果形容词描述活动特征时，
前面介词用________；如果形容词描述人的性格、品质时，前面介词用________。

①It is boring ________ (do) the same thing over and over again.
②对于他们来说，按时完成工作很难。
________ is difficult for them ________ ________ the work on time.
③It is clever ________ her to answer such a difficult question.
A. on B. for C. of D. with

Ⅰ. 单项选择
1. I don't know ________ to become a good language learner. Can you give me some advice?
A. how B. what C. where D. who
2. You will ________ if you study for a long time without a rest.
A. learn well B. be active
C. get bored D. be interested
3. Don't be afraid of mistakes. We can learn a lot ________ them.
A. to B. from C. with D. of
4. I think they will lose the game ________ they try their best.
A. if B. whether C. unless D. or
5. —Can you tell me your secret to language learning?
—We should create an ________ in what we learn.
A. interest B. interesting
C. interested D. interests
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 那个著名的篮球运动员天生具有体育方面的才能。
The famous basketball player ________ ________ ________ sports talent.
2. 不管你是否同意他的意见，他明天都会出发去北京。
________ ________ ________ you agree with him, he will leave for Beijing tomorrow.
3. 你必须注意多吃水果蔬菜。
You must pay attention ________ ________ more vegetables and fruit.
4. 两位获胜者有一些共同的好习惯。
The two winners have some good habits ________
________.
5. 这座桥连接着新城和旧城。
The bridge ________ the new town ________ the old one.


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. The clever boy has the a________ to learn English well, but he is very lazy.
2. We should r________ what we have learned in time every day.
3. The beautiful girl gets a lot of ________ (关注) wherever she goes.
4. I hope all of you can take an ________ (积极的) part in sports.
5. The road ________ (连接) our city with that one.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. We can get much ________(know) from the book.
2. Children often speak ________(wise).
3. You can get good grades if you have good ________
(learn) habits.
4. Keep ________(work) hard, and you'll succeed in the end.
5. I learn all the subjects well by ________(ask) others questions.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. It is not enough ________ English in class. We should speak more with others.
A. say B. to read
C. to reading D. speak
2. —What can I do first?
—You should connect the computer ________ the Internet.
A. to B. for C. from D. by
3. You need ________ your study skills.
A. developing B. development
C. to develop D. to developing
4. Your dream won't come true ________ you work hard.
A. after B. unless C. while D. since
5. I ________ my lost bag everywhere, but I didn't ________ it anywhere.
A. look for; find
B. looked for; find
C. found; find out
D. looked for; find out

Ⅳ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. What can I do for you?
B. Thanks a lot.
C. Well, listening to tapes can help you.
D. But what about all the new words?
E. Have you ever studied with a group?
F. My favorite subject is math.
G. What's the matter with you?
A: Hi, Wang Hui. You look worried these days. ____1____
B: Ms Zhang, I have trouble in learning English.
A: ____2____
B: I can't get the pronunciation right. What should I do?
A: ____3____
B: That's a good idea. ____4____
A: You can always write the new words in your notebook and study them by making word cards.
B: ____5____ I think I can study better than before.
A: I hope you can make it in the future.
1. ________　2. ________　3.________　4.________ 5．________
Ⅴ. 短文填空
从方框中选词并用其适当形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
final, change, have, when, problem,
way, discuss, be, read, friend
A few years ago, English was a subject I did not enjoy. But when I was in Grade 8, my teacher Mr. Li __1__ my attitude(态度) towards English.
Mr. Li was kind and __2__. And he always __3__ a sweet smile on his face. He helped me do with many __4__ I faced with the subject of English. I remember sitting in his class and going over each part of a sentence, explaining what each word part was as well as its use in the sentence.
Another difficulty for me in learning English was reading. Mr. Li asked us __5__ many English books. He had many __6__ to let us be interested in reading.
__7__， Mr. Li forced me out of my shell. He made each student play a part in classroom __8__. Although I did not enjoy it at that time, now I am no longer afraid to speak in class even __9__ I am afraid my answer is wrong. Mr. Li encouraged me __10__ active in class.
Thanks to Mr. Li, I made great progress in English.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________　
4. ________ 5. ________　6. ________　
7. ________　8. ________ 9. ________
10. ________
Ⅵ. 任务型阅读
阅读下面短文， 并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入最恰当的单词，每空一词。
(2015·泰州)A good book can teach you things beyond your class. It can open your eyes and clear your minds. If you want to get into a good reading habit, there are a number of ways to develop it.
Plan your time
You should give yourself at least thirty minutes in all for reading every day. When time is set, nothing can change it. For example, make it a habit to read during breakfast or lunch time.
Always carry a book
Wherever you go, take a book with you. When you leave the house, make sure that you always carry a good book as well as your school things. Remember that a book always stays with you.
Find a quiet place
Find a place in your home where you can sit in a comfortable chair. When you read a book, no one will trouble you. There should be no televisions, computers, music or even noisy family members around you.
Have a library day
Have a library card, and you can read as many good books as possible in the library. Make it a weekly trip to the library. You can save a lot of money.
Blog it
One of the best ways to develop a good reading habit is to put it on your blog(博客). If you don't have one, create one. It's free. Ask your friends and family to go there to share your ideas and offer you suggestions.
Title
Some ways to have a good reading (1)________
Plan your time
You should read at least half a(n) (2)________ every day. Make it a habit to (3)________ during breakfast or lunch time.
Always (4)___
_____ a book
Make sure a book always stays with you wherever you go.
Find a quiet place
Find a place at home with a (5)________ chair and without televisions, (6)________， music or noisy people around you.
Have a (7)___
____day
It is a very cheap way to read good books in the library. Go on a trip to the library every (8)________.
Blog it
It (9)________ no money to create a blog. Your friends and family can share your ideas and (10)________ you some suggestions online.



Section B (3a—Self Check)





Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. be stressed out　________________
2. bit by bit ________________
3. at once ________________
4. 独自地 ________________
5. 代替 ________________
6. 反复地 ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 有三种学习英语的好方法。
There are three good ways ________ ________ English.
2. 如果你这样做，你将会成为一名优秀的学习者。
________ ________ ________ ________， you will become a good learner.
3. 看英文电影也是一个好主意，因为你可以听到演员说话。
________ is also a good idea ________ ________ English movies because you can hear the actors speak.
4. 你可以试着通过向别人寻求帮助来提高你的英语。
You could try to improve your English ________ ________ others ________ help.


　

阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
We should always speak English in class.
在课堂上我们应该一直说英语。
What/How_about_reading aloud to practice pronunciation？通过朗读来练习发音怎么样？
Why_not_come a little earlier?
＝Why_don't_you_come a little earlier?
(你)何不早点儿来呢？
It's_a_good_idea_to_spell and pronounce new words aloud. 大声拼读新单词是一个好主意。
Let's_try to speak English as much as possible.
让我们尽可能多地说英语吧。
We'd_better_join an English club.
我们最好加入英语俱乐部。
　常用的提建议的句型
(1)We/You should＋动词原形 ... 我们/你(们)应该……
(2)What/How about＋动词-ing形式 ...? ……怎么样？
(3)Why not＋动词原形 ...？为什么不……呢？相当于Why don't we/you＋动词原形 ...?
(4)It's a good idea to do sth. 做某事是个好主意。
(5)Let's＋动词原形 ... 让我们……吧。
(6)We/You had better (not) do sth. 我们/你(们)最好(不要)做某事。

①Why don't we watch English movies tonight? (改为同义句)
________ ________ watch English movies tonight?
________ ________ watching English movies tonight?
②阅读英文报纸和杂志是一个好主意。
________ ________ ________ ________ ________ read English newspapers and magazines.


本单元话题为“如何学习”，与之相关的话题作文主要是谈论学习方法。写作时可以根据提示，介绍不同的学习方法。

根据下面的表格，以“How can we learn English well？”为题写一篇调查报告，介绍他们的学习方法。
Names
Ways of learning English
Wang Lei
Reading English magazines
Li Mei
Studying grammar
Zhang Han
Joining the English club
Gong Ping
Making word cards
要求：1. 要点齐全，可适当发挥；
2. 80词左右。

1. 人称：第三人称。
2. 时态：一般现在时和一般过去时。
3. 结构提纲：
(1)点明主题：我们都喜欢学英语。但有些学生学习英语时有困难，急需好的学习方法。
(2)中心内容：介绍部分学生的好的学习方法。
(3)报告结尾：希望同学们都能学好英语。
4. 语句储备：
(1)it isn't easy for them to learn English well
(2)the best way to learn English
(3)learn English by doing ...

___________________________________________
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
___________________________________________

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Li Ming is ________(interest) in English and he is good at it.
2. If you do like this, you ________(get) good grades in the final exam.
3. There are many good ways ________(improve) your pronunciation.
4. We should ________(take) notes, do exercises and read a lot.
5. The weather is terrible. We have to go there on foot instead of ________(drive) a car.
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 你应当每天早晨朗读英语。
You ________ ________ English ________ every morning.
2. 今天下午去踢足球怎么样？
________ ________ ________ soccer this afternoon?
3. 你为何不向你的朋友们求助呢？
________ ________ ask your friends for help?
4. 制作单词卡是个好主意。
________ a good idea ________ ________ word cards.
5. 让我们明天去医院看望生病的儿童吧。
________ ________ the sick children in the hospital tomorrow.



Ⅰ. 从方框中选词并用其正确形式填空
understand, ever, idea, practice, tape
1. Our teacher often asks us to ________ speaking English before class.
2. Can you ________ what she said just now?
3. It's a good ________ to try your best to help the students who can't learn English well.
4. —Do you listen to ________ in every class?
—No, we don't.
5. —Have you ________ read English magazines?
—Yes, I have. I often do that.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —________ did you achieve your dream?
—By working hard, of course.
A. When B. Why C. How　 D. What
2. —Tommy, you can never let others know what I have told you today.
—Don't worry. I will keep the ________.
A. secret B. money C. address D. grade　
3. Don't give up. ________. So keep on practicing, and you'll make great progress.
A. It's a piece of cake
B. It serves you right
C. Use it or lose it
D. Practice makes perfect
4. —I find it's too hard to learn English.
—Don't be too worried. ________ you learn, _______ it will be.
A. The more; easier
B. The more; the easier
C. The early; the easy
D. The much; the harder
5. Lucy was ________ excited ________ say anything when she heard the good news.
A. so; that B. so; to
C. too; to D. very; to
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 考试之前我总是感到紧张。
I always feel ________ ________ before tests.
2. 你能独立完成作业吗？
Can you finish your homework ________ ________
________？
3. 你在课堂上记笔记吗？
Do you ________ ________ in class?
4. 春节过后，天气逐渐地变暖和了。
The weather gets warm ________ ________ ________ after the Spring Festival.
5. 他一遍又一遍地重复着同样的话。
He repeated the same words ________ ________ ________ ________.
Ⅳ. 句型转换
1. Mr. Wang communicated with his old friend by_using_the_Internet. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ Mr. Wang communicate with his old friend?
2. The robot can speak and walk. (改为否定句)
The robot ________ speak ________ walk.
3. I won't go to the park if it rains tomorrow. (改为同义句)
I ________ go to the park ________ it rains tomorrow.
4. Why not watch English programs？(改为同义句)
________ ________ watching English programs?
5. You shouldn't worry about the exams. (改为同义句)
You ________ ________ ________ worry about the exams.

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. Why don't you learn English?
B. I'm very glad to help you.
C. Do you think that will help?
D. What's your favorite subject?
E. When did you begin to learn English?
F. Thank you so much.
G. So you should practice listening very often.
A: Hi, Liu Ming. May I ask you some questions?
B: Yes, of course.
A: ____1____
B: English. I like it very much. And I am really good at it.
A: Mmm ... But I'm not so good at it. Sometimes I can't understand what the speakers say.
B: It's not a big problem. ____2____
A: Oh, it's very kind of you.
B: First, listening is the most important if you want to know what others say. ____3____ The more you listen, the easier it becomes.
A: ____4____
B: Sure. At the same time, you'd better buy a radio.Then you can listen to the English programs on it.
A: OK. I'll try your idea. ____5____
B: It's my pleasure. Bye.
1.________　2. ________　3. ________　
4.________ 5. ________
Ⅵ. 阅读理解
I've been working in a school for more than twenty years. Many parents often ask me, “How can you teach your child good study skills? How can he or she get the homework done as quickly as possible？” Here are some tips.
1. If the child is as young as nine or ten, ask him or her to prepare a small notebook to write down the homework given by his or her teachers. By developing this habit, he or she will learn to be much more responsible(负责的).
2. Find a good place to study. This should be a quiet place with good light that is free from everything but study things. No games, radios or televisions. Once you have decided on a place to study, this should be the only place where your child does his or her homework and studies. There should also be a very specific time for homework to be done. Usually, homework should be done as soon as the child gets home from school. This also goes for the kids who take part in after-school activities. Of course, it is a good idea to allow the child to have a healthy snack before the work begins.
3. Also remember that it is the child's duty to do his or her homework. Some children give up easily and go to Mom or Dad for help when they have a problem. Try to let them solve it first. By doing this, they will get a sense of success from overcoming problems. In this way we help them to help themselves.
1. Asking the kids to keep a notebook to remember their homework will make them ________.
A. remember more
B. learn more
C. more responsible
D. more interested in studying
2. The place where the children study must ________.
A. be free for everything
B. have a TV set and a computer
C. be quiet, bright and free from things for entertainment (娱乐)
D. be big, clean and tidy
3. What does the underlined word(画线的单词) “overcoming” mean in the passage?
A. Forgetting. B. Leaving.
C. Solving. D. Beating.
4. According to the passage, the children should _______ when they have trouble with their homework.
A. ask their parents for help
B. try to solve the problems by themselves
C. wait for their teachers' help
D. put it away and have a snack
5. This passage is written ________.
A. for parents to help their children study well
B. for the children who want to improve their work
C. for teachers to teach their students
D. for housewives to make their kids happy
































单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. The young girl is very ________(有耐心的) with the children.
2. Although the foreigner(外国人) ________(重复) the sentence again and again, we couldn't understand him.
3. Do you think the population of our country will ________ (增加) this year?
4. My ________ (pronounce) is poor. What should I do?
5. —How did you ________ (cover) his secret?
—His cousin told me about it.
6. The girl answered the question ________ (wise) and her father was pleased with her.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 求助　　________________
2. 查阅；抬头看 ________________
3. 记笔记 ________________
4. 写日记 ________________
5. 犯错误 ________________
6. 天生具有 ________________
7. 无论；是否 ________________
8. 依靠；取决于 ________________
9. 注意；关注 ________________
10. 把……和……连接或联系起来 ________________
11. work with a group ________________
12. have conversations with sb. ________________
13. give a report ________________
14. fall in love with ________________
15. as well ________________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. ——你如何学习以准备英语考试？
——我通过听收音机来学习。
—________ ________ you study ________ the English test?
—I study ________ ________ to the radio.
2. 他发现弹好钢琴是很难的。
He finds ________ difficult ________ ________ the piano well.
3. 通过阅读英语杂志来学习英语怎么样？
________ ________ reading English magazines to learn English?
4. 那个外国人说得那么快以至于我们都不理解他的话。
The foreigner spoke ________ ________ ________ none of us understood him.
5. 不管你喜欢与否，总有一天你将不得不面对他。
________ ________ ________ you like it, you'll have to face him one day.
6. 屏幕越大，你看得越清楚。
________ ________ the screen is, ________ ________ ________ you can see.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
1. —________ does your cousin study English?
—She usually asks her mother for help.
A. What B. Where C. How D. Who
2. Many middle school students go to school ________ now.
A. by bike B. by bikes
C. ride their bikes D. take the bus
3. My father used to learn English by ________ textbooks.
A. read B. reading C. to read D. write
4. Can I sit ________ ________ ________(在窗子旁边)?
5. You must be back ________ ________ ________ (十点钟之前)．

真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
疑问词how和其他疑问词的辨析，“疑问词＋不定式”结构，wisely等副词辨析以及短语be born with, pay attention to, depend on的用法等。
1. (2015·南充)Everyone is born ________ the ability to learn.
A. at B. on C. with D. in
2. (2015·宜昌)—Many young adults find it hard to make their own decisions.
—Well, they have to choose ________ and be responsible for their actions.
A. wisely B. quietly C. totally D. loudly
3. (2015·成都)— ________ can we become good learners?
—By working hard and asking the teachers for help.
A. How B. Where C. When
4. (2015·河北)—It's important for us to know ________ all the subjects.
—Yeah, group work is my favorite.
A. how to study B. when to study
C. which to study D. what to study
5. (2015·遂宁)我没有注意到他们所讨论的事情。
I didn't ________ ________ to what they discussed.
6. (2015·宿迁)你们现在是成年人了，不应该依靠父母。
You are adults now and should not ________ ________ your parents.

阶段检测卷(Unit 1)
(时间：60分钟　分值：100分)


Ⅰ. 单项选择(每小题2分，共20分)
1. —Mum, my little sister is crying all the time.
—Mary, be________！ She feels sick. You should take good care of her.
A. patient B. lazy C. polite D. active
2. He joined the English club ________.
A. to improve his speaking English
B. practicing his speaking English
C. to practice his spoken English
D. improve his spoken English
3. Can you tell me ________this word?
A. how can I pronounce
B. how to pronunciation
C. what to pronounce
D. how to pronounce
4. I always relax myself by ________ music.
A. hearing B. listen to
C. listening to D. hearing of
5. —There is no class this afternoon. What can we do?
—What about ________ soccer ________ our friends?
A. play; for B. play; with
C. playing; for D. playing; with
6. When you don't know a word, you can ________ in the dictionary.
A. look it up B. set it up
C. give it up D. pick it up
7. I find ________ difficult ________ English movies because I can't understand what they say.
A. it; to watch B. it; watching
C. it's; watch D. it's; watching
8. It's too ________. I don't think you can get to school on time, ________you take a taxi.
A. late; unless B. late; if
C. early; unless D. early; if
9. —My listening is very poor. What should I do?
—________ you practice, ________ your listening will be.
A. The more; the more
B. The better; the better
C. The better; the more
D. The more; the better
10. —Can you finish your math homework this afternoon?
—________ You know, I am good at math.
A. It's a piece of cake.
B. It serves you right.
C. Sorry, I can't.
D. I'm not sure.
Ⅱ. 完形填空(每小题2分，共20分)
(2015·新疆)Many Chinese students find it difficult to learn English, but not Chinese, because Chinese is their mother language. In fact, Chinese is much more difficult to __1__ than English.
Still some students in other countries can speak Chinese very__2__. If you don't see them, you may think they are Chinese. What __3__ them successful?
“For me, conversation is the most helpful. I try to speak in __4__. If you only listen to what others speak, you will be good at __5__. But if you talk as __6__ as you can, you will find you can speak good Chinese，” says Jenny Brown, an English girl. Now she is __7__ Chinese at Beijing University. She is interested in China and __8__ history. She thinks that to learn a language, one must try to know __9__ about the country.
Chinese is different from English，__10__ we can use the same way in learning it. It is conversation.
1. A. talk B. say C. learn D. know
2. A. well B. good C. bad D. badly
3. A. makes B. make C. let D. lets
4. A. English B. Japanese
C. French D. Chinese
5. A. listen B. talk
C. listening D. talking
6. A. little B. much C. less D. more
7. A. telling B. writing
C. studying　 D. teaching
8. A. it B. its C. he D. she
9. A. something B. anything
C. nothing D. everything
10. A. so B. and C. also D. but
Ⅲ. 阅读理解(每小题2分，共10分)
(2015·海南) Studying makes you tired? How to deal with the worries and relax yourself? Here is some advice which may add happiness to your life.
1. Rest at weekends
Weekends are time for a rest. After a week's hard work, weekends are the best time for you to relax yourself. Having a nice lie-in(睡懒觉) is a good idea. Besides, good sleep makes sure of your study.
2. Cry out
If you feel sad, don't try to hide your feelings. Crying out may help reduce(减少) your sadness.
3. Keep a diary
You can write down all that you want to say. That's a great way to think about and remember life. You can do it on paper or on computers.
4. Enjoy a big meal
It's not a good idea for a kid to lose weight, so you don't need to eat less food. When you feel upset, enjoy a big meal. Eating delicious food will make you feel good.
5. Join in activities
Having a get-together(聚会) is great fun. Going out with friends for a trip will make you happy. And it will also bring you a good sleep.
1. How many pieces of advice are given in the passage?
A. Four. B. Five. C. Six. D. Seven.
2. If you feel sad, you'd better ________.
A. have a nice lie-in　 B. hide your feelings
C. cry out D. go to a party
3. According to the passage, ________ can bring you a good sleep.
A. keeping a diary B. enjoying a big meal
C. listening to music D. joining in activities
4. Which of the following is TRUE?
A. Good sleep makes sure of your study.
B. Writing a diary can hide your feelings.
C. It is a good idea for a kid to lose weight.
D. A kid shouldn't enjoy a big meal.
5. The passage is mainly for ________.
A. students B. parents C. teachers D. fathers　
Ⅳ. 用所给词的正确形式填空(每小题2分，共1分)
1. I want to improve my ________(pronounce), so I listen to tapes every evening.
2. The girl has stayed in the US for three years and her ________(speak) English is great.
3. He found it relaxing ________(swim) in the sea. He wanted to go there again.
4. —How do you practice ________(write)?
—I often send English emails to my friends.
5. My uncle is a policeman. He often fights with the bad people ________(wise).
Ⅴ. 完成句子(每小题2分，共10分)
1. 有困难时，我们可以向警察求助。
We can ________ the police ________ ________ when we have trouble.
2. 这个学校的老师关注孩子们的安全。
The teachers in this school ________ ________ ________ the safety of the children.
3. 老师一个单词一个单词地读那些句子，以便我们能够记下来。
The teacher read the sentences ________ ________ ________ so that we could write them down.
4. 虽然他犯了很多错误，但是最后他成功了。
Although he ________ ________ ________， he succeeded at last.
5. 我们正在想方设法提高阅读速度。
We are trying to increase our ________ ________.
Ⅵ. 补全对话(每小题2分，共10分)
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. How about studying with a group?
B. I'm not good at spoken English.
C. I have some problems with my English.
D. And I can't understand the teacher in class.
E. Then you can look them up in a dictionary if necessary.
F. I hope you can improve your English soon.
G. It serves you right.
A: Hello！This is Crazy English. What can I do for you?
B: ____1____
A: What are your problems?
B: First of all, ____2____
A: That's easy. Why not read aloud to practice it? It will improve your speaking skills.
B: OK, I'll try it. ____3____
A: Listening to tapes will help a lot.
B: What about new words?
A: First, you should try to guess the meanings of them. ____4____
B: Thanks a lot.
A: You're welcome. ____5____
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________　5. ________
Ⅶ. 书面表达(共20分)
你班下周要召开英语学习经验交流会，交流各自学习英语的好方法。请写一篇发言稿，词数80左右，语言要简练，意思要表达清楚。
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________


Unit 1　How can we become
good learners?

Section A (1a－2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. ask; for　2. have conversations　
3. aloud 4. word by word　5. more than　6. 口语技能 7. 英语口语　8. 做报告
Ⅱ. 1. How; study for; by making　2. What about listening 3. Have; studied with　
4. The more; the faster　
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①How do　②How does
2. [探究总结] 副词；副词
[对点训练] ①crying aloud　②talk loudly
3. [对点训练] ①is patient with　②many patients
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. eating　2. climbing　3. spoken　
4. cleaning 5. to listen　6. reading
Ⅱ. 1. read; aloud　2. patient with　3. How did　 4. too; to 5. The higher; the farther
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. textbook　2. conversation　3. sentence
4. pronunciation　5. patient
Ⅱ. 1. learner　2. talking　3. playing　
4. been　5. listening
Ⅲ. 1－5 CBCAD
Ⅳ. 1. word by word　2. spoken English　
3. by singing 4. have conversations with　
5. give a report
Ⅴ. 1－5 CDEFB
Ⅵ. 1. having　2. use　3. much　4. quickly　
5. them　6. angry　7. better　8. understand　
9. making 10. because　
Section A (3a－4c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. fall in love with　2. key words　
look up4. take notes　5. ……的秘密　
6. 肢体语言　7. 也；又　8. 写日记
Ⅱ. 1－4 FTFF
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①to play　②it; to learn
2. [探究总结] (1)so ... that ...　(2)so that
[对点训练] ①so; that　②so that　③too; to drive
3. [探究总结] 名词；代词
[对点训练] D
[语法聚焦]
　[对点训练] ①reading　②C　③A
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to finish　2. to speak　3. called　
4. Reading 5. learning
Ⅱ. 1－5 CBDCC
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. repeat　2. chemistry　3. discover　
4. Expression 5. grammar
Ⅱ. 1. to watch　2. to sing　3. dancing　
4. notes　5. Eating
Ⅲ. 1－5 BCDAC
Ⅳ. 1. too; to speak　2. so that　3. ate nothing
4. called/named　5. How do
Ⅴ. 1. C　also一般用在实义动词之前；either一般用在否定句尾；too一般用在肯定句尾，其前常用逗号隔开；as well也常用于肯定句尾，但前面通常不用逗号隔开，故选C。
2. D　a lot of“许多”；a little“一些”，修饰不可数名词；a bit of“一点”，后接不可数名词；a few“一些”，修饰可数名词复数。根据句意可知此空表示数量不多，只有D符合。
3. C　talk“谈论”；speak“讲”；listen“听”；come“来”。根据前面提到一些学生害怕讲英语可知，此空表示他们只是“听”其他学生说英语。故选C。
4. B　help“帮助”；laugh at“嘲笑”；stop“停止”；fit into“(使)适合；与……融为一体”。根据前面提到“我”害怕讲英语可知，此空表示“我害怕他人嘲笑我”。故选B。
5. A　happy“高兴的”；interesting“有趣的”；sad“伤心的”；afraid“害怕的”。根据前面提到老师鼓励“我”讲英语，当听到“我”开口讲了英语之后，可以推断老师是高兴的。故选A。
6. B　from then on“从那时起”。
7. A　try one's best to do sth.“尽某人最大努力去做某事”。
8. D　learn from sb.“向某人学习”。
9. C　根据前面提到“我”在英语角开始张嘴讲英语了，并且现在还能讲一些英语了，可推知“我”现在已经非常喜欢讲英语了，此空应表示“我”每个星期天下午早早地到英语角。
10. D　room“房间”；school“学校”；home“家”；place“地方”。根据上文可知，句中的it指的是English Corner，由前文所知，英语角是一个讲英语的好地方。
Section B (1a－1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. reading speed　2. make a mistake/mistakes 3. pronunciation right
4. have conversations with
5. writing practice
Ⅱ. 1. understand spoken English　
2. how to improve 3. make mistakes in　
4. to practice; with; should join
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①make fewer mistakes in　②mistake; for
2. [对点训练] ①gets; happy　②get it repaired
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. pronunciation　2. spoken　3. spell　
4. to improve 5. writing
Ⅱ. 1－5 DAACB
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. mistakes　2. speed　3. join　4. partner　
5. increased
Ⅱ. 1. pronounce　2. writing　3. to teach　
4. speaking 5. standing
Ⅲ. 1－5 DADCC
Ⅳ. 1. make mistakes　2. how to spend
3. to practice playing　4. Why don't; send
5. Listening to music
Ⅴ. 1. A　细节理解题。根据第一段中的“We are ready to help kids in grades 3－12 ...”可知，这里主要教授3至12年级的学生。故选A。
2. D　细节理解题。根据文中的“Our math teachers will offer your child lessons on how to understand math.”可知D项正确。
3. C　推理判断题。根据How to teach your child math.中的讲述可知，教学分为四步：明确学习目标——制订学习计划——检查效果——学习进步。选C。
4. C　细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“We help kids understand the homework so they feel better prepared to finish the work ...”可知选C。
5. D　主旨大意题。本文是一篇广告。postcard “明信片”；poem “诗”；diary“日记”；advertisement“广告”。
Section B (2a－2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. be born with　2. depend on　3. in common 4. pay attention to　5. connect ... with　6. 是否
7. 变得无聊　8. 即使　9. 寻找　10. 发现
Ⅱ. 1－4　DACD
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] Whether; or not
2. [探究总结] 动词-ing形式
[对点训练] ①pay attention to　②keeping
3. [探究总结] for; of
[对点训练] ①to do　②It; to finish　③C
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1－5 ACBCA
Ⅱ. 1. is born with　2. Whether or not　3. to eating 4. in common　5. connects; with
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. ability　2. review　3. attention　
4. active 5. connects
Ⅱ. 1. knowledge　2. wisely　3. learning　
4. working 5. asking
Ⅲ. 1－5 BACBB
Ⅳ. 1－5 GACDB
Ⅴ. 1. changed　2. friendly　3. had　
4. problems 5. to read　6. ways　
7. Finally　8. discussion　
9. when 10. to be
Ⅵ. 1. habit　由文中第一段最后一句“If you want to get into a good reading habit, there are a number of ways to develop it.”可知此处填habit。
2. hour　由文中第二段第一句可知每天应花至少半小时阅读，故填hour。
3. read　由文中第二段最后一句可知，文章建议在吃早饭或午饭期间养成阅读的习惯，故填read。
4. carry　由文中第二条建议“Always carry a book”可知此处用动词carry。
5. comfortable　由文中第三条建议中的句子“Find a place in your home where you can sit in a comfortable chair.”可知填comfortable。
6. computers　由文中第三条建议中“There should be no televisions, computers, music or even noisy family members around you.”可知填computers。
7. library　由文中第四条建议Have a library day可知填library。
8. week　由文中第四条建议中的句子“Make it a weekly trip to the library.”可知，建议每周去一次图书馆。
9. costs　由文中第五条建议中的句子“If you don't have one, create one. It's free.”可知建博客是不花钱的。
10. offer　由文中第五条建议中的最后一句“Ask your friends and family to go there to share your ideas and offer you suggestions.”可知填offer。
Section B (3a－Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 紧张的，有压力的　2. 一点点地，逐渐地　3. 立刻 4. on one's own　5. instead of　6. over and over again
Ⅱ. 1. to learn 　2. If you do this　3. It; to watch 4. by asking; for
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] ①Why not; What/How about
②It's a good idea to
[写作指导]
One possible version：
How can we learn English well?
In our class, we all like to learn English. But some students think it isn't easy for them to learn English well. They want to know how to learn English well and how to be a good language learner. So this week I did a survey about it. I asked some friends about the best ways to learn English. Wang Lei thought the best way to learn English was reading English magazines. Li Mei had different ideas. She thought studying grammar was a great way to learn a language. Zhang Han thought that joining the English club was the best way to improve English. Students got lots of practice there and they also had fun. Gong Ping said that he studied English by making word cards.
I hope all the students can become good learners!
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. interested　2. will get　3. to improve　
4. take 5. driving
Ⅱ. 1. should read; aloud　2. How/What about playing 3. Why not　4. It's; to make　
5. Let's visit
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. practice　2. understand　3. idea　
4. tapes　5. ever
Ⅱ. 1－5 CADBC
Ⅲ. 1. stressed out　2. on your own　3. take notes 4. bit by bit　5. over and over again
Ⅳ. 1. How did　2. can't; or　3. will; unless
4. What/How about　5. had better not
Ⅴ. 1－5 DBGCF
Ⅵ. 1－5 CCCBA
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. patient　2. repeated　3. increase　
4. pronunciation 5. discover　6. wisely
[短语速译]
1. ask for help　2. look up　3. take notes　
4. keep a diary 5. make mistakes/make a mistake　6. be born with 7. whether or not　8. depend on　9. pay attention to
10. connect ... to/with ...　11. 参加小组学习 12. 和某人谈话　13. 做报告　14. 爱上　15. 也
[句型闯关]
1. How do; for; by listening
2. it; to play
3. What/How about
4. so quickly that
5. Whether or not
6. The bigger; the more clearly
[语法专练]
1－3 CAB　4. by the window　5. by ten o'clock
[真题演练]
1. C　考查固定搭配。be born with“天生具有”。句意：每个人生来具有学习的能力。
2. A　考查副词辨析。wisely“明智地”；quietly“安静地”；totally“全部地”；loudly“大声地”。句意：——许多年轻人发现自己做决定很难。——哦，他们必须做出明智的选择并且对自己的行为负责。
3. A　考查疑问词辨析。how“如何”；where“哪里”；when“何时”。句意：——我们怎样成为好的学习者？——通过勤奋学习和向老师寻求帮助。根据介词by表示方式可知提问如何成为好的学习者。故选A。
4. A　考查“疑问词＋不定式”结构的用法。句
意：——对我们来说，了解如何学所有的学科是重要的。——是的，小组合作是我最喜欢的。根据句意判断用how to study。故选A。
5. pay attention　6. depend on

阶段检测卷(Unit 1)
Ⅰ. 1. A　考查形容词辨析。patient“有耐心的”；lazy“懒惰的”；polite“有礼貌的”；active“积极的”。答语句意为“玛丽，耐心点！她病了，你应该照顾好她”。故选A。
2. C　考查动词不定式及固定短语。两个动词连用，用动词不定式作目的状语，排除B和D。“英语口语”应该用spoken English表达，排除A。故选C。
3. D　考查“疑问词＋不定式”结构。若是宾语从句应该用陈述语序，排除A项；特殊疑问词和动词不定式构成固定结构，此处意为“怎样读”。
4. C　考查非谓语动词。介词后跟动词-ing形式，listen to表示“有意识地听”，强调听的动作。
5. D　考查提建议的句型。what about后面跟动
词-ing形式；表示“和……一起”用介词with。故选D。
6. A　考查短语动词辨析。look up “查阅”；set up “成立；建造”；give up “放弃”；pick up“捡起；拾起”。句意：当你有不会的单词时，你可以查词典。故选A。
7. A　考查固定句式。find it＋形容词＋to do sth.为固定句式。故选A。
8. A　考查语境和unless的用法。根据句意应该用late而不能用early；unless意为“除非”，符合句意。故选A。
9. D　考查比较级的用法。“the＋比较级，the＋比较级”意为“越……，越……”。句意：——我的听力非常差。我该怎么办？——你练得越多，你的听力就越好。
10. A　考查情景交际。句意：今天下午你能完成你的数学作业吗？——小菜一碟。你知道，我擅长数学。故选A。
Ⅱ. 1. C　talk“谈话”；say“说”；learn“学”；know“知道”。根据上文“Many Chinese students find it difficult to learn English, but not Chinese ...”可知，许多中国学生发现很难学英语而不是汉语，可知答案为C。
2. A　well“好地(副词)”；good“好的(形容词)”；bad“坏的”；badly“坏地”。修饰动词speak用副词。根据前文still(仍然)表转折可知答案为A。
3. A　make可后接形容词successful(成功的)作宾语补足语，而主语是what，谓语动词用单数。故选A。
4. D　English“英语”；Japanese“日语”；French“法语”；Chinese“汉语”。根据下文珍妮·布朗是位英国女孩，以及在北大学汉语可知答案为D。
5. C　根据上文listen to以及此空格作介词at的宾语可以判断用listening。故选C。
6. B　根据前面talk为动词可知，as ... as中间用副词原级；而熟能生巧，故此处应该是建议多说。所以选B。
7. C　上文说珍妮·布朗是位英国女孩，所以她在北大应该是学汉语，根据句意可以判断用studying。故选C。
8. B　its“它的”，此处指中国的(历史)，故选B。
9. A　something“一些事”；anything“任何事”；nothing“没什么”；everything“一切”。一个人应该尽量知道些……，而不可能知道所有的，故选A。
10. D　句意：汉语与英语不同，但是我们也能用同样的方法学英语。根据语境，应该用but表转折，故选D。
Ⅲ. 1. B　细节理解题。题干意为：该文章提供了几条建议？根据短文可知一共给了5条建议。
2. C　细节理解题。根据第二个建议的说明“If you feel sad, don't try to hide your feelings. Crying out may help reduce your sadness.”可知选C。
3. D　细节理解题。最后一段“Having a get-together is great fun. Going out with friends for a trip will make you happy. And it will also bring you a good sleep.”对应的是第五个建议，可知选D。
4. A　细节理解题。根据第一个建议最后一句“Besides, good sleep makes sure of your study.”可知选A。
5. A　推理判断题。根据第一句“Studying makes you tired？”可判断这篇短文的读者是学生。
Ⅳ. 1. pronunciation　2. spoken　3. to swim　4. writing 5. wisely
Ⅴ. 1. ask; for help　2. pay attention to　
3. word by word　4. made many mistakes　5. reading speed
Ⅵ. 1－5 CBDEF
Ⅶ. One possible version：
Dear classmates，
Here I want to say something about how to learn English words.
First, I learn some pronunciation rules of the letters. Then I can memorize a word by putting its pronunciation and spelling together. Second, I read a lot. I often read some English newspapers, magazines besides the textbook. So I can learn some new words and review many learned words. I also make vocabulary lists in a small notebook and put it in my pocket. I review the words in the notebook when I have time, even a short time.
I used to forget lots of words. But now I don't think it is a big problem for me to memorize English words.
Thank you!
Unit 2　I think that mooncakes are delicious！
Section A (1a—2d)




Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 外出吃饭　________________
2. 增加(体重)；发胖 ________________
3. 听起来像 ________________
4. 冲洗掉 ________________
5. Water Festival ________________
6. be similar to ________________
7. throw sth. at sb. ________________
8. good luck ________________
Ⅱ. 选词填空，明确本课重点句型
1. I think ________(that, whether) the races were interesting.
2. She wonders ________(that, whether) they'll have zongzi again next year.
3. I want to know ________(that, if) it will rain tomorrow.
4. I believe ________(that, if) April is the hottest month of the year there.




阅读下面句子，思考what引导的感叹句的构成
What_a_great_day！多么美好的一天呀！(教材第9页)
What_kind_women_they_are！
她们是多么善良的女士呀！
What_nice_music_it_is! 多么好听的音乐呀！

对名词或名词短语进行感叹时用what引导的感叹句，主要有以下两种形式：
(1)What＋a(n)＋adj.＋单数可数名词(＋主语＋谓语)！
(2)What＋adj.＋可数名词复数或不可数名词(＋主语＋谓语)!
【拓展】
how引导的感叹句
How＋adj./adv.(＋主语＋谓语)！
How hot it is today！今天多么热啊！
How fast he runs！他跑得多快呀！

He is a tall boy. (改为感叹句)
①________ ________ ________ boy he is！
②________ ________ the boy is！


阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
I've put_on five pounds！
我的体重已经增加了5磅！(教材第10页)
It's cold outside. Put_on your coat, please.
外面很冷，请穿上你的外套。
Here are your clothes. Put them on.
这些是你的衣服。把它们穿上。
She is wearing a green coat today.
她今天穿着一件绿色的外套。
Please dress the children right now.
请立即给孩子们穿上衣服。
John is_in white today.
约翰今天穿着白色的衣服。

(1)put on是短语动词，意为“增加(体重)；穿上”， 其中on为副词，如果后面跟代词时，代词须放在put on中间；如果其后跟名词时，名词可放在put on中间也可以放在put on后面。
(2)【辨析】
put on表示“穿上”时与wear, dress及be in的区别
put on
意为“穿上；戴上”，表示“穿”的动作
wear
意为“穿着；戴着”，表示“穿、戴”的状态
dress
可作及物动词，有“给……穿衣服”的意思，后接人作宾语，此时表动作
be in
意为“穿着；戴着”，表示“穿、戴”的状态，其后跟表示衣服或颜色的词

①Where is my sweater? It's cold outside and I'll ________.
A. wear B. put on it
C. put it on D. dress it
②我的体重增加了。
I've ________ ________ weight.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. I think the football game is interesting ________ (watch).
2. Who is that ________(strange) in front of our classroom?
3. The new year is a time for ________(clean) the house.
4. Li Tao ________(visit) his uncle in America in three weeks.
5. January is the ________(cold) month of the year in my hometown.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. I think ________ we can spend the Spring Festival in Hainan.
A. that B. if
C. whether D. what
2. They wonder ________ they will see their teacher this time.
A. / B. whether C. that D. how
3. ________ delicious food it is!
A. How B. What a
C. What D. How a
4. —Let's go to the movies this afternoon.
—That ________ a good idea.
A. sound B. sounded
C. sound like D. sounds like
5. I really need to take more exercise because I'm ________ weight.
A. putting off B. putting on
C. putting out D. putting away
Ⅲ. 句型转换
1. Is he from Thailand? Do you know? (合并为一句)
Do you know ________ ________ ________ from Thailand?
2. You can get good grades. (用I believe改写为含有宾语从句的复合句)
I believe ________ ________ can get good grades.
3. She is a thin girl. (改为感叹句)
________ ________ thin ________ she is!
4. The Spring Festival is more important than any other festival of the year in China. (改为同义句)
The Spring Festival is ________ ________ ________
festival of the year in China.
5. They visited_their_relatives on their vacation. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ they ________ on their vacation?


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. We often eat m________ during the Mid-Autumn Festival.
2. My mother bought five p________ of tomatoes yesterday.
3. Mother often tells me not to speak to s________.
4. His ________(亲戚) looked after him well when he was in Australia.
5. Her father often hangs two ________(灯笼) in front of the house during the Spring Festival.
Ⅱ. 选择方框内合适的词填空

1. ________ what? I have passed the exam.
2. They want to know ________ they can get home on time for the Chinese Spring Festival.
3. The parents ________ where their son has gone.
4. ________ well the beautiful girl played the piano！
5. Mr. Green said ________ we must speak English as much as possible every day.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. I ________ my mother will make dumplings on my birthday.
A. wonder if B. wonder that
C. think if D. know whether
2. ________ important subject English is!
A. What a B. What an
C. What D. How an
3. My family want to go to Australia ________ our vacation this summer.
A. with B. for C. to D. until
4. I will go to Hong Kong ________ my aunt ________ two days.
A. see; in B. see; after
C. to see; in D. to see; after
5. Many of the boys in our class enjoy ________ ping-pong after school.
A. play B. to play
C. played D. playing
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 最近他吃得太多，体重增加了5千克。
He eats too much recently and ________ ________ five kilos.
2. 秋天是旅行的好时节。
Autumn is a good time ________ ________.
3. 这部电影和那一部相似。
This film ________ ________ ________ that one.
4. 他们希望把他们的坏运气洗去。
They hope to ________ ________ their bad luck.
5. 他们相互泼水，玩得非常高兴。
They ________ water ________ ________ ________ and have a good time.

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. What do you like best about it?
B. What about you?
C. I like eating dumplings.
D. What do you often do during the Spring Festival？
E. It is a time for cleaning.
F. What festival do you like best?
G. Do your parents give money to you and your sister？
A: Hi, Lin Feng. ____1____
B: I like the Spring Festival best.
A: ____2____
B: It is a time to relax. We can spend time with our family.
A: ____3____
B: We often have a big dinner and visit relatives.
A: ____4____
B: Yes, they do. My grandparents also give us money. ____5____
A: My parents often buy new clothes for me and we also visit relatives and have dinner with them.
B: Yes. I think the Spring Festival is the most important festival of the year in China.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________　
4. ________ 5. ________
Ⅵ. 阅读理解
(2015·凉山改编)China is a country with a long history. It has great traditional culture, especially Chinese characters. Chinese characters usually have more than one meaning and some of them are very interesting. Here are six ones. We use “pinyin” here because “pinyin” is the Chinese spelling way for the characters. For example, “fu” is the “pinyin” for good luck in Chinese. “pinyin” “fu” is only the phonic(语音的) part of the character and if you want to know the meaning of good luck “fu”， you must read Chinese character “福” because “fu” also represents(代表) other Chinese characters that sound the same.
“fu” means blessing, good luck. Chinese character “fu” is one of the most popular ones used during the Chinese New Year. Chinese people often put up “fu” upside down on the front door of a house or an apartment. The upside down “fu” means good luck comes since the character for upside down in Chinese sounds the same as the character for “come”.
“lu” is used to mean officials’ pay in old China. “shou” means long life, age or birthday. “xi” is happiness. The doubled(两倍的) character “xi” means double happiness. It is usually put up everywhere at Chinese weddings. “cai” is wealth or money. The Chinese often say “money can make a ghost turn a millstone”. It is to say money really can do a lot of things. But, money can't buy everything. “he” is an important part of Chinese culture. It means good relations with other people. When you have “he”， things will be a lot easier for you.
The top six lucky Chinese characters, “fu”“lu” “shou”“xi”“cai”“he”， are loved by Chinese people.
1. We use ________ to show how to read the Chinese characters.
A.“pinyin” B. letters
C. words D. spelling
2. The upside down “fu”(福) means ________.
A. coming B. good luck comes
C. good fortune D. “fu” is upside down
3. People in China most probably put up the Chinese characters ________ on the front door at their weddings.
A. upside down “cai”
B. upside down “fu”
C. doubled “xi”
D. doubled “he”
4. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage？
A.“cai” is wealth or money.
B. “lu” is used to mean officials’ pay in old China.
C. “shou” means keeping thin.
D. Things will be a lot easier if you have “he”．
5. The underlined word “character” means ________ in this passage.
A. 角色 B. 特征 C. 性格 D. 汉字
























Section A (3a—4c)




Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 民间故事　________________
2. 射下 ________________
3. 摆开；布置 ________________
4. 与……分享…… ________________
5. in the shape of ________________
6. plan to do sth. ________________
7. refuse to do sth. ________________
8. fly up ________________
Ⅱ. 阅读3a部分判断正(T)误(F)，了解短文大意
(　　)1. Chang'e was Hou Yi's wife and she was beautiful.
(　　)2. Hou Yi didn't plan to take the magic medicine with Chang'e.
(　　) 3. Chang'e wanted to fly up to the moon.
(　　) 4. Hou Yi missed his wife very much.




阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的含义
He quickly laid out her favorite fruits and desserts in the garden. 他飞快地把她最喜欢的水果和甜点摆放在花园里。(教材第11页)
They are laying a new carpet in the living room.
他们正在起居室铺新地毯。
The naughty boy who lay on the bed lied to his mother that the cock had laid two eggs.
躺在床上的这个调皮的男孩对他的妈妈撒谎说公鸡下了两个蛋。
　区分“放”“躺”与“说谎”
原形
过去式
过去分词
现在分词
含义
lay
laid
laid
laying
常用作及物动词，意为“放；摆；铺；下蛋；产卵”等
lie
lay
lain
lying
常用作不及物动词，意为“躺；位于”等
lie
lied
lied
lying
常作不及物动词用，意为“说谎”
【助记】

　　lay铺放　　　　lie躺　　　　lie说谎

①他们正躺在草地上。
They ________ ________ on the grass.
②不要撒谎，否则我们就不会信任你了。
Don't ________， or we won't trust you.
③After Tony heard the news, he ________ down the book and ________ down on his bed without a word.
A. lied; lied B. lied; lay
C. lay; laid D. laid; lay

　宾语从句(一)——that, if或whether引导的宾语从句

阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
I know that the Water Festival is really fun.
我知道泼水节很有趣。(教材第12页)
I wonder if they'll have the races again next year. 我想知道明年他们是否会再举办比赛。(教材第12页)
I wonder whether June is a good time to visit Hong Kong. 我想知道六月是否是参观香港的好时候。(教材第12页)
I don't think (that) you are right. 我认为你不对。
We think it wrong that he told a lie to everyone.
我们认为他对所有人撒谎是错误的。
Everything depends on whether we have enough money. 一切都取决于我们是否有足够的钱。
I don't know whether or not the movie star will come. 我不知道那位电影明星是否要来。
The teacher said that light travels faster than sound. 老师说过光速比声速快。

1. 宾语从句概述
宾语从句是英语中非常重要的从句之一。它是在复合句中作宾语的句子。一般及物动词和介词后可接宾语从句。
2. 宾语从句的引导词
(1)that引导的宾语从句
当宾语从句为陈述句时用that引导。其后接that引导的宾语从句的常见动词有say, think, wish, hope, see, believe, agree, expect, hear, feel等。
【注意】
①think, believe, suppose, expect等动词后的宾语从句中，有时谓语尽管是否定意义，却不用否定形式，而将否定词置于主句中think等动词之前，即“否定前移”。
②在许多带有复合宾语的句子中，that引导的宾语从句经常移到句子的后面，而用it作形式宾语。
(2)if, whether 引导的宾语从句
当宾语从句由一般疑问句变化而来时，须用if或whether引导，译为“是否”，不可省略。一般情况下，whether和if 可以互换。
【注意】
用whether而不用if引导的情况：
①宾语从句在介词后面时。
②直接与or not连用时。
③和不定式连用作宾语时。
3. 宾语从句的语序
在宾语从句中，无论何种情况其语序一定是陈述语序，其结构如下：
主句＋引导词＋主语＋谓语＋其他.
　　　　　宾语从句
4. 宾语从句的时态
(1)若主句为一般现在时或将来时，宾语从句可根据实际情况选用时态。
(2)若主句为一般过去时，宾语从句则要用相应的过去时态。
【注意】
当宾语从句中所表述的内容为客观真理或事实时，不论主句是何种时态，宾语从句都要用一般现在时。

①My mother said ________ she would make a special meal for my father on his birthday.
A. if B. whether
C. who D. that
②I want to know ________ or not I will get the job.
A. if B. whether
C. that D. what
③I think he knows a lot about science. (改为否定句)
I ________ ________ he knows a lot about science.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. ________(who) likes English can join our club.
2. The hen ________(lay) two eggs last week.
3. Ping-pong is a ________ (tradition) sport in China.
4. The movie was so ________ (touch) that many people cried.
5. If you refuse ________(help) your parents with housework, they will be angry.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Why did she give you the present?
—She gave me the present ________ me.
A. thank B. to thank
C. thanks D. to thanks
2. —________ your daughter is!
—Thank you.
A. What pretty girl B. How pretty girl
C. How a pretty girl D. How pretty
3. He has two daughters. One is a nurse, and ________ is a worker.
A. other B. another
C. the other D. the others
4. What do you often do ________ the Mid-Autumn night?
A. on B. in C. at D. with
5. Can you tell me ________ your bike this Sunday？
A. that I can borrow B. whether can I borrow
C. whether I can borrow D. if can I borrow


Ⅰ. 根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1. The thief wanted to ________(偷)that girl's mobile phone, but was caught by the police.
2. Too much ________(甜食) is bad for your health.
3. —Who is the person that you ________(仰慕)most?
—My father.
4. That house with a big ________(花园) costs a lot of money.
5. Throwing water at each other during the Water Festival is their ________(传统).
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Don't refuse ________(help) others when they are in trouble.
2. We have many ways ________(celebrate) the Spring Festival in our hometown.
3. ________(who) you are, you should keep quiet in the library.
4. They have the tradition of ________(visit) relatives and friends during the Spring Festival.
5. We hope that our teacher ________(give) us less homework tomorrow.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. It is becoming more and more popular ________ online in China now.
A. shop B. to shop
C. of shopping D. to shopping
2. ________ fast he runs! I think he can win this time.
A. How B. What
C. How a D. What a
3. —Where can we put the books?
—We can ________ the books and put them under the desk.
A. lie B. tie C. lay D. laid
4. They are talking about ________ they can borrow some money from their friends.
A. if B. that C. whether D. who
5. Jim bought two gifts for his parents that day. One was a sweater for his mother and ________ was a watch for his father.
A. other B. the other
C. another D. any other
Ⅳ. 句型转换
1. What a tall tree it is! (改为同义句)
________ ________ the tree is!
2. She will spend the Mid-Autumn Festival with her grandparents in the countryside this year. (用I hear改写成含有宾语从句的复合句)
I hear ________ ________ will spend the Mid- Autumn Festival with her grandparents in the countryside this year.
3. You needn't finish the work today. (改为同义句)
You ________ ________ ________ finish the work today.
4. They celebrate the festival by_having_a_big_ dinner_with_their_families. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ they ________ the festival?
5. No matter what you do, you should work hard. (改为同义句)
________ you do, you should work hard.

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有一项多余。

A. I don't have enough money to buy it.
B. What can I do for you?
C. What's the price of it?
D. How many do you want to buy？
E. I'll take it.
F. Where is it made？
M: Good morning. __1__
W: Yes, please. Father's Day is coming. I'd like to buy a mobile phone for my father.
M: We have many mobile phones here. Some are made in China, and some are made in other countries.
W: This one looks very nice. __2__
M: In Korea.
W: __3__
M: 3,000 yuan.
W: Oh, that's expensive! __4__ Do you have a cheaper one?
M: Sure. What about this one?
W: Well, this one looks very nice. And the price is OK. Is it made in China？
M: Yes. It's made in Guangzhou.
W: OK. __5__
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________　
4. ________ 5. ________
Ⅵ. 完形填空
She makes your lunches. She helps you __1__ your homework. And __2__ you hiccup(打嗝) a lot at the dinner table, she will never stop __3__ you.
Who? __4__ your mother. She would do anything __5__ you. And you could never __6__ her enough for everything.
So don't forget to do __7__ for her on Mother's Day. It's on the second Sunday __8__ May.
Mother's Day __9__ long ago in Greece. It was a holiday __10__ Rhea, the mother of the gods. But Mother's Day became a modern holiday about 100 years ago in the USA.
1. A. for　　　B. with　　　C. on　　　D. in
2. A. why B. what C. if D. how
3. A. loving B. to love
C. love D. loved
4. A. She is B. He is
C. Its D. There're
5. A. on B. with C. by D. for
6. A. thank B. think
C. follow D. say
7. A. something nice B. nice something
C. anything nice D. nice anything
8. A. on B. at C. in D. for
9. A. came B. began
C. became D. ended
10. A. on B. for C. of D. with



















Section B (1a—1d)




Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 打扮　________________
2. 关闭 ________________
3. 捉弄某人 ________________
4. haunted house ________________
5. trick or treat ________________
6. cartoon character ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 你对这个节日的看法如何？
________ do you ________ ________ this festival?
2. 许多人让他们的家看起来很吓人。
Many people ________ their houses ________ scary.
3. ——关于这个节日你最喜欢什么？
——我认为装扮成卡通人物很有趣。
—What do you ________ ________ ________ this festival？
—I think ________ fun ________ ________ ________ ________ cartoon characters！




阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的词性及含义
“Trick or treat” means kids will play a trick on you if you don't give them a treat. “不给糖就捣乱”意味着如果你不招待孩子们，他们就会捉弄你。(教材第13页)
He got the money by a trick.
他骗到了那笔钱。
I've been tricked. 我被骗了。
　trick的两种词性
(1)trick用作名词，意为“诡计，花招，把戏，骗局；恶作剧”。常用短语play a trick on sb.意为“开某人的玩笑，捉弄某人”。
(2)trick还可用作动词，意为“欺骗”。

我没有和你开玩笑。我是认真的。
I didn't ________ ________ ________ ________ you. I am serious.


阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的词性及含义
Where would you like to eat? It's my treat.
你想到哪里去吃？我请客。
It's a real treat for me to stay in bed late.
晚起床对我来说真是一大乐事。
She treated her dog very kindly.
她对自己的狗很好。
The doctor treated her for earache.
医生给她治疗耳痛。
They treated my idea as a joke.
他们把我的意见当作笑话。
She has tried lots of treatments.
她已经尝试了各种疗法。

(1)treat用作名词，意为“请客，款待，招待；乐事”。
(2)treat用作动词，意为“对待，看待；治疗；款待，招待，宴请”。常用短语treat ... as，意为“把……当作”。
(3)treatment为名词，意为“治疗；疗法”。

①他们把那位老人看作他们的亲人。
They ________ the old man ________ their relative.
②He is ill and under ________(treat).

Ⅰ. 从方框中选词并用其正确形式填空
dress up, candy, ghost, treat, turn off
1. Don't eat too much ________. It's bad for your teeth.
2. Remember to ________ the light when you leave the house.
3. My grandparents ________ us well when we go to visit them.
4. —The ________ in that movie are very scary.
—Yes, I think so.
5. We usually ________ well during the Spring Festival.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Where will we ________ the guests to dinner？
—At the new restaurant near my home.
A. treat B. accept
C. refuse D. repeat
2. We know that “Trick or treat” is a game played by children on ________.
A. the Lantern Festival B. Halloween
C. Mother's Day D. Father's Day　
3. We all think ________ it's fun ________ Halloween.
A. if; celebrate B. if; to celebrate
C. that; celebrate D. that; to celebrate
4. We can be thankful every day, not just ________ Thanksgiving Day.
A. in B. to C. by D. on
5. Waiting for her made me ________ quite bored.
A. feels B. feel C. feeling D. to feel


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. The little girl thinks ________(蜘蛛) are terrible creatures.
2. I read a frightening story which took place in a ________(闹鬼的) house.
3. It's my turn to ________(款待) you.
4. There are not any g________ in the world.
5. Jack often plays t__________ on others.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. It's difficult ________(finish) the work before next Monday.
2. You ________(be) late for school if you don't hurry up.
3. The teacher said that the earth ________(go) around the sun.
4. Do you know the way ________(celebrate) Halloween?
5. —What's your ________(tradition) food in China?
—Dumplings.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. —When is Halloween?
—It's ________ October 31st.
A. in B. on C. at D. for
2. ________ festival Halloween is!
A. What an interesting B. How an interesting
C. What a interesting D. How a interesting
3. John dressed up ________ a cartoon character at the dancing party.
A. with B. of C. as D. for
4. They wonder whether the old man ________ them to solve the problem.
A. will help B. help
C. to help D. could help
5. We all think ________ it's fun ________ around the world.
A. whether; travel B. whether; to travel
C. that; travel D. that; to travel

Ⅳ. 完形填空
(2015·泰安改编)Until last year, the saddest thing of my life was that my wife Alice and I couldn't have any children. So we always __1__ all the children in our street to our house for Christmas breakfast.
Last year, Alice died. I was very __2__ and decided not to invite the children for Christmas breakfast. But Kathy and Peter, my next door neighbors, asked me to __3__ them for dinner on Christmas Eve.
As soon as I arrived, Kathy asked me, “Do you have any milk at your house？”
“Yes，” I replied. “__4__ you need some, I'll go and get it right away.”
“Oh, that's all right. Come and sit down. Just give Peter your __5__ and let him do it.”
After a happy dinner with them, I went home. When I opened my house, I found my house had been decorated(装饰) by Peter! It was as __6__ as each Christmas before. At that moment, I wished that I could still __7__ the chidren to the Christmas breakfast, but I had no preparations.
Early the next morning, a little boy with a bag of candies __8__ my bell. Before I could ask him what was __9__， he was joined by two of his friends. Within fifteen minutes, my house was full of __10__， and I had all the food I needed! I had a happy breakfast with the children again.
1. A. took B. invited C. sent D. let
2. A. happy B. lazy C. sad D. poor
3. A. help B. join C. pay D. meet
4. A. Unless B. As C. Since D. If
5. A. money B. milk C. keys D. things
6. A. beautiful B. dirty C. colorless D. empty
7. A. buy B. enjoy C. sell D. treat
8. A. rang B. answered C. repaired D. painted
9. A. boiling B. ending
C. ringing D. happening
10. A. presents B. children
C. flowers D. candies



































Section B (2a—2e)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 警告某人干某事　______sb. ______ ______ sth.
2. 最终成为；最后处于 ________________
3. 使某人想起某物 ________ sb. ________ sth.
4. 醒来 ________________
5. 承诺做某事 ________________
6. think of ________________
7. the importance of ________________
8. care about ________________
9. make money ________________
10. in need ________________
Ⅱ. 阅读2b部分选择答案，把握短文大意
1. Which isn't the true meaning of Christmas?
A. Sharing. B. Giving love.
C. Giving joy. D. Getting gifts.
2. A Christmas Carol is written by ________.
A. Scrooge B. Charles Dickens
C. Jacob Marley D. Santa Claus
3. The Ghost of Christmas Yet to Come takes Scrooge to ________.
A. the past B. the future
C. the present D. his childhood




阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的词性
One Christmas Eve, Scrooge sees the ghost of Jacob Marley, his dead business partner. 一次圣诞节的前夜，斯克鲁奇见到了他死去的商业伙伴雅各布·马利的鬼魂。(教材第14页)
Her grandfather died two years ago.
她的爷爷两年前去世了。
His death made me very sad.
他的离世让我非常难过。
　dead, die与death的用法辨析
dead
________(动词/形容词)，意为“死的；失去生命的”，可在句中作表语或定语
die
________(动词/形容词)，意为“死；死亡”，表示生命的结束，是瞬间动词，不能与表示一段时间的状语连用
death
________(动词/名词)，意为“死；死亡”

①The old man is afraid of ________(die).
②她丈夫已经去世三年了。
Her husband has ________ ________ for three years.


阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
He warns Scrooge to_change his ways if he doesn't want to end up like him. 他警告斯克鲁奇，如果他不想最终像他一样，就要改变他为人处世的方式。(教材第14页)
The police warned us not_to_go out at night.
警察告诫我们晚上不要出去。
The teacher warned me about my pronunciation.
老师提醒我注意我的发音。
He warned me against_going outside alone at night. 他提醒我晚上不要独自外出。
　warn构成的常用搭配
(1)warn sb. (not) to do sth. 警告某人(不要)做某事
(2)warn sb. about sth. 提醒/警告某人注意某事
(3)warn sb. against (doing) sth. 提醒/警告某人不要做某事

①My mother warned me ________(finish) my homework on time.
②哥哥提醒我不要太晚睡觉。
My brother warned me ________ ________ to bed too late.


阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
He warns Scrooge to change his ways if he doesn't want to end_up like him.
他警告斯克鲁奇，如果他不想最终像他一样，就要改变他为人处世的方式。(教材第14页)
His words ended_up_the_class_meeting.
他的话结束了班会。
They ended_up_traveling in Canada at the news.
听到这个消息，他们结束了在加拿大的旅行。
The English party began with an English song and ended_up_with a well－known piece of music.
英语聚会以一首英文歌曲开始，以一首著名的乐曲结束。

(1)end up意为“最终成为；最后处于；结束”，后面可直接跟名词或动词-ing形式。end up (doing) sth.可意为“结束(做)某事”。
(2)end up with表示“以……结束，告终”，其反义词组为start/begin with，表示“以……开始”。

①They ended up ________(speak) in Chinese when the foreigner came.
②故事以那个歌手的死亡而结束。
The story ________ ________ ________ the death of that singer.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Her grandmother has been ________(die) for a long time.
2. I warned her ________(not eat) too much ice cream, but she shouted back to me.
3. When did you end up ________(drink) that night？
4. Although the boy knows the ________(important) of working hard, he still plays computer games too much.
5. The boy ________(name) Jack is very popular in our class.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. I like to read the novels ________ by Mark Twain.
A. names B. named C. writes D. written
2. —What does this movie remind you ________？
—My childhood.
A. at B. of C. to D. with
3. The doctor warned my father ________ smoking because smoking is very bad for his health.
A. to stop B. not to stop
C. stopped D. not stopped
4. My teacher is friendly and treats others ________.
A. good B. nice C. warm D. nicely
5. Mrs. Green always takes her little son ________ she goes.
A. everywhere B. whoever
C. whether D. that


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. His father used to be good at ________(商业).
2. This kind of flu can ________(传播)easily in cold weather.
3. On my fifteenth birthday I got many different kinds of p________.
4. How will your teacher p________ you if you are late for class?
5. The policeman has w________ the young man about his careless driving.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. I can't wait to read the article ________(write) by the famous writer.
2. Her ________(warm) made us feel happy.
3. We all expected our teacher ________(come) back as soon as possible.
4. Mom promised ________(buy) me a new mobile phone the next week.
5. Look, all of them are working in the fields ________(happy).
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. This article reminds me ________ the past life.
A. about B. of C. to D. from
2. At last, she ________ what he said was not true. He told her a lie.
A. looked for B. looked after
C. found out D. found
3. Harry has decided ________ an online shop after graduating from school.
A. open B. to open
C. opened D. opening
4. We all warn my uncle ________ so much wine, but he doesn't follow our advice.
A. to drink B. not to drink
C. of drinking D. against drink
5. They all felt sad because of their favorite singer's ________.
A. dead B. die C. death D. died
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 玛丽喜欢读有愉快结局的小说。
Mary prefers to read novels that ________ ________ ________ a happy ending.
2. 你知道分享的重要性吗？
Do you know ________ ________ ________ sharing？
3. 患难见真情。
A friend ________ ________is a friend indeed.
4. 不要总是想着自己。
Don't always ________ ________ yourself.
5. 去年父母承诺给我买台新电脑。
My parents ________ ________ ________ a new computer for me last year.
Ⅴ. 短文填空
阅读短文，根据短文内容及首字母提示完成单词，使短文意思完整、通顺。
I had great 1. f________ last Tuesday, May 30th, 2017. It was a 2. t________ Chinese festival 3. c________ the Dragon Boat Festival. This festival is in memory of Qu Yuan, one of the 4. g________ Chinese poets(诗人). He 5. e________ up jumping into the Miluo River on May 5th of the lunar calendar, 278 BC. People there rowed the boats to save him. But it was too late. They were very sad and then 6. t________ rice into the river to feed the fishes so that they would stay away from Qu Yuan's body.
From then on, every year on this day, people enjoy having zongzi which is 7. m________ of rice with meat, eggs and so on. In the 8. p________， we ate it only once a year, but now we 9. r________ it as our daily food. We can have it any time we like. Although Qu Yuan has been 10. d________， I think he still lives in our hearts.
Ⅵ. 阅读理解
(2015·滨州改编)This was a very busy week. This Friday was Mother's Day, and there were lots of activities at school this week.
▲5/7 Tues.
Johnson, our new music teacher, taught us Mother, a beautiful song about our love for mothers. And Miss White told us the story of Mother's Day. The idea of a day for mothers was first given by Miss Anna Jarvis of Philadelphia(费城). As a result of her hard work, the celebration of the first American Mother's Day was held in Philadelphia, on May 10th, 1908. Soon the holiday became popular all over the country and around the world.
▲5/8 Wed.
We practiced Mother today. We prepared some songs and games to show our love to our mothers. This was going to be a special present for our parents on Friday.
▲5/9 Thurs.
It took us two hours to decorate our classroom for PAT DAY. How beautiful the classroom was! I was tired. Mom was also nervous. It would be the first time for her to meet our teachers. She had always been nervous about talking to teachers since she was a child. That's funny!
▲5/10 Fri.
There were many activities at school. One of them was PAT DAY. Mom and Dad both came to the school. I was a little nervous. What had our teachers told them？
Allen
1. Who first gave the idea of a day for mothers？
A. Johnson. B. Miss White.
C. Miss Anna Jarvis. D. Allen.
2. What's the meaning of the underlined word “decorate”？
A. 装扮；布置 B. 看守
C. 对待；应对 D. 交换
3. Why did Allen's mother feel nervous？
A. Allen did not do well at school.
B. She was afraid of talking to teachers.
C. Allen's father was going to the school, too.
D. She had to sing a song in front of the class.
4. The above passage is taken from a ________.
A. newspaper B. diary
C. test paper D. notebook
5. What does “PAT DAY” mean？
A. The day for students to make tests.
B. The day for teachers to practice teaching.
C. The day for parents to meet teachers at school.
D. The day for students to sing songs.


Section B (3a—Self Check)




Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 在……和……之间　　________________
2. 分发 ________________
3. 生(孩子) ________________
4. the beginning of ________________
5. a symbol of ________________
6. not only ... but also ... ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 我最喜欢的中国节日是春节。
My ________ ________ ________ ________ the Spring Festival.
2. 人们在一月份或二月份庆祝它。
It ________ ________ ________ January or February.
3. 月饼是多么好吃呀！
________ ________ the mooncakes are!
4. 它是多么有趣的一个节日呀！
________ ________ ________ festival it is!
5. 我认为那是一个无聊的音乐会。
I ________ ________ it is a boring concert.
6. 我想知道他是否已经完成作业。
I ________ ________ he has finished his homework.


　not only ... but (also)... 不但……而且……

阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
Not_only do people spread them around in different hiding places for an egg hunt, but they also give out these treats as gifts. 人们不仅把它们放在不同的藏匿地点让孩子们寻找，而且也把它们当作礼物送给孩子们。(教材第16页)
Not_only he but_also I am a teacher. 不但他而且我也是教师。
She can not_only dance but (also) sing. 她不但会跳舞，而且会唱歌。
Not_only did Mike pass the exam, but_also he got good marks. 迈克不仅通过了考试，而且还得了高分。
　not only ... but (also) ... 的用法
not only ... but (also) ... 意为“不但……而且……”，着重强调后者。它用来连接两个并列成分，also可以省略。它连接并列主语时，谓语动词的人称和数要遵循“就近原则”。
【注意】
否定词组not only用于句首时表示强调，在连接两个并列分句时，not only 后面的句子要用部分倒装语序。

①Not only they but also Li Lei ________(take) the bus to school.
②他们昨天不仅钓了鱼，而且还在河里游泳了。
They ________ ________ went fishing, ________ swam in the river yesterday.




本单元话题为“节日”，与之相关的话题作文主要为谈论自己喜欢的节日。写作时可以从以下几方面着手：①自己喜欢的节日名称；②庆祝该节日的时间；③人们过这个节日以及所组织的活动；④喜欢这个节日的原因。

根据下面的表格提示，以“The Chinese Spring Festival”为题写一篇短文，介绍春节。
Name
the Chinese Spring Festival
Time
January or February
Food
Dumplings, rice cakes
Activities
Clean the house, buy new clothes, have a big dinner with family, visit relatives
要求：1. 要点齐全，可适当发挥； 2. 80词左右。

1. 人称：第一人称和第三人称
2. 时态：一般现在时
3. 结构提纲：
(1)点明主题：春节是中国最重要的节日，也是我最喜欢的节日。
(2)中心内容：介绍春节期间人们的饮食及活动。
(3)文章结尾：我对春节的看法。

4. 语句储备：
(1)My favorite festival is ...
(2)It is celebrated in/on ...
(3)People usually clean the house ...
(4)I think that ...

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. He decided to study hard at the ________(begin) of the new term.
2. Teachers' Day ________(celebrate) on September 10th.
3. Festivals create more ________(busy) for supermarkets and stores.
4. The chocolate is ________(real) delicious and we all like to eat it.
5. They were ________(exciting) when they saw their favorite basketball player.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. The music of the movie made me ________ sad.
A. feel B. felt
C. to feel D. feeling
2. I think hens are very useful and they can ________ eggs for us.
A. lie B. lay
C. laid D. lain
3. The Great Wall is a ________ of China. Many people visit it every year.
A. business B. lantern
C. relative D. symbol
4. They ________ if they can have a happy life in the city.
A. hope B. think
C. wonder D. believe
5. ________ exciting movie it is! Many people go to see it in the cinema.
A. How a B. What a
C. How an D. What an


Ⅰ. 从方框中选词并用其正确形式填空

1. Did you find the eggs in that ________ place?
2. We want to know ________ we can get to the top of the mountain before the sun rises.
3. —________ don't you leave here early?
—Because I haven't finished the work.
4. —When ________ Children's Day ________？
—On June 1st.
5. We will go to the southern part of China to see the Water Festival at the ________ of the next month.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. I asked ________ more money would make him happier.
A. because B. if
C. that D. what
2. Not only you but also he ________ the secret.
A. knows B. know
C. have known D. to know
3. Look, ________ they were in the photo!
A. what happy B. how happy
C. what happily D. how happily
4. Tom broke his right leg. ________， he had to stay at home for several days.
A. In fact B. So far
C. As a result D. So that
5. —Can you spare the time to come to our Thanksgiving party?
—Well, I don't know ________.
A. that I can finish my work by then
B. if can I finish the work by then
C. whether I can finish the work by then
D. that can I finish the work by then
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 在这个村庄和那座城市之间有一条河流。
There is a river ________ the village ________ the city.
2. 那天老师说的话让我感到非常惊讶。
What the teacher said that day ________ me ________ very surprised.
3. 昨天他的姑姑生了一个漂亮的女儿。
His aunt ________ ________ ________ a beautiful daughter yesterday.
4. 我想这个周末去食品银行分发食物。
I want to go to the food bank to ________ ________ food this weekend.
5. 春天是新生命的象征。
Spring is the ________ ________ new ________.
Ⅳ. 句型转换
1. Is he from the United Kingdom? (用I wonder 改写为含有宾语从句的复合句)
I wonder ________ ________ ________ from the United Kingdom.
2. They have already been to Qingdao many times. (用I know改写为含有宾语从句的复合句)
I know ________ they ________ already been to Qingdao many times.
3. He was very tired. (用how改写为感叹句)
________ ________ he was!
4. My brother can play both basketball and soccer. (改为同义句)
My brother can play ________ ________ basketball ________ ________ soccer.
5. What does this word mean? (改为同义句)
What's the ________ ________ this word?

Ⅴ. 完形填空
What do children think about when Christmas comes? Many children around the world think about holidays, Christmas __1__ under the Christmas tree and the special time with the family. They also think about a big Christmas dinner and __2__ carols(圣诞颂歌). When Christmas comes, children decorate(装饰) their __3__ with their parents and grandparents. They __4__ a Christmas tree with lights, colored balls and many other beautiful things. Many children make their own decorations at school and are very __5__ to put them up at home for the whole family to enjoy.
People usually __6__ Christmas cards from their friends and family near and far. The fridge is always filled __7__ pies, fruits and chocolates. A day or two before Christmas, the turkey appears in the fridge. People will cook turkey for Christmas dinner.
When Christmas comes, we should also remember the __8__ and homeless people. We can buy or make presents for the poor people. Why do parents __9__ their children to do that? It's because they want to try to __10__ their children that it is better to give than to receive.
1. A. party　 B. food
C. song　 D. presents
2. A. reading　 B. listening
C. singing　 D. watching
3. A. families　 B. houses
C. schools　 D. classrooms
4. A. cut　 　 B. decorate
C. plant　 D. let
5. A. sad　 　 B. sorry
C. proud　 D. awful
6. A. send　 B. receive
C. give　 D. hear
7. A. with　　 B. for
C. by　 D. of
8. A. lonely　 B. alone
C. rich　 D. angry
9. A. speak　 B. let
C. learn　 D. ask
10. A. tell　 B. study
C. talk　 D. count
Ⅵ. 任务型阅读
Thanksgiving Day was coming soon. Miss Green gave her students special homework. “Please draw a picture to show your thanks，” said Miss Green.
Most students drew a turkey(火鸡) or other traditional things. But Douglas, a shy boy, drew a different thing. He just drew a hand.
(A)His_classmates_were_surprised_at_his_picture. One child said, “It must be a farmer's hand, because farmers keep turkeys.” Others guessed it was his father's hand. Because his family was poor and his father had to work day and night for money.
(B)格林小姐问小男孩这是谁的手。 He answered, “It's yours. You often take me by the hand to play outside and teach me how to hold a pencil.”
Oh, the boy was showing his thanks to his teacher. Miss Green was moved and hugged(拥抱) the little boy.
1. 任务一：回答问题
What did Miss Green give her students on Thanksgiving Day？
____________________________________________
2. 任务二：将(A)处句子翻译成汉语
____________________________________________3. 任务三：将(B)处句子翻译成英语
____________________________________________4. 任务四：在空格处填入一个适当的词
Douglas ________ his thanks to his teacher.
5. What did the little boy draw？
____________________________________________


























单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. The villagers will t________ you well if you visit the village.
2. —What will happen if you break the window?
—I think my parents will p ________me.
3. This kind of illness will ________(传播) quickly. We should do something to stop it.
4. She has a ________(亲戚) in this city.
5. Why are so many ________(strange) in the schoolyard？
6. Her father ________(dead) at the age of thirty-five.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 外出吃饭　________________
2. 增加(体重)；发胖 ________________
3. 和……相似 ________________
4. 冲洗掉 ________________
5. 摆开；布置 ________________
6. 射下 ________________
7. 最终成为；最后处于 ________________
8. as a result ________________
9. take sb. out ________________
10. dress up ________________
11. play a trick on sb. ________________
12. warn sb. to do sth. ________________
13. remind sb. of sth. ________________
14. wake up ________________
15. give out ________________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 我认为春节很令人放松。
I ________ ________ the Spring Festival is very relaxing.
2. 他想知道妈妈是否已经为他包了水饺。
He ________ ________ his mom has made some dumplings for him.
3. 她是一个多么可爱的女孩呀！
________ ________ lovely ________ she is!
4. 汤姆的乒乓球打得多好呀！
________ ________ Tom plays ping-pong!
5. 春节是和家人团聚的时间。
The Spring Festival is a ________ ________ being together with families.
6. 你认为愚人节怎么样？
________ do you ________ ________ April Fool's Day?
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
1. My mother said ________ she would buy a new computer for me the next week.
A. that B. if
C. whether D. when
2. The teacher asked me ________ or not I finished my homework.
A. if B. that C. / D. whether
3. ________ delicious food your mother makes!
A. What a B. What
C. How a D. How
4. Is there a post office in the neighborhood? (用she asked改写为含有宾语从句的复合句)
She asked ________ ________ ________ a post office in the neighborhood.
5. They all study hard at school. (改为感叹句)
________ ________ they all study at school!
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
宾语从句，what和how引导的感叹句，warn以及dead的用法等。
1. (2015·上海)Tim told us that his company ________ robots to do some of the work.
A. uses B. will use
C. has used D. would use
2. (2015·武汉)—What did your teacher say just now？
—He asked me ________.
A. how could I work it out
B. when did I go to the library
C. why I am late for school
D. if I had got ready for the exam
3. (2015·安顺)—Listen! Someone is playing the piano.
—Wow! ________ beautiful music! I like it very much.
A. What B. How a
C. What a D. How
4. (2015· 广东)Lei Feng ________ for many years, but his spirit is still encouraging us.
A. died B. has died
C. was dead D. has been dead
5. (2015·青岛)The traffic signs warn people ________ after drinking.
A. to drive B. not to drive
C. driving D. don't drive







阶段检测卷(Unit 2)
(时间：60分钟　分值：100分)


Ⅰ. 单项选择(每小题2分，共20分)
1. —Could you tell me something about the boy who helped you just now?
—Sorry, I know nothing about him. We are ________.
A. friends B. neighbors
C. classmates D. strangers
2. The Whites used to ________ in the countryside, but now they are used to ________ in the big city.
A. live; living B. live; live
C. living; live D. living; living
3. My father has ________ me about my homework. I have to be more careful.
A. warned B. helped C. followed D. took
4. —How do you like the program Running Man?
—________ amazing program it is! Many people like to watch it.
A. What B. How an C. What an D. How
5. —The dragon boat races are so exciting, but our boat is still behind.
—Don't worry. I am sure ________ our team will win!
A. if B. that C. whether D. why
6. Not only Lily but also Lucy ________ hard at school.
A. study　　　　　 B. studies
C. is studying　　　 D. are studying
7. After a 3-week winter vacation, students usually ________ some weight when they return to school.
A. put away B. put up
C. put out D. put on　
8. With the help of the doctor, the boy ________ a healthy child.
A. came out　　　 B. ended up　　
C. gave out　　　　 D. took off　
9. His grandma was ________ old ________ she could not see or hear clearly.
A. too; to　　　　 B. such; that
C. so; that　　　　 D. enough; to
10. Do you know ________ Hangzhou or not tomorrow?
A. whether are they leaving for
B. whether they are leaving for
C. if they are leaving for
D. if are they leaving for
Ⅱ. 完形填空(每小题2分，共20分)
Qingming, meaning clear and bright, is the most important festival in spring. It is also called the Tomb(墓) Sweeping Festival. It comes __1__ early April. On that day, people visit tombs to honor(纪念) the dead. They always __2__ some time cleaning the tombs’ area. They usually plant some trees near the tombs and decorate(装饰) the tombs with fresh __3__.
But it is not __4__ a day for honoring the dead. It is also a good time to celebrate the __5__ of spring. With the coming of spring, nature __6__， dressing the world in green. All is new, clean and fresh. Birds begin to __7__ houses for their babies. In forests and fields, many animals have babies at this time of year. Days begin to get __8__ and the weather gets warmer, __9__ Qingming is also a happy time for people to enjoy outdoor activities, __10__ flying kites, swinging and hiking. This is why this festival has been very popular for thousands of years.
1. A. on B. at C. in D. by
2. A. spend　 B. pay C. cost D. take
3. A. air B. food C. flowers　D. water
4. A. sometimes　 B. just C. still　　　D. always
5. A. going　 B. changing C. setting　 D. coming
6. A. comes from　　B. wakes up
C. gets up　　　　　D. puts up　
7. A. put　 B. build C. climb　　 D. fly
8. A. higher B. shorter C. cooler　　 D. longer
9. A. but　 B. when C. so　　　　 D. if
10. A. such as B. as if　
C. for example D. look like　
Ⅲ. 阅读理解(每小题2分，共10分)
Canada Day
(2015·福州改编)Since 1982, July 1st has been officially known as Canada Day. Canadians of all ages take part in this festival across the country.
Canada Day is the year's biggest national party. In many towns and cities, the government organizes a lot of events, often outdoors. These include parades(游行), concerts, festivals and ceremonies for new Canadian citizens(公民). The celebrations often have a patriotic mood. Canada's national flag, a symbol for Canada Day, can be seen everywhere and a lot of people paint their faces red and white, which are Canada's national colors. The celebrations in Ottawa, Canada's capital city, are especially grand(宏大的；豪华的) and exciting.
In the province of Quebec, many home rentals(出租的房屋) start on July 1st and last for exactly one year, and many people in Quebec spend Canada Day moving from one house to another. So in Quebec, Canada Day is also known as Moving Day.
Many organizations, businesses and stores are closed this day. Only some bookstores, hospitals and gas stations may be open. Post offices are closed, too. As Canada Day falls during the Canadian summer holiday period, all schools are closed as well. In some areas, special services are provided for large events. The concerts, parades and festivals may cause some traffic jams.
1. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
A. Canada Day falls on the first day of June.
B. Canada Day was celebrated before 1982.
C. Canada Day is celebrated throughout Canada.
D. Canadians except new citizens celebrate Canada Day.
2. The underlined word “patriotic” means ________ in Chinese.
A. 温馨的 B. 爱国的 C. 肃穆的 D. 紧张的
3. Canada Day is known as Moving Day in Quebec because on this day ________.
A. people think it lucky to move to new houses
B. people look for houses from one place to another
C. people like moving from house to house to visit friends
D. people move home when new home rentals go into effect
4. From Paragraph 4, we know that on Canada Day ________.
A. no student goes to school
B. traffic jams happen everywhere
C. all Canadians stop working
D. few businesses and stores are closed
5. Which of the following is NOT mentioned about Canada Day?
A. Background. B. Symbol.
C. Public life. D. Events and activities.
Ⅳ. 用所给词的正确形式填空(每小题2分，共1分)
1. What's the ________(mean) of the Lantern Festival?
2. My father likes to read books ________(write) by Lu Xun.
3. My mother often warns me not ________(eat) junk food too much.
4. My parents promised ________(take) me to visit the Great Wall if I won first prize in the competition.
5. The old woman saved the boy because of her ________(kind).
Ⅴ. 完成句子(每小题2分，共10分)
1. 我不知道爸爸是否要在明天回来。
I don't know ________ my father ________ ________ ________ tomorrow.
2. 他开得多快呀！太危险了！
________ ________ he drives! It's too dangerous!
3. 如果你懂得分享的重要性，你就不会有这么少的朋友了。
If you know the ________ ________ ________， you won't have so few friends.
4. 他们在晚会上装扮成各种动物。
They ________ ________ ________ all kinds of animals in the party.
5. 这份礼物承载着我对这些儿童最美好的祝愿。
The present ________ my ________ ________ to these children.
Ⅵ. 短文填空(每小题1分，共10分)
从方框中选词并用其适当形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
parent, tradition, what, on, celebrate, to, admire, double, top, drink
The Chong Yang Festival is __1__ on the ninth day of the ninth month of the lunar calendar. According to the __2__ theory(理论) of “Yin” and “Yang”， both the 9th month and the 9th day of the month belong to “Yang”， and “Chong” means __3__， so it is called “Chong Yang”. Now, it is a day for the elderly(老年人). __4__ that day, children often go back to their homes and buy warm clothes, delicious food or other things for their __5__. You know, it is also an old custom __6__ climb the mountain. On the __7__ of the mountain, we can enjoy beautiful natural scenes and breathe fresh air.Besides, people can also __8__ the golden chrysanthemum flowers(金菊花), __9__ chrysanthemum wine(酒), and eat double-ninth cakes. __10__ a great festival it is!
1. ________ 2. ________ 3. ________ 4. ________
5. ________ 6. ________ 7. ________ 8. ________
9. ________ 10. ________
Ⅶ. 书面表达(共20分)
父亲节就要到了，你打算在父亲节为爸爸做一些事情。请根据以下提示写一篇短文，说说你的打算。
提示：1. 爸爸是一名医生，早出晚归，很辛苦。
2. 为爸爸制作一张卡片。
3. 白天帮助妈妈为爸爸做一顿可口的饭菜、打扫卫生，自己为爸爸洗衣服、洗车。
4. 晚上为爸爸洗脚，和爸爸谈心。
要求：1. 可根据提示适当发挥，只要句意通顺即可；
2. 80词左右。
________________________________________________________________________________________

Unit 2　I think that mooncakes
are delicious!

Section A (1a－2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. eat out　2. put on　3. sound like　
4. wash away 5. 泼水节　6. 和……相似　
7. 把某物抛/泼/洒向某人 8. 好运
Ⅱ. 1. that　2. whether　3. if　4. that
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①What a tall　②How tall
2. [对点训练] ①C　②put on
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to watch　2. stranger　3. cleaning
4. will visit/is going to visit　5. coldest
Ⅱ. 1－5 ABCDB
Ⅲ. 1. if/whether he is　2. that you　3. What a; girl 4. the most important　5. What did; do
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. mooncakes　2. pounds　3. strangers　
4. relative 5. lanterns
Ⅱ. 1. Guess　2. whether　3. wonder　
4. How　5. that
Ⅲ. 1－5 ABBCD
Ⅳ. 1. puts on　2. for traveling　3. is similar to 4. wash away　5. throw; at each other
Ⅴ. 1－5 FADGB
Ⅵ. 1. A　细节理解题。由第一段第五句“We use ‘pinyin’ here because ‘pinyin’ is the Chinese spelling way for the characters.” 可知答案为A。
2. B　细节理解题。由第二段最后一句可知倒贴的福字，意味着好运到来。 故选B。
3. C　细节理解题。由第三段第五句 “在中国式婚礼上双喜字通常会被张贴在各处。”可知答案为C。
4. C　推理判断题。由第三段第二句可知，“寿”意味着长命百岁。故C是错的。
5. D　词义猜测题。由第二段开头可知，该词意为“汉字”。故选D。
Section A (3a－4c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. folk story　2. shoot down　3. lay out
4. share ... with ...　5. 以……的形状　
6. 计划做某事 7. 拒绝做某事　8. 飞上
Ⅱ. 1－4 TFFT
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] ①are lying　②lie　③D
[语法聚焦]
　[对点训练] ①D　②B　③don't think
【达标检测】
Ⅰ. 1. Whoever　2. laid　3. traditional　
4. touching　5. to help
Ⅱ. 1－5 BDCAC
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. steal　2. dessert　3. admire　4. garden
5. tradition
Ⅱ. 1. to help　2. to celebrate　3. Whoever　
4. visiting 5. will give
Ⅲ. 1－5 BABCB
Ⅳ. 1. How tall　2. that she　3. don't have to
4. How do; celebrate　5. Whatever
Ⅴ. 1－5 BFCAE
Ⅵ. 1－5 BCAAD　6－10 AACBB
Section B (1a－1d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. dress up　2. turn off　3. play a trick on sb.　4. 闹鬼的房子　5. 不给糖就捣乱　
6. 卡通人物
Ⅱ. 1. What; think of　2. make; look
3. like most about; it's; to dress up as
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] play a trick on
2. [对点训练] ①treat; as　②treatment
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. candy　2. turn off　3. treat　4. ghosts　
5. dress up
Ⅱ. 1－5 ABDDB

【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. spiders　2. haunted　3. treat　
4. ghosts　5. tricks
Ⅱ. 1. to finish　2. will be　3. goes　4. to celebrate 5. traditional
Ⅲ. 1－5 BACAD
Ⅳ. 1. B　take“拿走”；invite“邀请”；send“派，送”；let“让”。根据文章内容可知是邀请所有的孩子，选项B符合题意。
2. C　happy“高兴的”；lazy“懒惰的”；sad“难过的”；poor“贫穷的”。根据上一句“Last year, Alice died.”可知此处应该表示“我很难过”。故选C。
3. B　help“帮助”；join“加入”；pay“付款”；meet“遇见”。根据文章内容可知是加入他们，选项B符合题意。
4. D　unless“除非，如果不”；as“因为；和……一样”；since“既然”；if“如果”。句意：如果你需要一些，我将立刻去取。前后为条件关系，故用if。
5. C　结合“When I opened my house, I found my house had been decorated by Peter! (当我打开家门，我发现我的屋子已经被彼得装饰了。)”可知，上一句是把钥匙给彼得。选项C符合句意。
6. A　beautiful“漂亮的”；dirty“脏的”；colorless“无色的，颜色暗淡的”；empty“空的”。结合上下文可知此处表示和以前的每一个圣诞节一样漂亮。选项A符合题意。
7. D　buy“买”；enjoy“喜欢，享用”；sell“卖”；treat“招待，款待”。根据文章内容可知是想招待孩子们吃圣诞早餐。
8. A　ring“(铃)响”；answer“回答，接电话”；repair“修理”；paint“用颜料画”。根据文章内容可知是按响了“我”家的门铃。选项A符合题意。
9. D　表示正在发生什么事用“What was happening？”，选项D符合题意。
10. B　结合下一句“I had a happy breakfast with the children again.”“我”又和孩子们开心地吃了一次早餐可知，上一句是孩子们挤满了“我”的屋子。选项B符合句意。
Section B (2a－2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. warn; to do　2. end up　3. remind; of　
4. wake up　5. promise to do sth.　6. 想起　
7. ……的重要性 8. 关心　9. 赚钱　10. 在危难中
Ⅱ. 1－3 DBB
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] 形容词；动词；名词
[对点训练] ①death　②been dead
2. [对点训练] ①to finish　②against going
3. [对点训练] ①speaking　②ended up with
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. dead　2. not to eat　3. drinking　
4. importance 5. named
Ⅱ. 1－5 DBADA
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. business　2. spread　3. presents　
4. punish 5. warned
Ⅱ. 1. written　2. warmth　3. to come　4. to buy　5. happily
Ⅲ. 1－5 BCBBC
Ⅳ. 1. end up with　2. the importance of　
3. in need 4. think about　5. promised to buy
Ⅴ. 1. fun　2. traditional　3. called　
4.greatest　5. ended　6. threw　7. made　
8. past　9. regard　
10. dead
Ⅵ. 1. C　细节理解题。根据5月7号日记的第三句“The idea of a day for mothers was first given by Miss Anna Jarvis of Philadelphia.”可知，为母亲们设立节日的想法是安娜·贾薇丝小姐提出的，故选C。
2. A　词义猜测题。根据5月9号日记的第二句“How beautiful the classroom was！”可知，他们布置过教室。故答案选A。
3. B　推理判断题。根据5月9号日记倒数第二句“She had always been nervous about talking to teachers since she was a child.”她从还是一个孩子时，与老师说话就总是感觉紧张。可知答案选B。
4. B　推理判断题。根据短文里面的日期格式和材料内容推测，这篇短文是艾伦的日记。
5. C　词义猜测题。根据5月10号日记的内容可知，艾伦父母都来到了学校，艾伦还为老师告诉了他的父母什么而紧张，推断答案选C。
Section B (3a－Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. between ... and ...　2. give out　
3. give birth to 4. ……的开始　5. ……的象征　6. 不但……而且……
Ⅱ. 1. favorite Chinese festival is　2. is celebrated in 3. How delicious　4. What an interesting 5. think that　6. wonder if/whether
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
[对点训练] ①takes　②not only; but
[写作指导]
One possible version：
The Chinese Spring Festival
My favorite festival is the Chinese Spring Festival. It is the most important festival in China. It is celebrated in January or February. Before the festival, people often clean the house and buy new clothes. During the festival, they often have a big dinner with their family and visit relatives, and they like to eat dumplings or rice cakes. Parents usually give their children some money and it is called hongbao.
I think the Spring Festival is very relaxing and people can have a good time. It is the most interesting festival and I like it very much.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. beginning　2. is celebrated　
3. business 4. really　5. excited
Ⅱ. 1－5 ABDCD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. hiding　2. whether　3. Why　
4. is; celebrated 5. beginning
Ⅱ. 1－5 BABCC
Ⅲ. 1. between; and　2. made; feel　3. gave birth to 4. give out　5. symbol of; life
Ⅳ. 1. if/whether he is　2. that; have　3. How tired 4. not only; but also　5. meaning of
Ⅴ. 1－5 DCBBC　6－10 BAADA
Ⅵ. 1. Special homework.
2. 他的同班同学对他的画感到很惊讶。
3. Miss Green asked the little boy whose hand it was.
4. showed
5. A hand.
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. treat　2. punish　3. spread　4. relative　
5. strangers 6. died
[短语速译]
1. eat out　2. put on　3. be similar to　
4. wash away 5. lay out　6. shoot down　
7. end up　8. 结果　9. 领着某人出去　
10. 打扮　11. 捉弄某人　12. 警告某人做某事 13. 使某人想起某事　14. 醒来　
15. 分发
[句型闯关]
1. think that　2. wonders if/whether　
3. What a; girl 4. How well　5. time for　
6. What; think of
[语法专练]
Ⅰ. 1－3　ADB　4. if/whether there was
5. How hard
[真题演练]
1. D　考查宾语从句。主句是一般过去时，宾语从句根据实际情况使用合适的时态。根据题意知宾语从句应用过去将来时。故选D。
2. D　考查宾语从句的用法。宾语从句必须用陈述语序，所以排除A、B项。此复合句中主句是一般过去时，所以C项时态不正确。故选D。
3. A　考查感叹句。music是不可数名词。感叹句句型：What ＋形容词＋不可数名词＋(主谓结构)！故选A。
4. D　考查延续性动词的用法。根据时间状语for many years可知应该用延续性动词。故选D。
5. B　考查非谓语动词的用法。由常识可知酒后不能开车，warn sb. not to do sth.意为“警告某人不要做某事”。故选B。

阶段检测卷(Unit 2)
Ⅰ.1. D　考查名词辨析。由前句“I know nothing about him.”可推断“我们”是“陌生人”。
2. A　考查used to do与be used to doing 的用法辨析。used to do“过去常常做……”，be used to doing“习惯于做……”。句意：怀特一家人过去住在乡村里，但现在他们习惯于住在大城市里。
3. A　考查warn的用法。warn sb. about sth.“警告某人某事”。
4. C　考查感叹句。中心词为名词program，感叹句应该由what引导。program为单数可数名词，应该用what a/an, amazing的第一个音素为元音音素，应该用what an。
5. B　考查宾语从句的引导词。根据句意此处应该选that，be sure that意为“确信……”。
6. B　考查not only ... but also ... 的用法。连接两个并列主语时，谓语动词的单复数跟also后的主语保持一致。排除A、D。此处为陈述事实，应该用一般现在时，故选B。
7. D　考查put 的相关短语辨析。put away“把……收起来放好”；put up“举起；张贴”； put out“熄灭”； put on“增重；穿上”。此处表达寒假过后学生普遍增重。
8. B　考查短语动词辨析。come out “出版” ; end up “最终成为”；give out“分发” ；take off“飞机起飞；脱下”。句意：在医生的帮助下，那个男孩最终成为了一个健康的孩子。
9. C　考查连词辨析。句意：他奶奶太老了以至于不能清楚地听到或者看到东西了。
10. B　考查宾语从句。宾语从句用陈述语序，排除A、D；与or not连用时用whether不用if。故选B。
Ⅱ. 1. C　月份前用in。
2. A　根据空格后cleaning可知此处用spend，spend some time doing sth.“花费时间做某事”。
3. C　扫墓时常常带鲜花。
4. B　句意：但这一天不仅仅是纪念死者。
5. D　由下文“With the coming of spring ...”可知此处填coming。
6. B　句意：随着春天的到来，大自然苏醒了……
7. B　春天到来，鸟儿开始为它们的小宝宝建房子。
8. D　春天白天逐渐变长，天气变得越来越暖和。
9. C　结合上文天逐渐变长，天气变得越来越暖和可知，清明是出去玩的好时机，故选C。
10. A　空格前后为例证关系，排除B、D；空格后无标点，故用such as。
Ⅲ. 1. C　推理判断题。根据文章第一段“Since 1982, July 1st has been officially known as Canada Day. Canadians of all ages take part in this festival across the country.”可知答案选C。
2. B　词义猜测题。通过加拿大人在脸上画国旗可知，他们应该是“爱国的”，故选B。
3. D　细节理解题。根据文章“In the province of Quebec, many home rentals start on July 1st and last for exactly one year ...”可知选D。
4. A　细节理解题。根据文章最后一段第四句话中“... all schools are closed as well.”可知，没有学生去学校，故选A。
5. A　细节理解题。通篇文章讲了加拿大人民庆祝加拿大国庆节的事件和活动，介绍了加拿大的国旗是加拿大国庆节的象征。由此可知选A。
Ⅳ. 1. meaning　2. written　3. to eat　4. to take 5. kindness
Ⅴ. 1. if/whether; will come back　
2. How fast
3. importance of sharing　4. dressed up as
5. carries; best wishes
Ⅵ. 1. celebrated　2. traditional　3. double　4. On 5. parents　6. to　7. top　8. admire　9. drink 10. What
Ⅶ. One possible version：
My father is a doctor and he is very busy. He goes to work early and comes home very late. I think it's not easy for him. I am going to make a card for my father. I will write “Happy Father's Day, Dad. I love you.” on it. On Father's Day, in the daytime I plan to help Mom cook delicious food for my father and clean the house. I'll wash my father's clothes as well as the car myself and in the evening I decide to wash feet for my father and talk with him. I'll try my best to make him happy.
I'm proud of having such a great father.

Unit 3　Could you please tell me
where the restrooms are？
Section A (1a—2d)




Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 在银行旁边　________________
2. 左转 ________________
3. 在……和……之间 ________________
4. 尝试乘骑项目 ________________
5. go past ________________
6. start with ________________
7. over there ________________
8. no problem ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 你能告诉我在哪里能买到杂志吗？
Could you please tell me ________ ________ ________ get some magazines?
2. 你能告诉我如何到达书店吗？
Could you please tell me ________ ________ ________ ________ the bookstore?
3. 沿着主街走直到你经过中心街。
________ ________ Main Street ________ you ________ Center Street.
4. 你知道书店今天什么时候关门吗？
Do you know ________ the bookstore ________ today?




阅读下面句子，思考并体会下面的探究总结
Excuse me, could you please tell me how_to_get to the bookstore？
请问，你能告诉我如何到达书店吗？(教材第17页)
I don't know what I should do next.
＝I don't know what_to_do next.
我不知道接下来该做什么。
He didn't know where he would live.
＝He didn't know where_to_live.
他不知道要住在哪里。

(1)“疑问词＋动词不定式”结构常在句中作宾语，也可作主语、表语等成分。
(2)如果宾语从句的主语和主句的主语相同，由连接代词或连接副词引导的宾语从句可以改为由“疑问词＋动词不定式”作宾语的简单句结构。

①我不知道如何打开那个箱子。
I don't know ________ ________ ________ the box.
②They wonder when they will start. (改为简单句)
They wonder ________ ________ ________.


阅读下面句子，思考并体会下面的探究总结
Pardon? Restroom?
什么？休息室？(教材第18页)
I beg_your_pardon. What did you say just now？
对不起，你刚才说什么？
She wrote to the teacher asking a pardon for her son.
她给老师写了封信，替儿子请求老师的原谅。
Pardon my asking, but can you help me？
请恕我冒昧，但你能帮我吗？
　pardon的三种词性
(1)pardon用作感叹词，意为“什么，请再说一遍”。常用于没听懂对方的话，希望再重复一遍时，读时用升调。
(2)pardon用作名词，意为“原谅；宽恕”。beg one's pardon意为“请原谅；请再说一遍”。
(3)pardon用作动词，意为“原谅；赦免”。

请再说一遍，我还是不明白。
I ________ ________ ________. I still can't understand.


阅读下面句子，思考并体会下面的探究总结
You don't need to rush！
你不用急！(教材第18页)
She's always rushing_to_get to school first.
她总是赶着第一个到校。
A good idea rushed_into my mind.
我突然想到一个好主意。
At the end of the film there was a rush for the exits. 电影一结束，大家都涌向出口。
　rush的两种词性
(1)rush用作动词，意为“冲，奔，闯；仓促行事；猛冲，猛攻，突然袭击”。rush to do sth.意为“赶紧做某事，抢着做某事”；rush into意为“涌入”。
(2)rush用作名词，意为“冲，奔，急速行进”。常用短语in a rush 意为“仓促；急促”。

①They rushed ________(go) home because of the bad weather.
②一下课，孩子们就冲出教室。
The children ________ ________ of the classroom as soon as class is over.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. —I wonder where ________(buy) a dictionary.
—There is a bookstore on Bridge Street.
2. She got up late yesterday morning, so she had to rush ________(cook) breakfast.
3. —What do you often do in the evening?
—We ________(normal) do homework and watch TV at home.
4. Can you tell me some ________(information) about the city?
5. We are happy ________(meet) our old friends in a new city.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Could you please tell me ________？
A. where can I buy a book
B. where I can buy a book
C. how can I use the dictionary
D. where is Center Street
2. I don't know ________ to get to the bank.
A. what B. where
C. who D. how
3. Walk ________ this street, and ________ right. You'll find it.
A. along; turn B. along; get
C. for; turn D. to; get
4. We have enough time; we don't need ________.
A. rush B. to rush
C. rushes D. rushed
5. —Open the window please, Mike.
— ________ I didn't hear what you said.
A. Why? B. Really？
C. Pardon? D. All right.


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. I want to post the letter. Where can I get a s________？
2. There is little time. We have to r________， or we'll be late for the meeting.
3. —Is there a ________(洗手间) near here？
—Yes, there is one near the supermarket.
4. —Where is the library?
—It's ________(在……旁边) the bank.
5. I often send a ________(明信片) to my teacher on Teachers' Day.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Mr. Smith doesn't know how ________(find) his lost car.
2. —I feel ill these days.
—I think you need ________ (pay) attention to your health.
3. If you want to get more ________(information), you should ask Mr. Zhang.
4. Are you ________(exciting) to win the competition？
5. —Let's go to play tennis now.
—But I ________(not finish) cleaning the room.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. —Could you please tell me where the nearest hotel is？
—________. Go straight and turn left. You can find one on your right.
A. Sorry, I can't　　 B. Yes, I could　
C. Sure　　　　　　 D. I can tell you　
2. —Would you please tell me the way to the Pacific Hotel？
—Go ________ the post office, and you'll find it on the left.
A. pass　　　 B. past
C. to pass D. passed
3. —Excuse me, could you tell me where the bookstore is?
—________？ I didn't hear you clearly.
A. Pardon　　　 B. How are you　　
C. How do you do　 D. Yes, please
4. Excuse me, could you tell me ________？
A. where's the teachers' office　
B. where's the bus stop　
C. what's she doing　
D. where the post office is
5. Do you know when they ________ class every day?
A. start　　 B. starts
C. started　　 D. will start
Ⅳ. 句型转换
1. Who is he talking with? (用I don't know改为含有宾语从句的复合句)
I don't know ________ ________ ________ talking with.
2. Can you tell me where I can buy a newspaper? (改为简单句)
Can you tell me ________ ________ ________ a newspaper?
3. The restaurant closes at_eleven_o'clock_at_night. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ the restaurant ________？
4. Do you like to play sports? (用he asked me改为含有宾语从句的复合句)
He asked me ________ I ________ to play sports.
5. There are some stamps in the box. (改为一般疑问句)
________ ________ ________ stamps in the box?

Ⅴ. 完形填空
(2015·安徽)The plane took off. A passenger needed a cup of water to take his medicine. An air hostess (空姐) told him that she would bring him the __1__ soon. But the air hostess was __2__ busy that she forgot to bring him the water. __3__， the passenger couldn't take his medicine on time. About half an hour later, she hurried over to him with a cup of water, but he __4__ it.
　　In the following hours, each time she __5__ the passenger, she would ask him with a smile whether he needed help or not. But the passenger __6__ paid notice to her.
When it was time to get off the __7__， the passenger asked her to hand him the passengers' booklet(留言簿). She was very __8__. She thought that he would __9__ bad words in it, but with a smile she handed it to him.
Off the plane, she opened the booklet and then __10__. The passenger put it, “In the past few hours, you have asked me whether I needed help or not for twelve times in all. How can I refuse your twelve faithful(真诚的) smiles？”
1. A. medicine　　　 B. water　
C. cup D. coffee　
2. A. very　　　　 B. too　　　　
C. quite　　　　　　 D. so
3. A. With her help　 B. As a result　　
C. On the one hand　 D. To tell the truth
4. A. drank　　　　　　 B. accepted　　
C. refused D. received　
5. A. looked at　 　 B. listened to
C. talked about D. passed by　
6. A. usually B. never
C. sometimes D. often　
7. A. plane B. train
C. ship D. bus　
8. A. interested B. happy
C. excited D. sad　
9. A. break down B. get down
C. write down D. go down　
10. A. smiled B. cried
C. wondered D. worried　



Section A (3a—4c)




Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 握住我的手________________
2. 路过；经过________________
3. 抱歉，对不起；什么，请再说一遍________________
4. come on ________________
5. on one's way to________________
6. walk up (to) ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 我想知道接下来我们应该去哪里。
I wonder ________ ________ ________ ________ next.
2. 直到你尝试了某事你才会了解(它)。
You ________ know ________ you try something.
3. 请你告诉我如何到达邮局好吗？
Could you please tell me ________ ________ get to the post office?
4. 你知道这附近是否有一家餐厅？
Do you know ________ ________ a restaurant around here?


　

阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
I suggest Water City Restaurant in Water World.
我建议去水上世界的水城饭店。(教材第19页)
They suggested_waiting until the proper time.
他们建议(我们)等到恰当的时机再行动。
She suggested_that the class meeting (should) not be held on Saturday. 她建议不要在星期六举行班会。
Her pale face suggested her bad health.
她脸色苍白，看来身体不好。
My parents gave me some good suggestions.
父母给了我一些好的建议。
　suggest的用法
(1)suggest作“建议”讲时，可以接名词、动词-ing形式作宾语，也可以接that引导的宾语从句，从句谓语为“should＋动词原形”，其中should可以省略。
(2)suggest还有“暗示；表明”的意思。其主语往往是物，而不是人。
(3)suggest的名词形式为suggestion，意为“建议”。

①Li Lei suggested ________(have) a school trip this Friday.
②老师建议我们每天都应该进行体育运动。
The teacher ________ ________ we should play sports every day.
③What do you think of her ________(suggest)?

　

阅读下面句子，体会下列宾语从句的用法
Do you know which film they are talking about？
你知道他们在谈论哪部电影吗？
I don't know where he lives. 我不知道他住在哪里。
I believe that they will come soon.
我相信他们很快就会来。
He asked me whether I was a teacher.
他问我是否是老师。
We don't know when he will leave.
我们不知道他什么时间离开。

(1)由特殊疑问词引导的宾语从句
当特殊疑问句转化为宾语从句时要由连接代词who, whom, whose, what, which或连接副词when, where, why, how 等引导，它们在句中既有连接从句的作用，又在从句中充当一定的成分。
(2)改写宾语从句的三个步骤
①确定从句的引导词
宾语从句的引导词要根据从句句式来确定，其对应情况如下表：
从句的句式
引导词
陈述句
that
一般疑问句
if或whether
特殊疑问句
特殊疑问词
②确保从句语序正确
无论原句是何种句式，改为宾语从句后，应确保从句的语序为陈述语序。
③确定从句的时态
主句的时态
从句的时态
连接前
连接后
一般现在时
时态保持不变
一般过去时
一般现在时
一般过去时
一般过去时
一般过去时
过去将来时
过去将来时
现在进行时
过去进行时
现在完成时
过去完成时
【助记】
巧记宾语从句的用法
破除宾从三障碍，连词语序和时态。
that连接陈述句，通常情况可省略。
从句若是表“是否”，if/whether要慎记。
特殊问句作宾语，仍用原来疑问词。
语序要用陈述序，切莫照搬疑问句。
时态主从要呼应，主为现在从不变；
主句若为过去时，从句时态变过去；
宾从若是表真理，时态不变无质疑。
三个问题须记牢，切莫丢东忘了西。
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
①Why does she like the book? (用I don't know改为含有宾语从句的复合句)
I don't know ________ ________ ________ the book.
②She asked me if I ________ a pilot when I grew up.
A. am B. am going to be
C. was D. was going to be
③Our geography teacher told us that light ________ much faster than sound.
A. travels B. traveled
C. were traveling D. would travel

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Our teacher gave me a good ________(suggest) about how to solve the problem yesterday.
2. ________(swim) can help you to keep healthy.
3. Are you ________(scary) when you see a snake？
4. —How can we help the old woman? I think she must feel lonely.
—Why don't we ________(read) newspapers for her?
5. —Why do you come so early?
—I come early ________(clean) the classroom.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. I want to know ________ late this time.
A. why are you B. why you are
C. how are you D. that you are
2. All the children said ________ the movie ________ too scary.
A. that; is B. if; is
C. that; was D. if; was
3. I didn't know the good news ________ he told me.
A. after B. whether
C. when D. until
4. —Excuse me, do you know when the meeting ________？
—Sorry, ________.
A. starts; I'm not sure
B. starts; I do
C. start; I'm not sure
D. start; I do
5. I don't know the new words. I need ________ in the dictionary.
A. look up them　　　 B. to look up them
C. look them up　　　 D. to look them up


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. Shandong is in the e________ of China.
2. I want to m________ the letter to my mother, but I don't have a stamp.
3. My little brother is often ill. My uncle s________ that he should exercise every day to keep healthy.
4. There is a ________(中心的) square over there and many old people dance there every morning.
5. I like to eat ________(葡萄) very much. They are my favorite fruit.
Ⅱ. 用方框内所给词的适当形式填空

1. Why not ________ dinner with me tonight？
2. The ________ in the company played a part in the meeting.
3. I ________ why you came here so late.
4. Ten kilometers ________ a long way for the old people to walk.
5. Did you buy these vegetables in the ________ center?
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. My father ________ to play basketball when he was a middle school student.
A. does liked　　　　 B. did like
C. does like　　　　　 D. did liked
2. Paul ________ going to the zoo, but I'd like to go to the park.
A. suggests　　　　 B. decides C. keeps　　　　　 D. wants　
3. What did you see ________ the zoo?
A. on your way to　　　 B. in your way to
C. on your way at　　　 D. in your way at
4. I want to know where there is a good place ________ lunch.
A. eat B. eating C. ate D. to eat
5. —I'm doing a survey. Could you tell me _______？
—Sure. I usually go to work at 7：00 a．m.
A. why you go to work　 B. how you go to work
C. when you go to work　 D. when do you go to work
Ⅳ. 句型转换
1. Where is my T-shirt? (用委婉语气改写句子)
Could you please tell me ________ ________ ________ ________？
2. Have you ever tried the food in this restaurant? (用he asks me改为含有宾语从句的复合句)
He asks me ________ ________ ________ ever tried the food in this restaurant.
3. A lot of tourists wondered how they could get to the hill. (改为同义句)
A lot of tourists wondered ________ ________ ________ to the hill.
4. I fell asleep after my mother came back last night. (改为同义句)
I ________ ________ asleep ________ my mother came back last night.
5. Why don't we watch TV now? (改为同义句)
________ ________ ________ TV now？.

Ⅴ. 从方框中选词补全对话
what to buy, by yourself, prefer，
with nothing, go shopping
Mr. Black and his wife are talking about shopping.
(M＝Mr. Black　W＝Mrs. Black)
W: Would you please ____1____ with me？
M: Shopping is always boring.
W: Yes. But without you I can't decide ____2____. There're always many things to choose from. I need your help.
M: Last Sunday we spent a whole day shopping, but came back ____3____.
W: Sorry. Sometimes I really don't know what to buy.
M: I'm really afraid to hear you say, “I'm sorry I've changed my mind.”
W: Don't laugh at me, please.
M: I think you'd better go ____4____ this time. I ____5____ to watch TV at home.
1.________　2.________　3.________　4.________
5.________
Ⅵ. 阅读理解
(2015·凉山)Mr. Black's office was only 5 kilometers away from his house, so he could go home to have lunch every day. But when he got home at noon, he had to drive to another place to park his car, then walked back home. Because he found many cars outside his house and there was no room for his own car. This made him very angry.
One day, he put up a board in the garden facing the road:

But nobody noticed it. People seemed to obey only a police notice with white letters on a blue board：

　Mrs. Black asked his husband to steal a police notice but he was afraid to do so. Then she asked him to make one just like a police notice. Mr. Black said he was not the police and couldn't use the word “police”. Several days later, Mr. Black made a blue board with white letters.

“Oh！” Mrs. Black said. “You told me you weren't going to use the word ‘police’， but why do you use it now？”
“Really？” he asked with a smile. “Look again！”
“Oh, Dear！” she started to laugh. “You are really clever！”
1. How far is it from Mr. Black's house to his office？
A. 5 miles.　　　　 B. 5 hours' drive.
C. 5,000 meters.　　 D. Less than 5 kilometers.
2. Mr. Black was angry because ________.
A. he lost the way when he drove back home one day
B. his car was broken on his way home one day
C. he had to walk home from his office
D. he found no room to park his car outside his house
3. How many notice boards did Mr. Black make according to the passage?
A. One.　　　 B. Two. C. Three.　 D. None.
4. In the end, Mr. Black made a notice board and it ________.
A. said “POLICE NOTICE, NO PARKING”
B. said “NO PARKING”
C. said “POLITE NOTICE, NO PARKING”
D. was different in color from a police notice
5. What would most probably happen after he put up the blue board?
A. Fewer people would park their cars outside his house because of the blue board.
B. More people would have to park their cars outside his house because of the blue board.
C. He would be punished because he stole the blue board.
D. He couldn't park his car outside his house any more because there was no room for his car.














Section B (1a—1e)



Ⅰ. 词形转换，了解本课重点词汇
1. interesting (同义词)　　　________________
2. expensive (反义词) ________________
3. crowded (反义词) ________________
4. beauty (形容词) ________________
5. safe (反义词) ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 美术博物馆真是有趣。
The Fine Arts Museum is ________ ________.
2. 妈妈告诉我早回家。
Mom tells me ________ ________ home early.
3. 老师建议我们应当早起床。
The teacher ________ ________ we should get up early.
4. 你能告诉我哪里有吃饭的好地方吗？
Can you tell me ________ ________ a good place to eat?


inexpensive adj. 不昂贵的
uncrowded adj. 不拥挤的；人少的

观察下面单词，思考它们的构成方法
dependence → independence
happy → unhappy
like → dislike
possible → impossible
lead → mislead
　英语构词法中的否定前缀
(1)构词法：按照一定的规律创造新词的方法叫作构词法。英语构词法主要有转化法、派生法、合成法、混合法、截短法和首尾字母结合法六种。
(2)派生法：在词根前面加前缀或在词根后面加后缀构成一个与原单词意义相近或截然相反的新词的构词法叫作派生法。
(3)表示________(肯定/否定)意义的前缀常用的有dis-，il-，im-，in-，ir-，mis-，non-，un-等，在单词前面加这类前缀常构成与该词意义相反的新词。

①—How was your bus trip?
—It was ________(crowded) and relaxing.
②They ________ (like) the story because it's too boring.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. The bus was ________(crowded) because it was early and most people didn't go to work at that time.
2. I think the bike is ________(expensive) because I only paid fifty yuan for it.
3. There is a ________(beauty) garden in the neighborhood. Let's take a walk there.
4. Mom often tells me ________(read) more books when I am free.
5. Be ________(quietly), please. All of them are studying for tests.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. I don't know if he ________ tomorrow. If he ________， I'll ask him to help me.
A. will come; comes
B. will come; will come
C. comes; will come
D. comes; comes
2. They won't let you in ________ you wear jeans to the party.
A. after B. that C. if D. before
3. If you want to know how to get to the station, you can ask a stranger, “________”.
A. Tell me, where is the station?
B. Do you tell me where the station is?
C. Could you please tell me how to get to the station？
D. You know the station?
4. It's ________ to take the subway to visit our city. It can take you everywhere you want to go.
A. fascinating B. inexpensive
C. uncrowded D. convenient
5. —Can you tell me ________？
—Yes. He is kind.
A. what does your teacher look like
B. what did your teacher look like
C. what is your teacher like
D. what your teacher is like


Ⅰ. 从方框中选词并用其适当形式填空

1. I paid only $10 for my new T-shirt. Isn't it very ________？
2. It's dangerous here. We must take the boy to a ________ place at once.
3. The hill is really ________. There are lots of flowers on it.
4. The mall is too ________. Let's go out.
5. I am hungry. Let's find a good place ________.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. It is ________ for me to go shopping. There is a new supermarket near my home.
A. difficult　　 　 B. important　　
C. impossible D. convenient　
2. We sell ________ T-shirts for teenagers in our store.
A. all kinds of　　　　　　 B. a kind of　
C. different kind of　　 D. many kind of　
3. —________ food do you like best?
—Something sweet.
A. How　　 B. When
C. What　　 D. Who
4. The teacher asked ________ we would go to the countryside to work on the farm.
A. if　　 B. that C. where　　 D. who
5. —Could you tell me ________？
—Two hours ago.
A. when you finish your work
B. when you finished your work
C. when do you finish your work
D. when did you finish your work
Ⅲ. 同义句转换
1. Could you tell me how I can get to the park？
Could you tell me ________ ________ get to the park？
2. To watch people in the mall is also fun.
________ ________ ________ ________ to watch people in the mall.
3. Do you know where the bookstore is？
Do you know ________ ________ to the bookstore？
4. Who is waiting for you? Could you tell me?
Could you tell me ________ ________ waiting for you?
5. The doctor asked her, “Are you feeling better？”
The doctor asked her ________ she ________ ________ better.
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 昨天下午约翰告诉我在车站等他。
Yesterday afternoon John ________ ________ ________ ________ for him at the station.
2. 你能告诉我一个可以玩的好地方吗？
Can you tell me ________ there's a good place ________ ________？
3. 你喜欢什么类型的电影？
________ ________ ________ movie do you like？
4. 莉莉建议出去散步。
Lily ________ ________ out for a walk.
5. 能说一门外语是非常有用的。
It is ________ ________ ________ able to speak a foreign language.

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有一项多余。
A. How long will it take?
B. Sorry, I'm new here. You may ask that policeman for help.
C. Excuse me, sir.
D. Oh. Thank you very much.
E. Yes, you'd better take a bus.
F. Go along this street until you reach the fifth traffic lights, and then turn right. At the end of the road you'll find it.
A: ____1____ Could you please tell me where the biggest supermarket is?
B: ____2____
A: Is it far from here?
B: ____3____
A: Which bus should I take?
B: The NO. 12 bus. It will take you there.
A: ____4____
B: About twenty minutes.
A: ____5____
B: You're welcome.

1. ________　2. ________　3. ________　
4. ________ 5. ________
Section B (2a—2d)

Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 在不同的情况下　　________________
2. 取决于 ________________
3. 与……交流 ________________
4. 去……的路 ________________
5. base on ________________
6. such as ________________
7. parking lot ________________
8. change some money ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 知道如何有礼貌地寻求帮助是很重要的。
It is important to know ________ ________ ________ for help politely.
2. 优秀的谈话者在不同的情况下会改变他们说话的方式。
Good speakers ________ ________ ________ they speak in different situations.
3. 有时候我们甚至要花时间导入一个请求。
Sometimes we even need to spend time ________ ________ a request.
4. 看起来说得客气要比说得直白更难一点。
________ might seem more difficult ________ ________ politely than directly.




阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的词性及含义
When you visit a foreign country, it is important to know how to ask for help politely.
当你去国外的时候，知道如何有礼貌地寻求帮助是很重要的。 (教材第22页)
That sounds less polite.
那听起来会不那么礼貌。
... this might sound impolite.
……这可能听起来就没礼貌。(教材第22页)
　politely, polite与impolite的区别
politely
副词，意为“礼貌地；客气地”，在句中修饰动词
polite
形容词，意为“有礼貌的；客气的”
impolite
形容词，意为“不礼貌的；粗鲁的”，由“polite＋否定前缀im-”构成。其同义词为rude

①The boy is ________(polite). We don't like him.
②We should speak to the old ________(polite).


阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的词性及用法
These are similar requests for directions.
这些是相似的问路请求。(教材第22页)
You have to request permission if you want to take any photos here.
如果你想在这里拍照的话，你必须请求许可。
We requested him to leave the room as soon as possible. 我们请求他尽快离开这个房间。
I requested that he (should) leave. 我请求他离开。
　request的两种词性
(1)request用作名词，意为“要求；请求”，为________ (可数/不可数)名词，常与for 搭配。
(2)request用作动词，意为“请求”，常见用法如下：
①request sth. (from sb.) “(向某人)请求某事或某物”
②request sb. to do sth. “请求某人做某事”
③request＋that从句
【注意】
request后接that从句时常用虚拟语气，即：request that(＋should)＋动词原形，that可省略。

①你的要求是什么？
________ your ________？
②My mother requested me ________(get) home before 10 o'clock.


阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
The expressions they use might depend on whom they are speaking to or how well they know each other.
他们使用的表达方式也许取决于他们在和谁交谈或者他们彼此的熟悉程度。(教材第22页)
Who is singing in the classroom？
谁在教室里唱歌？
Who(m) did you meet on the street？
你在街上遇到谁了？
To whom did you speak in the schoolyard？
你在校园里和谁说话了？
　who与whom 的用法辨析
(1)who为疑问代词，意为“谁”。在句中可作主语或宾语。
(2)whom是who的宾格形式，在书面语中，它作动词宾语或介词宾语，在口语中作宾语时，可用who代替，但在介词后只能用whom。

With ________ did you go there?
A. who B. whom
C. whose D. what

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. The old man was angry with him because he was very ________(polite).
2. Her parents request her ________(make) the bed after getting up every morning.
3. With ________(who) are they playing soccer?
4. The ________(speak) today is from No. 1 Middle School.
5. It is not enough ________(finish) the work on time.We must do it well.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Look at that man in front of our classroom. Do you know ________？
A. who is he B. who he is
C. how is he D. how old is he
2. We don't know how ________ requests politely.
A. to make B. making
C. make D. made
3. It's important ________ polite when ________ to old people.
A. be; talking B. to be; talking
C. being; to talk D. to be; to talk
4. —What do you often do before ________ to bed?
—I usually read books.
A. go B. to go
C. going D. to going
5. We are sorry ________ you, but could you help us carry the piano into the room?
A. trouble B. troubling
C. to trouble　　　　　 D. to troubling
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 总是依靠父母是不对的。
It is wrong ________ ________ ________ your parents all the time.
2. 当有困难时你向谁寻求帮助？
Who do you ________ ________ ________ when you have problems?
3. 我不知道你们之间相互了解有多深。
I don't know how well you ________ ________ ________.
4. 不同情形下我们说不同的语言。
We speak different languages ________ ________ ________．
5. 我想知道他是哪里人。
I wonder where he ________ ________.


Ⅰ. 根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1. We can't use the direct ________(请求) when we ask our teacher for help.
2. Do you think his answer is ________(正确的)?
3. I don't know how to get to his home because I have forgotten his ________(地址).
4. There is a big ________(地下的) supermarket near here and you can buy some food in it.
5. We all like children who are ________(有礼貌的).
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. As students, we should act ________(polite).
2. The boy spends most of his free time ________(learn) to play the guitar.
3. Do you know the ________(speak) who gave us a good speech yesterday？
4. Mr. Zhou requests us ________(read) Chinese or English in the morning.
5. You need ________(talk) with your parents about your problems.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. ________ is boring ________ this kind of movie.
A. It; watch　　　　 B. It; to watch
C. This; watch　　　 D. This; to watch
2. —How do you communicate ________ your parents?
—I often write to them.
A. with B. to
C. on D. at
3. You are clever enough ________ this question ________.
A. answer; correct　　 B. answer; correctly
C. to answer; correct　 D. to answer; correctly
4. I don't know ________.
A. how good do you know her
B. how well do you know her
C. how good you know her
D. how well you know her
5. —What do you often do before ________ all over the world?
—I often prepare for it for a long time.
A. travel B. to travel
C. traveling D. traveled
Ⅳ. 句型转换
1. To finish so much homework is difficult for him. (改为同义句)
________ ________ difficult for him to finish so much homework.
2. I don't know. Who(m) is he speaking to? (合并为含有宾语从句的复合句)
I don't know ________ ________ ________ speaking to.
3. It took him three hours to clean the restroom. (用spend改写句子)
He ________ three hours ________ the restroom.
4. Can you help me? I wonder. (合并为含有宾语从句的复合句)
I wonder ________ you ________ help me.
5. I don't know where I can park my car. (改为简单句)
I don't know ________ ________ ________ my car.

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. You are welcome.
B. Do you know when the shopping center closes tonight?
C. The supermarket is next to it.
D. Do you know how to go there?
E. Can you tell me where to buy some medicine?
F. I want to go to the supermarket.
G. Can I help you？
A: Excuse me. ____1____
B: Yes, there is a supermarket in this shopping center.
A: ____2____
B: Yes. Go to the second floor and turn left. You can see a bookstore. ____3____ You can get some medicine there.
A: OK, great. ____4____
B: I am not sure, but you can ask for information over there.
A: Thank you all the same.
B: ____5____
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________　
4. ________ 5. ________
Ⅵ. 阅读理解
International travelers, whether traveling for business or pleasure, will find themselves alone from time to time(时常). Here are a few ways to meet new people and perhaps even get new travel chances(机会).
__1__ Be polite and friendly. Remember to put yourself in social situations. Restaurants, shops and parks are all great places to meet people. If you want to make local friends in a country, stay near the places the locals often visit.
__2__ Keep a small photo album in your bag when you travel. Photos of family, friends and pets will help your new friends learn more about you. They will share their similar experiences with you, and it will help you learn more about your new friends.
__3__ Can you help your new friends improve their Chinese? Can you cook a traditional Chinese meal? By sharing your experiences, you can have a close relationship with your new friends that they won't soon forget.
__4__ Many foreigners love Chinese goods but have to pay a lot when buying them in their homeland, so you'd better prepare some gifts such as silks, tea or china(瓷器). They are always popular.
__5__ If you and your new friends get along well, you can give them your information and plan to live in each other's house for your next trip. Then you can visit their countries and stay in their houses while they stay in yours. In this way you will improve your friendship and live like a local abroad, and pay less for traveling.
根据材料内容，从下面五个选项中为每一段选出一个小标题，并将其标号填写在下面题号后的横线上。
A. Exchange houses
B. Give Chinese presents
C. Be friendly to the locals
D. Take a photo album with you
E. Share something special about China
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________　
4. ________ 5. ________




























Section B (3a—Self Check)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 期待　________________
2. 按时；准时 ________________
3. 购物中心 ________________
4. introduce oneself ________________
5. know about ________________
6. for the first time ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 谢谢你帮助了我。
________ you ________ ________ me.
2. 你能告诉我图书馆在哪里吗？
Could you tell me ________ ________ ________ ________？
3. 我想知道早晨你为什么不早一点醒来。
I wonder ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ in the morning.


　

阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义及用法
She took a medical course.
她选择了医学课程。
The event changed the course of my life.
这件事改变了我的一生。
The ship held its course westward.
这艘船向西航行。
Over/In_the_course_of a week, my mother got well.
我母亲在一周内康复了。
He was late again, of_course.
当然，他又迟到了。

(1)course名词，有下列意思：①课程，学科；②过程，进程；③航向，航线。
(2)course构成的常用短语：
①over/in the course of “在……期间，在……过程中”。②of course “一定，当然”。通常在对话中用作答语。

①寒假期间你打算干什么？
What do you plan to do ________ ________ ________ ________ the winter holiday?
②——你能帮我吗？
——当然可以。
—Can you help me?
—________ ________ I can.


本单元话题为“问路、指路”，与之相关的话题作文是“如何有礼貌地向别人询问信息”。写作时可以从以下三个方面着手：①自我介绍；②有礼貌地询问信息；③表示感谢。

假如你是来自三班的李勇，你们学校下周五要组织一次郊游活动，你们班的同学对此次活动的一些情况不大熟悉，需要写一封电子邮件询问学生会的张老师。请根据下面的提示用委婉语气写一封电子邮件。
提示： 1. 出发的时间、集合的地点；
2. 随身携带的东西；
3. 郊游中的活动。
要求： 1. 要点齐全，可适当发挥；
2. 80词左右。

1. 人称：第一、二人称
2. 时态：一般将来时。
3. 结构提纲：
(1)自我介绍：我是来自三班的李勇。我想……
(2)中心内容：用委婉语气询问想了解的事情。
(3)文章结尾：表示感谢。
4. 语句储备：
(1)We want to know about our school trip.
(2)Could you please tell me ...
(3)I would like to thank you for telling me about the school trip.
(4)I'm looking forward to your reply.

____________________________________________
____________________________________________

Ⅰ. 从方框中选词并用其正确形式填空

1. You can introduce ________ when you meet the foreign teacher.
2. You should speak to your parents ________ at home.
3. —Thank you for ________ me around the school.
—You're welcome.
4. You can choose as many ________ as you like.
5. We all look forward to ________ a picnic in the mountains this month.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Could you please tell me if there is a ________ near here?
—Yes. There is one in front of the supermarket. Do you need some books?
A. supermarket　　　　 B. bookstore　
C. bank　　　　　　 D. washroom　
2. —Are you going to Beijing for the summer holiday next week？
— Yes. But I haven't got the air tickets and don't know ________ we will set out.
A. how B. where C. when　 D. what
3. —Where is the supermarket？
—It's ________ the second floor. And it's ________ the bookstore and the bank.
A. at; next to B. to; in front of　
C. on; between D. in; across from　
4. Emma comes from Australia, but she ________ speak Chinese well.
A. do　　　 B. does C. has 　 D. did　
5. —Miss Li seems very happy.
—That's because all of Tom's answers are ________.
A. wrong　 B. correct
C. impossible　 D. unpleasant　



Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Would you like ________(climb) the mountains with us this Sunday?
2. All these fans are looking forward to ________(see) their favorite singer.
3. This restaurant is a good ________(choose) for us if we want to have dinner.
4. What will you say when you meet someone for the ________(one) time?
5. Can you tell me if there is a ________(shop) center near here？
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. I know ________ he is a good student.
A. what B. that C. whether D. if
2. Can you tell me ________ his name is？
A. when B. where C. what D. how
3. Could you please tell me ________？
A. if she can speak English
B. if can she speak English
C. where she can speak English
D. where can she speak English
4. I wanted to know________.
A. how could I get to No. 1 Middle School
B. how I could get to No. 1 Middle School
C. what to get to No. 1 Middle School
D. where to get to No. 1 Middle School
5. —Could you tell me where I can exchange money?
—Sure. Walk along the road, and there's a ________ on your right.
A. school B. playground C. bank D. factory
Ⅲ. 句型转换
A) 把下列句子合并成含有宾语从句的复合句
1. He has been to Beijing twice. He says that ...
He says that ___________________________________________.
2. Is there a library in the neighborhood? He asks ...
He asks ___________________________________________.
3. What time does he get up? I didn't know ...
I didn't know ___________________________________________.
B) 改为同义句
4. Our teacher didn't say when we would start the next day.
Our teacher didn't say __________________________
the next day.
5. Could you tell me where to get a dictionary?
Could you tell me ____________________________?

Ⅳ. 用方框中所给单词或短语的适当形式补全对话
how about, as well as, fun,
why don't we, if, boring
Mother: Could you tell me ____1____ there is a good museum in Sunville？
Clerk: Well, we have several. What kind of museum do you like—history? science? a children's museum？
Father: ____2____ history? I like history museums. They're fascinating.
Girl 1: Oh, Dad! History museums are ____3____. Let's go to a science museum.
Boy: Science? We always go to science museums. I don't like science museums. I want to go to a children's museum. They're more ____4____.
Girl 2: Well, I'm too old for a children's museum.
____5____ go to an art museum？
Clerk: Why don't you go to the computer museum? There are a lot of fun things for children there. You can learn all about the history of computers, ____6____ learn about science.
Family: That's a great idea! Let's go to the computer museum.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________　
4. ________ 5. ________　6. ________
Ⅴ. 阅读理解
“Thank you” and “Excuse me”
American people have the habit of saying “Thank you”. They say “Thank you” whenever others help them or say something kind to them. People of other countries do so, too. You should say “Thank you” when someone passes you the salt on the table, when someone walking ahead of you keeps the door open for you, or when someone says your work is well done, or that you have bought a nice thing, or that your city is beautiful.
“Thank you” is used not only between friends, but also between parents and children, brothers and sisters, husbands and wives.
“Excuse me” is another short sentence they use. When you hear someone say so behind you, you know that he or she wants to walk past without touching you.
It's not polite to interrupt(打断) others while they are talking. If you want to speak to one of them, say “Excuse me” first, and then begin talking. You should also do so when you want to cough or make any unpleasant noise before others.
There are many occasions for “Thank you” and “Excuse me”. We should learn to say them in the right situation.
阅读短文，判断正(T)误(F)。
(　　)1. If someone says you speak very good English, you should say “Thank you”．
(　　)2. If you want to interrupt(打断) the people who are talking, begin with “Excuse me”．
(　　)3. You needn't say “Excuse me” when you want to cough or make any unpleasant noise before others.
(　　)4. “Thank you” is only used between friends.
(　　)5. It is not polite to interrupt others while they are talking.














单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. It is ________(便利的) for us to live here because there is a supermarket and a hospital near here.
2. There is a restaurant at the ________(角落) of the street.
3. If you tell us your ________(地址), we'll send all the things you order to your home.
4. The little girl is friendly and ________(impolite), so her classmates all like her.
5. For ________(who) do you buy this skirt?
6. No one knows who the ________(speak) is.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 路过；经过________________
2. 抱歉，对不起；什么，请再说一遍________________
3. 停车场；停车区________________
4. 以……开始________________
5. 没问题________________
6. 加油________________
7. 在某人去……的路上________________
8. of course________________
9. for example________________
10. depend on________________
11. such as________________
12. lead into________________
13. communicate with ...________________
14. look forward to________________
15. on time________________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. ——对不起，打扰了，你知道我能在哪里买到自行车吗？
——是的。在中心大街上有一家商店。
—________ ________， do you know ________ ________ ________ buy a bike？
—________. ________ a store ________ Center Street.
2. ——你能告诉我这家饭店什么时候开门营业吗？
——它在10点开门。
—Can you tell me ________ the restaurant ________？
—It ________ ________ ten o'clock.
3. 我想知道接下来去哪儿。
I ________ where ________ ________ next.
4. 沿着这条街走，在第二个路口向左拐。超市就在你的左边。
________ ________ the street and ________ ________ at the second crossing. The supermarket is ________ your ______.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
1. Is she doing her homework? I didn't know ...
I didn't know ____________________________.
2. Where does he live? I want to know ...
I want to know ____________________________.
3. What's her name? Could you tell me ...
Could you tell me ____________________________?
B) 改为简单句
4. He doesn't tell me how I can get to that school.
He doesn't tell me ____________________________.
5. Could you please tell me what I can buy for my mother?
Could you please tell me _____________________？
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
宾语从句的连接词辨析、语序及时态，“疑问词＋不定式”结构以及no problem在情景交际中的应用。
1. (2015·杭州)Franklin told them all ________ to be in Britain again.
A. how happy was he　　　 B. how happy he was
C. how was he happy　　　 D. how he happy was
2. (2015·武汉)—What did your teacher say to you just now？
—He asked me ________.
A. how could I work it out
B. when did I go to the library　
C. why I am late for school
D. if I had got ready for the exam
3. (2015·福州)—Such beautiful flowers! I can't decide ________ for my mom.
—For Mother's Day, it can't be better to take some carnations(康乃馨).
A. when to choose B. which to choose
C. how to choose　
4. (2015·济南)The Chinese dream ________ true if everyone works hard enough.
A. come B. comes C. will come D. came
5. (2015·天津)—Will you carry the box for me, please？
—Sure, ________.
A. no good B. no problem
C. no idea D. no way


阶段检测卷(Unit 3)
(时间：60分钟　分值：100分)


Ⅰ. 单项选择(每小题2分，共20分)　 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
1. —Call me up if it's ________ to you tonight.
—Sure.
A. nice　　　　　　 B. convenient
C. uncrowded　　　　 D. expensive
2. My sister spent two hours ________ her homework last night.
A. finish　　　　　 B. to finish
C. finishing　　　　 D. finished
3. How's it going, Li Mei? I'm looking forward to ________ your letter.
A. get B. got C. getting D. gets
4. —I wonder ________ I can get something to eat.
—There is a restaurant over there.
A. when B. whom C. where　 D. why
5. Seeing the ________ snake, she was very ________.
A. scared; scared B. scary; scary
C. scared; scary D. scary; scared
6. As middle school students, we should be ________ and speak to the old ________．
A. polite; polite B. politely; politely
C. polite; politely D. politely; polite
7. I'm already twenty years old. I can't ________ my parents any longer.
A. depend on　　　 B. pay attention to
C. look after　 D. such as
8. —Can you help me with my math this afternoon?
—________， I didn't hear you clearly just now.
A. No problem　　　 B. Pardon me
C. Not at all　　　　 D. Excuse me
9. Mr. Li asked me ________.
A. how can he use the dictionary
B. how he can use the dictionary
C. how he could use the dictionary
D. what he could use the dictionary
10. You can say “________” when you ask someone for help.
A. Nice to meet you.
B. I'm sorry to trouble you.
C. Can you tell me your address?
D. Where are you from?
Ⅱ. 完形填空(每小题2分，共20分)
(2015·资阳改编)A woman was waiting for her flight(航班) at an airport.
She bought a bag of cookies, found a place to sit and took out her __1__. She started to read and __2__ noticed that a man, sitting beside her, took a cookie from her __3__. She just tried not to see this. So she ate the cookies quickly and at the same time watched how the shameless __4__ was stealing her cookies. She thought to herself, “If I wasn't such a nice person, I would hit him in the eye.”
When only one cookie was left, she looked with interest and __5__ what he would do. He smiled, took the __6__ cookie and broke it in half. She thought, “This guy is so impolite; he didn't even show any __7__！”
After her flight was called, the woman collected her baggage(行李) and headed to the gate. She took her seat in the __8__， and started to look for her book, which was almost complete. As she reached her baggage, she gasped(喘气) with __9__， as there was an unopened bag of cookies. A terrible thought crossed her mind, “If my cookie bag is here, the other one was his and he just tried to share.” She realized that she was the __10__ one, but it was too late to say sorry to him.
1. A. book B. phone C. ticket　 D. wallet
2. A. proudly B. hardly C. really　 D. suddenly
3. A. box B. hand C. bag　 D. seat
4. A. pilot B. worker C. thief　 D. waiter
5. A. planned B. asked C. found　 D. wondered
6. A. big B. first C. small　 D. last
7. A. interest　B. thanks C. courage 　D. pleasure　
8. A. hall　 B. airport C. plane　 D. car
9. A. surprise　 B. happiness　
C. sadness　 D. pain　
10. A. polite B. impolite C. direct D. indirect
Ⅲ. 阅读理解(每小题2分，共10分)
Bob is six years old. He is old enough to go to school. On the first day, his teacher taught him three words, “I, you, he”. Then the teacher said, “I am your teacher. You are my student. He is your classmate.” When school was over, Bob went home. His mother asked him, “What has your teacher taught you today？” Bob said with a smile, “Listen, Mom and Dad. I am your teacher. You are my student. He is your classmate.” His mother said, “No, dear. You're wrong.” Then she said, “I am your mother. You're my son. He's your father.” The next day, Bob's teacher asked Bob to make sentences with “I, you, he”. Bob stood up and said, “I'm your mother. You're my son. He is your father.” All the students in Bob's class laughed.
1. Who taught Bob new words in the school?
A. Bob's teacher. B. Bob's friends.
C. Bob's father. D. Bob's mother.
2. How many words did Bob learn?
A. Two. B. One. C. Four. D. Three.
3. Did Bob understand what his teacher taught him?
A. Yes, he did.
B. No, he didn't.
C. No, but he understood what his mother said.
D. The writer doesn't tell us.
4. What do you think of Bob?
A. He is not clever. B. He is helpful.
C. He is polite. D. He is kind.
5. Who laughed in the class the next day?
A. Bob's mother. B. Bob's classmates.
C. Bob's teacher. D. Bob's father.
Ⅳ. 根据句意及首字母提示完成单词(每小题2分，共10分)
1. —I beg your p________？
—I asked you if you wanted to play soccer with me.
2. —Where is your father?
—He is taking a shower in the b________.
3. There is much time. We needn't r________.
4. Can you tell me your a________？ I can get to your home by taxi.
5. —What's your r________？
—I want you to help me with my English.
Ⅴ. 句型转换(每小题2分，共10分)
1. Has your father gone to Qingdao? (用he asks me 改写为含有宾语从句的复合句)
He asks me ________ ________ father ________ ________ to Qingdao.
2. What are you listening to? (用I wonder改写为含有宾语从句的复合句)
I wonder ________ ________ ________ listening to.
3. Do you know how we can get to the top safely? (改为简单句)
Do you know ________ ________ ________ to the top safely?
4. It takes him two hours to play sports every day. (用spend改写句子)
He ________ two hours ________ sports every day.
5. I left the house after ten o'clock. (改为同义句)
I ________ ________ the house ________ ten o'clock.
Ⅵ. 短文填空(每小题1分，共10分)
从方框中选词并用其适当形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
excuse, polite, trip, restroom, miss,
quickly, along, go, turn, three
Last month I stayed in Santo Lusa for a week. That was my first __1__ there. One morning I wanted to visit a famous museum, but I didn't know which way __2__， so I stopped a stranger and asked, “__3__ me, does this street lead to the Grand Museum？”
“Yes，” he answered __4__. “Go along this street and turn left at the second crossing. You can't __5__ it.”
So I walked two blocks(街区) and __6__ to my left, but the museum wasn't there. Then I asked a second stranger. He said, “Go __7__ this street and turn left at the second crossing.” But again I couldn't find the museum. I asked a __8__ stranger and he said the same thing.
This time I found the museum. Just then someone walked up and said to me, “Excuse me, where's the nearest __9__？” I answered __10__， “Go along this street and turn left at the second crossing.”
1. ________ 2. ________ 3. ________ 4. ________
5. ________ 6. ________ 7. ________ 8. ________
9. ________ 10. ________
Ⅶ. 书面表达(共20分)
假如你叫王磊，你的一位美国笔友Tony今年寒假将来西安参观，并想与你共处几天。请你写一封信告诉他以下信息：
1. 你住在西安市西陵大街68号；
2. 从火车站下车乘10路公交车或从飞机场乘15路公交车到历史博物馆下；
3. 也可以直接坐出租车到你家门口；
4. 如果乘公交车的话，你会在历史博物馆接他。
注意：1. 词数80左右。
2. 要求意思完整、语句连贯。
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________



Unit 4　I used to be afraid of the dark.

Section A (1a－2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. be afraid of　2. used to　3. 对……感兴趣 4. 取得好成绩　5. from time to time　6. 小学
Ⅱ. 1. used to be; didn't　2. What's　3. such a great idea　4. It's; since　5. Did; use to
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] 形容词；名词
[对点训练] ①silence　②keep/remain/stay silent
2. [对点训练] ①helpful　②(to) study
3. [探究总结] (1)非延续性动词　(2)延续性动词
[对点训练] ①since I left　②last met
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. walk　2. humorous　3. helpful　
4. silence 5. is/has been
Ⅱ. 1－5 DBACD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. silent　2. changed　3. humorous　
4. helpful 5. scores/grades
Ⅱ. 1. Did　2. friendly　3. read　4. making　
5. to talk
Ⅲ. 1－5 DDABC
Ⅳ. 1. keep/remain/stay silent　2. from time to time 3. is; afraid of 4. How tall; strong　
5. turn red
Ⅴ. 1. changed　2. exercise　3. unhealthy　4. hate　5. well 6. shy
Ⅵ. 1－5 FFFTT
Section A (3a－4c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 开始从事　2. deal with　3. 不再　
4. hang out　5. 少部分　6. 做到；成功　
7. at least　8. in public
Ⅱ. 1. to sing　2. asked; how life was　
3. didn't use to 4. giving up; fought on
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①to jump　②B
2. [探究总结] 物
[对点训练] ①to take　②to be watered
3. [对点训练] A
[语法聚焦]
[对点训练] ①A　②D　③didn't use to/used not to ④didn't/usedn't he
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to fight　2. to get　3. shyness　
4. collecting　5. African
Ⅱ. 1－5 ADCCD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. European　2. British　3. speech　
4. private　5. requires
Ⅱ. 1. interviewer　2. (to) speak　
3. impossible　4. being　5. playing
Ⅲ. 1－5 CDBBB
Ⅳ. 1. was able to　2. not; anymore　3. in public 4. requires/needs repairing　5. hang out
Ⅴ. 1. Did; use　2. didn't use/used not
3. didn't he/usedn't he　4. What did; use to do 5. used to be
Ⅵ. 1－5 ECDBA
Section B (1a－1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. paint pictures　2. 步行去上学　3. on the soccer team　4. worry about(sth.)　5. 总是
Ⅱ. 1. didn't use to　2. worry about　3. all the time
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
　[对点训练] be worried about
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. team　2. worry about　3. painting　
4. a lot　5. used
Ⅱ. 1－5 AADDD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. reading　2. insects　3. ants　
4. painting　5. hates
Ⅱ. 1－5 BCDAC
Ⅲ. 1－5 BACFG
Ⅳ. 1－5 ABBDC　6－10 DABAC
Section B (2a－2f)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 擅长于　2. look for　3. 照顾　4. 缺席　5. advise sb. to do sth.　6. person　
7. 为……骄傲；感到自豪 8. make; decision
Ⅱ. 1. It; used to　2. less interested in　
3. what; needed 4. take pride in
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] (1)动词　(2)名词
[对点训练] ①D　②had/has a; influence on
2. [对点训练] ①to pass　②A
3. [探究总结] 名词；形容词
[对点训练] ①C　②takes pride in
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to get　2. proud　3. decision　4. to deal 5. communications
Ⅱ. 1－5 BCDAA
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. influence　2. fail　3. absent　
4. exactly　 5. seldom
Ⅱ. 1. proud　2. to climb　3. cause　
4. decision　5. to run
Ⅲ. 1－5 CBBCC
Ⅳ. 1. It; to believe　2. so; that　3. in person
4. take care of　5. she used to be
Ⅴ. 1－5 CCBDA
Section B (3a－Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. in person　2. humorous　3. absent　
4. seldom 5. be proud of
Ⅱ. 1. General introduction　2. has changed　
3. used to be　4. had a great influence on
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
　[探究总结] (1)形容词　(2)名词
　[对点训练] ①In general　②generally
[写作指导]
　One possible version：
Bill is my good friend. He has changed a lot in the last few years.
Bill used to be short and have short hair, but now he is much taller, maybe 1.80 meters tall with long hair. He used to reading books a lot. He liked playing the piano and often chatted with me on the Internet. But now he likes playingvolleyball and basketball. Sometimes he also takes a walk. He used to be silent, but now he is outgoing.
People sure change.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. have changed　2. introduction　
3. generally 4. spending　5. to walk
Ⅱ. 1－5 BACCC
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. The most important　2. introduction　
3. humorous　4. winning　5. silent
Ⅱ. 1－5 AADBD
Ⅲ. 1. didn't use to/used not to　2. are; proud of
3. Did; use to　4. doesn't work; anymore
5. hasn't he
Ⅳ. 1. difficult　2. classes　3. becoming　
4. lost　5. started 6. badly　7. succeed　
8. so　9. reporter　10. thank
Ⅴ. 1. A　new“新的”；beautiful“美丽的”；strict“严格的”；famous“著名的”。根据下一句“我不认识任何一个学生。”可知此处表示作为一个新老师。故选A。
2. D　tell“告诉”；answer“回答”；know“知道”；ask“问”。根据上下文判断此处是“问”。故选D。
3. B　think“认为，思考”；understand“明白，理解”；forget“忘记”；remember“记着”。结合前一句她看起来不像是聪明的人，可知此处表“我”明白了。故选B。
4. C　pour“倒入”；throw“扔”；lead“带领”；turn“转向”。lead ...into ...“把……领进……”。根据句意判断此处是“领进”，故选C。
5. A　slowly“缓慢地”；quietly“安静地”；well“好”；quickly“快地”。结合句意可判断此处表示她学得很慢。故选A。
6. C　friend“朋友”；decision“决定”；progress“进步”；surprise“惊讶”。make progress“取得进步”。故选C。
7. B　smart“聪明的”；shy“害羞的”；angry“生气的”；careful“小心的，仔细的”。根据上下文判断此处应该是说她不和以前一样害羞了。故选B。
8. A　at least“至少”；at first“起初”；at once“立刻，马上”；at birth“出生”。结合语境理解知A项正确。
9. D　day“天”；week“周”；month“月”；year“年”。感恩节一年一个，所以此处填“years”。故选D。
10. D　write“写”；send“邮寄”；refuse“拒绝”；receive“收到”。结合语境可知D项正确。
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. deal　2. private　3. requires　4. public　
5. seldom 6. helpful　7. proud　8. silence
[短语速译]
1. be afraid of　2. get good grades/scores　3. from time to time　4. deal with　5. hang out　6. give up　7. 少量的 8. 做到；成功　9. 做演讲　10. in public　11. worry about　12. in person　13. 即使；尽管　
14. take pride in/be proud of
15. make a decision　16. be absent from　
17. take care of/look after　18. 对……有影响
[句型闯关]
1. used to get　2. didn't use to/used not to　
3. Did; use to　4. be; didn't/usedn't　5. has changed; last
[语法专练]
1－4　ABDD
[真题演练]
1. A　考查动词短语辨析。deal with“应对；处理”；keep up with“赶上”；agree with“同意(某人的意见)”；come up with“提出，想出”。由语境知，简这些天很忙是因为她有许多问题要处理。故选A。
2. A　考查动词辨析。句意：众所周知学好英语需要时间和努力。require“需要”；waste“浪费”；take“拿；耗费”。根据句意可知答案为A。
3. A　考查名词辨析。句意：他们没有一个人说话，无声地吃完了饭。由前句“None of them talked.(他们没有人说话。)”可推出“无声地”，用in silence。故选A。
4. D　考查介词辨析。句意：詹妮的叔叔是一位科学家。她以他为骄傲。固定短语be proud of ...“为……骄傲；感到自豪”，故选D。
5. A　考查固定句式。used to“过去常常”，后跟动词原形；be used to “习惯于”，后跟动词-ing形式。句意：玛丽亚过去常常看电视，但现在习惯听音乐了。故选A。

阶段检测卷(Unit 4)
Ⅰ. 1. C　考查形容词辨析。healthy“健康的”；warm“温暖的”；silent“沉默的”；bored“无聊的”。根据句意“——你怎么了？你为什么长时间不说话？——我感到难受，什么也不想说。”可以判断用silent，故选C。
2. A　考查短语辨析。in person“亲身；亲自”；for yourself“为你自己”；at least“至少”；for example“例如”。根据句意“你没有必要亲自做所有的家务，你可以让你的家人帮助你。”可以判断用in person，故选A。
3. D　考查副词辨析。usually“通常”；always“总是”；all the time“一直”；seldom“很少”。根据句意“我的父母这些天因为很忙很少去看望我的爷爷奶奶，所以他们感到非常内疚。”可以判断用seldom，故选D。
4. D　考查动词辨析。 require sb. to do sth.意为“要求某人做某事”。
5. B　考查短语辨析。take pride in和be proud of为同义短语，意为“为……感到自豪”，根据句意“我的同学李军上个周六救了一个落水儿童。我们为他感到自豪。”可以判断用take pride in，故选B。
6. C　考查固定句式。used to do 意为“过去常常做某事”。根据句意“我的儿子过去很懒，但是自从上了中学以后变得很勤快。”可以判断用used to be，故选C。
7. D　考查短语辨析。give up“放弃”；make up“编造”；agree with“同意(某人的意见)”；deal with“应对；处理”。根据句意“你可以和你的爸爸谈论一下这个问题。他知道如何处理各种问题。”可以判断用deal with，故选D。
8. B　考查短语辨析。take out of“从……中拿出去”；take care of“照顾”；take part in“参加”；take away from“从……拿走”。根据句意“在我做饭的时候请你照顾一下我的孩子好吗？”可以判断用take care of，故选B。
9. A　考查固定句式。sb. used to do sth.句式的疑问形式为Did sb. use to do sth.？或Used sb. to do sth.？。
10. D　考查固定句式结构。“It has been ＋一段时间＋since＋非延续性动词的一般过去时的从句。”意为“自从做某事已经多长时间了。”句意：自从我离开家乡已经两个月了。故选D。
Ⅱ. 1－5 CACBC　6－10 ADACD
Ⅲ. 1. D　前文提到陈羽洁在寄宿学校学习，后文又提到她希望父母能把钱给她存到卡里，就不用那么经常地回家了，所以这里是指她过去经常每周回家和父母要钱。故选D。
2. B　前文提出陈羽洁希望父母能给存钱这一问题，后文“It's usually the most relaxing time for our family”这是全家最轻松的时刻，所以空白部分应该是“她决定在晚饭后看电视时和父母讨论一下那个问题。”，这样才能前后衔接。故选B。
3. F　由后文“So they have to choose a right time”所以他们不得不要找个合适的时机，可知这里是“For most teenagers like Chen, talking to parents can be difficult or even worrying.”对于像陈这样的大多数青少年，与父母交流是很困难或者甚至是令人担忧的，这样与后面构成因果关系，故选F。
4. A　由前文“...asking questions like...（问这样的问题……）”可知，该空需要填写个问句，选项中唯一是问句的是A选项“当你想要和父母谈论点重要事情时，什么时间是最佳时机？”这是设置的调查问题。故选A。
5. E　由前文“... Qianjiang Daily, a newspaper in Zhejiang, did a survey about it.”《钱江日报》对此做了一次调查可知，这里是调查结果，所以是E选项“结果证实城市里的孩子们大都会选择吃饭时和父母交谈。”正确。
Ⅳ. 1. to answer　2. introduction　
3. Generally　4. helpful 5. shyness
Ⅴ. 1. from time to time　2. used to living　
3. in public 4. be absent from　
5. how difficult; to success
Ⅵ. 1. lazy　2. changed　3. works　4. used　
5. without 6. early　7. health　8. group　
9. trouble　10. progress

Ⅶ. One possible version：
Jack is a student at No. 2 Middle School. He lives with his uncle because his parents work in another city. He does really well in his subjects. But he used to be a “problem student”. He was always late for school. What was worse, he didn't use to listen to the teachers carefully in class and he never finished his homework on time. His teachers and parents were worried about him. John, a top student as well as Jack's good friend, decided to do something to help him. He talked with Jack and helped Jack with his study and problems. At the end of the school year, Jack did better in the exams than before. He really made great progress with the help of John.

Unit 4　I used to be afraid of the dark.
Section A (1a—2d)


Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 害怕……　________________
2. 曾经……；过去…… ________________
3. be interested in ________________
4. get good grades ________________
5. 时常；有时 ________________
6. primary school ________________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. ——马里奥，你过去很矮，不是吗？
——是的。
—Mario, you ________ ________ ________ short, ________ you?
—Yes, I did.
2. ——他现在什么样？
——他现在很高。
—________ he like now?
—He's tall now.
3. (办)这次聚会是如此好的一个主意！
This party is ________ ________ ________ ________！
4. 从我们上次见到我们的小学同学已经三年了。
________ been three years ________ we last saw our primary school classmates.
5. 他过去戴眼镜吗？
________ he ________ ________ wear glasses？




阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
She was always silent in class.
她在课堂上总是沉默。(教材第26页)
Don't keep_silent. Let's discuss it.
不要保持沉默。让我们讨论一下。
They are doing homework in_silence.
他们在默默地做作业。

　silent和silence的用法辨析
silent
________(形容词/名词), 意为“不说话的；沉默的”，常用短语“keep/remain/stay silent”，意为“保持沉默”
silence
________(形容词/名词), 意为“沉默；缄默；无声”，常构成短语in silence, 意为“沉默地；无声地”
【拓展】
以-t结尾的形容词，变为名词时-t变为-ce的有：
confident (有信心的)→confidence (信心)；
different (不同的)→difference(差别)；
important(重要的)→importance(重要性)；
patient(有耐心的) → patience(耐心)

①Why are you in ________ (silent)? What happened to you?
②在图书馆里保持安静是很有必要的。
It is necessary to ________ ________ in the library.


阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的含义及用法
The dictionary is very helpful.
这本词典非常有用。
He often helps me with my English.
他经常帮助我学习英语。
Can you help me carry the box？
你能帮我搬这个箱子吗？
I can't move the box. I need your help.
我搬不动这个箱子。我需要你的帮助。


　 helpful和help的用法辨析
helpful
形容词， 意为“有用的；有帮助的”，常用短语be helpful to ...“对……是有用的”
help
用作动词，常用短语有：help sb. with sth.意为“帮助某人某事”；help sb. (to) do sth. 意为“帮助某人做某事”
用作名词，是不可数名词，常用短语with the help of sb.“在某人的帮助下”，相当于with one's help

【拓展】
以-ful结尾的形容词：
hopeful 有希望的　　　wonderful 极好的
useful 有用的 fearful 害怕的
careful 小心的 colorful 多彩的
thankful 感激的 successful 成功的
beautiful 美丽的 peaceful 和平的

①These books are ________(help) to teenagers.
②Bob, can you help me ________(study) English?
3. 句型“It is/has been＋一段时间＋since＋从句”

阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
It's_been three years since we last saw our primary school classmates.
从我们上次见到我们的小学同学已经三年了。(教材第26页)
It_is/has_been four years since I lived here.
我不在这里住已经四年了。
It was three years since Jack had_been a teacher.
杰克不当老师已经三年了。

(1)当从句谓语动词为________(延续性动词/非延续性动词)时，表示这段时间从该动作开始时算起，即“自从做……以来已经多久了”。
(2)当从句谓语动词为________(延续性动词/非延续性动词)时，表示这段时间从该动作结束时算起，即“自从不做……以来已经多久了”。
(3)如果表示过去的情况，主句用一般过去时，从句用过去完成时，或主句用过去完成时，从句用一般过去时。

①自从我离开上海已经三年了。
It has been three years ________ ________ ________ Shanghai.
②我们已有十年没有见面了。
It is ten years since we ________ ________.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. My grandfather used to ________ (walk) to work in the past.
2. —What do you think of your Chinese teacher?
—He is very ________ (humor).
3. My mother is very popular in the neighborhood because she is ________ (help).
4. All of them are working in ________ (silent)．
5. It ________(be) five years since we moved here.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. My sister used to be ________， but now she is outgoing.
A. funny B. friendly
C. active D. shy
2. The little boy used to go to bed late, ________？
A. doesn't he B. didn't he
C. does he　　 D. did he
3. I like playing basketball and I'm ________ the basketball team.
A. on B. with
C. at D. for
4. Look, those are my grandparents.They are used to ________ after dinner in the park.
A. walk B. walks
C. walking D. walked
5. I saw a girl ________ the piano in the room when I passed by.
A. play B. is playing
C. to play D. playing



Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. —Why are you s________？
—I don't want to talk because of the bad news.
2. Li Lei has c________ a lot in the last three years.
3. Our English teacher is very ________ (有幽默感的), so we all like him.
4. We all like her because she is very ________(有帮助的).
5. We can't get good ________(分数) if we don't work hard.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. ________(do) you use to swim in this river?
2. There's always a ________(friend) smile on her face.
3. Eliza used to ________(read) newspapers after supper.
4. He is afraid of ________(make) a speech in front of so many people.
5. It is relaxing ________(talk) to others when you are free.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. —What's your sister like now?
—________.
A. She is young
B. She is tired
C. She likes dancing
D. She is tall
2. It's an ________ book for children, but my sister isn't ________ in it.
A. interested; interested
B. interested; interesting
C. interesting; interesting
D. interesting; interested
3. It is ________ bad weather that we will change our plan.
A. such B. so
C. such a D. so a
4. The famous male singer has long hair, because he ________ long hair.
A. used to having
B. is used to having
C. is used for having
D. is used to have
5. I saw some boy students ________ basketball when I passed the playground.
A. played B. plays
C. playing D. to play
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 不要总是在课堂上保持沉默。
Don't always ________ ________ in class.
2. 朋友们时常来看我。
My friends come to see me ________ ________ ________ ________．
3. 虽然她年纪这么大了，她还是怕狗。
Although she is so old, she ________ still ________ ________ dogs.
4. 你哥哥多么高大强壮呀！
________ ________ and ________ your brother is!
5. 她一撒谎脸就变红。
Her face will ________ ________ as soon as she tells a lie.

Ⅴ. 短文填空
从方框中选词并用其适当形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
healthy, change, hate, good, shy, exercise
People have __1__ so much. I have three good friends and they are Mike, Tom and Mary. Mike used to be short, but now he is very tall. He didn't like to __2__ in the past. He was very lazy. He ate much junk food and was very __3__. But now he not only runs in the morning but also plays sports in the afternoon. He eats many vegetables and much fruit. Tom used to __4__ all the subjects at school. He didn't like to do homework. He didn't do __5__ in his schoolwork. But now he loves to study and is good at most subjects. Mary used to be __6__. She didn't like to talk with others. But now she is outgoing and gets on well with all of us.
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________　6.________
Ⅵ. 阅读短文，判断正(T)误(F)
(2015·绥化)When I was at school, I had a classmate whose name was Ted. Ted and I were in the same class. He sat next to me. He had serious problems in communicating with others. We always had to guess what he was saying. Besides, most of my classmates did not like to play with him because his hands and shirts were always dirty. I told him several times a day to wash his hands. I tried to let him know the importance of being clean. But he just could not hear. I really disliked him. But I didn't know how to change him.
One day, our teacher Miss Hsieh walked to Ted. She said nothing. She took Ted to the washroom. Miss Hsieh washed his hands slowly and told Ted that he should keep himself clean. She did that every day for one week. Finally, Ted understood what Miss Hsieh wanted him to do.
Miss Hsieh's love gave me a good example. When I am doing my job, I always teach my students by showing them the right ways to do things. I always remember to give them more time to learn and to grow up. I'd like to say thanks to Miss Hsieh because I learn a lot from her.
(　　)1. We always had to guess what Ted was saying because he spoke too fast.
(　　)2. Sometimes Ted's hands and shirts were dirty.
(　　)3. The writer and Miss Hsieh told Ted to keep himself clean, but Ted refused to do so.
(　　)4. At last, Ted could understand what Miss Hsieh wanted him to do.
(　　)5. Miss Hsieh is really a good teacher.


Section A (3a—4c)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. take up　____________
2. 应对；处理 ____________
3. not ... anymore ____________
4. 闲逛 ____________
5. a small number of ____________
6. make it ____________
7. 至少 ____________
8. 公开地；在别人面前 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 她敢于在同学面前唱歌。
She dared ________ ________ in front of her class.
2. 我问坎迪在她成名之后，生活有怎样的不同。
I ________ Candy ________ ________ ________ different after she became famous.
3. 以前我在学校里不受欢迎，但是现在无论我到哪里总是被人关注。
I ________ ________ ________be popular in school, but now I get tons of attention everywhere I go.
4. 许多次我都想放弃，但我奋力坚持了下来。
Many times I thought about ________ ________， but I ________ ________.




阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
As she got better, she dared to sing in front of her class ...
当她变得更好些时，她敢于在同学面前唱歌了……(教材第27页)
He doesn't_dare_(to) answer.
他不敢回答。
How dare you speak to me like that?
你怎么敢那样对我讲话？
　dare的用法
(1)dare用作实义动词， 有时态、人称和数的变化。在肯定句中，后面通常接带to的不定式；在否定句和疑问句中，后可接带to的不定式，也可接不带to的不定式。
(2)dare用作情态动词，后接动词原形，主要用于疑问句、否定句和条件句中。

①I dare ________(jump) down from the desk.
②She is a bit shy and ________ stand up to answer the teacher's questions.
A. dares not　　　　　B. doesn't dare
C. dare not to D. dares not to


阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
You really require a lot of talent and hard work to succeed. 你真的需要很高的天赋以及勤奋(才能)取得成功。(教材第27页)
They required us to_help them.
他们要求我们帮助他们。
These temples require_repairing next month.
＝These temples require_to_be_repaired next month.
这些寺庙下个月需要修缮。
　require的用法
(1)require sth.意为“需要某物”。
(2)require sb. to do sth.意为“要求某人做某事”。
(3)require doing sth.(＝require to be done)意为“需要做某事”，其用法相当于need，其主语多是________(物/人)，用主动形式表被动意义。

①They required me ________(take) the box away.
②The plants require watering once a week. (改为同句)
The plants require ________ ________ ________ once a week.


阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
Only a very small number of people make_it to the top.
仅有少部分人能够成功达到顶峰。(教材第27页)
I only just made_it to my class.
我刚好赶上上课。
Let's make_it 6：30.
让我们(把时间)定在六点半吧。
　make it的常见含义


—Math is difficult for me. I don't know how to improve it.
—Don't lose confidence. I believe you will ________ it if you try your best.
A. make B. take
C. work D. pick

　

阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
I used_to be short.
我过去很矮。(教材第28页)
I didn't_use_to be popular in school.
以前我在学校里不受欢迎。(教材第28页)
Did he use_to wear glasses?
他过去戴眼镜吗？(教材第28页)
　
(1)构成：used to＋动词原形，表示“过去常常做……”。
(2)用法：表示过去的习惯动作，现在已经不再发生或状态不再存在，其中to为不定式符号。
(3)句式：
①肯定句：主语＋used to＋动词原形＋其他．
②否定句：主语＋didn't use to/used not to＋动词原
形＋其他．
③疑问句：Did＋主语＋use to＋动词原形＋其他？或Used＋主语＋to＋动词原形＋其他？
④附加疑问句： ..., didn't/usedn't ...?
【拓展】
①be used to doing sth. 意为“习惯于做某事”。
　②be used to do sth. 意为“被用来做某事”，可与be used for doing sth. 相互转换。

①My grandfather ________ me stories when I was young.
A. used to tell
B. is used to telling
C. are used to tell
D. was used for telling
②Computers ________search information.
A. used B. used to
C. are used D. are used to
③He used to be outgoing. (改为否定句)
He ________ ________ ________ be outgoing.
④He used to smoke, ________ ________？ (补充附加疑问句)

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. He is brave enough. He dares ________(fight) with bad people.
2. The teacher required us ________(get) to the bus station at six o'clock.
3. The girl couldn't say a word because of her ________(shy).
4. My brother took up ________(collect) stamps when he was 5 years old.
5. We don't know much about ________(Africa) culture.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. You will make ________ if you work hard.
A. it B. that
C. one D. /
2. —Can you tell me how ________ the problems?
—Sorry, I can't.
A. do with B. deal with
C. to do with D. to deal with
3. Swimming in the pool with friends ________very interesting.
A. has B. have
C. is D. are
4. Look at the sign “No Smoking”. You should not smoke ________．
A. in the end B. in trouble
C. in public D. in a hurry
5. —________ you ________ to watch TV?
—Yes, I did. But now I enjoy watching movies.
A. Did; used B. were; used
C. Are; used D. Did; use


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母提示完成单词
1. England is an E________ country.
2. There are some differences between B________ English and American English.
3. —Are you afraid if you give a s________ in front of the whole school?
—No, I'm not.
4. Many famous people don't have p________ time. There are always many reporters following them.
5. My mother often r________ me to work hard at English.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. The ________(interview) is a teacher from No. 1 Middle School.
2. The girl doesn't dare ________(speak) in front of the class.
3. Nothing is ________(possible) if you try your best. I believe you can make it.
4. The old man is afraid of ________(be) alone.
5. —When did he take up ________(play) soccer?
—When he was five years old.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. A number of women teachers ________ working in our school. The number of them ________ forty.
A. is; is B. is; are
C. are; is D. are; are
2. You had better learn to ________ different kinds of problems by yourself.
A. give up B. make up
C. play with D. deal with
3. My lovely sister is a ________ girl and she sings very well.
A. twelve years old B. twelve－year－old
C. twelve－years－old D. twelve－year－olds
4. Although it's difficult to achieve my dream, I will ________．
A. give up B. fight on
C. fight for D. give out
5. Climbing hills ________ good for our health.
A. are B. is C. was D. were
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 在六岁的时候他就能骑自行车了。
He ________ ________ ________ ride a bike when he was 6 years old.
2. 现在苏珊不再害羞了。
Now Susan is ________ shy ________．
3. 不要在公共场合惩罚你的孩子。
Don't punish your children ________ ________．
4. 这房子需要修葺了。
The house ________ ________.
5. 这周我没时间和朋友闲逛。
I have no time to ________ ________ with my friends this week.
Ⅴ. 句型转换
1. My sister used to have long hair. (改为一般疑问句)
________ your sister ________ to have long hair?
2. Bill used to collect stamps when he was in middle school. (改为否定句)
Bill ________ ________ to collect stamps when he was in middle school.
3. My uncle used to work in a factory，________ ________？ (补充附加疑问句)
4. I used to play_soccer after school. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ you ________ ________ ________ after school?
5. The little girl was often late for school. (改为同义句)
The little girl ________ ________ ________ late for school.

Ⅵ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话。
A. But now I'm more interested in the violin.
B. And you used to wear glasses.
C. You've changed a lot.
D. You used to have straight hair.
E. Yes, that's right.

A: Ann, is that you?
B: Yes. You're Cindy, aren't you?
A: ____1____ I haven't seen you for a long time. ____2____
B: Really? How?
A: You used to be a little heavy, but now you're thin.
B: Yes, I am.
A: ____3____ Now you have curly hair.
B: Yes, you're right.
A: ____4____
B: Yes, I still do.
A: You used to play the piano, didn't you?
B: Yes, I did. ____5____
A: Wow! People sure change.
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________



Section B (1a—1e)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 绘画　　____________
2. walk to school ____________
3. 在足球队里 ____________
4. 担心(某事) ____________
5. all the time ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 过去我不喜欢考试。
I ________ ________ ________ like tests.
2. 我不担心考试了。
I don't ________ ________ tests.
3. 我过去对于考试总是紧张。
I used to be nervous about tests ________ ________
________.


　

阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
I don't worry_about tests.
我不担心考试了。(教材第29页)
What worried you so much?
什么事使你这么担心？
The teacher worried_that the exam might be too difficult for her students. 这位老师担心此次考试对她的学生来说可能太难了。
The boy hasn't come back home and his mother is very worried_about him.
那个男孩还没有回家，他的妈妈非常担心他。
　worry的用法
(1)worry用作不及物动词，意为“发愁；担心”，后常跟介词about。worry about sb./sth. 意为“为某人/某事焦虑、烦恼、担心”。
(2)worry用作及物动词，意为“使烦恼，使焦虑”，其后可接代词或that从句作宾语。
(3)worry的形容词为worried，worry about相当于be worried about，意为“担心……”。

Don't worry about her. (改为同义句)
Don't ________ ________ ________ her.

Ⅰ. 选择方框内合适的词填空
painting, team, used, a lot, worry about
1. He is good at volleyball and on the school ________.
2. Don't ________ me. I can look after myself.
3. Do you like ________ pictures?
4. He usually sleeps ________ on weekends because he is very tired at school on weekdays.
5. The girl ________ to hate animals, but now she loves them.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. He used to ________ to school, but now he takes a bus to school.
A. walk B. walks
C. to walk D. walked
2. Ann's brother is ________ the tennis team.
A. on B. at C. with D. for
3. Maria used to ________ long curly hair.
A. be B. was C. has D. have
4. She talked ________and nobody could get a word in.
A. all time B. the all time
C. all the same D. all the time
5. I ________to school on foot, but now I ________ so by bike.
A. used; am used to do
B. used to go; used to doing
C. used to going; am used to do
D. used to go; am used to doing




Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. My father is used to ________(read) books before going to sleep.
2. Tim can say the names of many kinds of ________(insect).
3. I used to like ________(ant) and spiders.
4. My grandpa enjoys ________(paint) pictures.
5. Tom ________(hate) history class because he thinks it's boring.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —________ she use to have short hair?
—Yes. But her hair is long now.
A. Does B. Did C. Is D. Was
2. Susan used to paint pictures after school, ________？
A. did she B. doesn't she　
C. didn't she D. do she　
3. My dad used to be ________ the school volleyball team.
A. in B. at C. to D. on
4. Jane used to ________ to school, but now she is used to ________ a bike to school.
A. walk; riding B. walking; ride
C. walking; riding D. walk; ride
5. Bob's mother always worries ________ his health because he eats too much junk food.
A. at B. with
C. about D. for

Ⅲ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. Why do you think so?
B. How are you?
C. Well, you used to be short, didn't you?
D. You've changed too.
E. Did you use to play basketball?
F. And you used to wear glasses.
G. But now I'm more interested in sports.
A: Hey, Frank, it's great to see you!
B: Hi, John. ____1____
A: Fine. Wow, you've changed a lot!
B: ____2____
A: ____3____
B: Yes, I did. Now I'm tall. And so are you!
A: That's true. ____4____
B: Good memory! Now I wear contact lenses(隐形眼镜).
A: Did you use to play the piano?
B: Yes, I did. ____5____ I play basketball and I am on the school basketball team.
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________
Ⅳ. 完形填空
(2015·凉山)A special present was given to me when I was 12 years old. It was __1__.
That was the early autumn of my first year at a high school, and my old school was far away. As a result, no one knew who I was. I was very__2__， and afraid to make friends with anyone.
Every time I heard the other students talking and __3__， I felt my heart break. I couldn't talk to anyone about my problem, and I didn't want my parents to worry about me.
Then one morning, my classmates had fun talking with their friends, but I sat at my desk __4__ as usual. At that moment, a boy entered the classroom. I didn't know who he was. He walked past me and then turned back. He looked at me and, __5__ a word, smiled. Suddenly, I felt the touch of __6__ and friendly. It made me feel happy, lively and warm.
That smile__7__ my life. I started to talk with the other students and made friends. Day by day, I became closer to everyone in my class. The boy with the lucky smile __8__ my best friend now.
One day, I asked him__9__ he smiled and said nothing that morning, but he couldn't remember smiling at me!
It doesn't matter__10__ all the dark days have gone. Now I believe that the world is what you think it is. If you think you are lonely, you might always be alone. So smile at the world and it will smile back.
1. A. a smile B. a problem
C. a book D. a card
2. A. happy B. lonely C. clever D. friendly
3. A. laugh B. laughing C. laughed D. to laugh
4. A. happy B. happily C. unhappy D. unhappily
5. A. in B. with C. without D. for
6. A. anything bright B. something sad
C. anything sad D. something bright
7. A. changed B. broke
C. won D. lost
8. A. become B. has become
C. have become D. will become
9. A. why B. that C. who D. when
10. A. but B. so C. because　 D. although


Section B (2a—2f)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. do well in　________________
2. 寻找 ________________
3. take care of ________________
4. be absent from ________________
5. 建议某人做某事 ________________
6. 亲身；亲自 in________________
7. be proud of ________________
8. 做决定 _______ a ______
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 很难相信他过去在学校里有很多困难。
________ is hard to believe that he ________ ________ have difficulties in school.
2. 他变得对学习不再那么感兴趣。
He became ________ ________ ________ studying.
3. 那正是我所需要的。
It was exactly ________ I ________.
4. 他们为我所做的每一件好事感到自豪。
They ________ ________ ________ everything good that I do.




阅读下面句子，体会并完成下面的探究总结
Li Wen's unhappiness began to influence his schoolwork.
李文的不快开始影响到他的学业。(教材第30页)
What is the influence of the computer on children?
电脑对儿童的影响是什么？
Parents have the greatest influence_on their children. 父母对孩子的影响最大。
　influence的两种词性
(1)influence用作 ________(动词/名词)，意为“影响；对……起作用”。
(2)influence用作________(动词/名词)，意为“影响；作用”。have an influence on sth./sb.意为“对某事/某人有影响”。

①—The noise outside our house can ________ our sleep very much.
A. suggest　　　　　B. create
C. spread D. influence
②教练对这个团队的影响很大。
The trainer ________ ________strong ________ ________ the team.


阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
Sometimes he was absent from classes and failed his examinations.
有时候他会逃课并且考试不及格。(教材第30页)
Our plan has failed.
我们的计划已经失败了。
He failed_in everything he tried.
他尝试的一切事情都失败了。
They failed_to_get to the top of the mountain.
他们没能登上山顶。
　fail的用法
fail用作动词时，意为“不及格；失败；未能(做到)”，其主要结构有以下两种：
(1)fail sth. 或fail in sth.意为“做某事失败或考试不及格”。
(2)fail to do sth.意为“未能做某事”。

①Bill failed ________(pass) the English exam.
②John ________ the test again, because he didn't study hard and always forgot to do his homework.
A. failed B. succeeded
C. took D. joined



阅读下面句子，体会并完成下面的探究总结
They take_pride_in everything good that I do. 他们为我所做的每一件好事感到自豪。(教材第30页)
It is the pride of Chinese people. 它是中国人的骄傲。
He was_proud_of having such a good friend.
他为有一个这么好的朋友而自豪。
　pride和proud的用法辨析
pride
为 ________(形容词/名词)，意为“自豪；骄傲”。take pride in意为“为……感到自豪”
proud
为 ________(形容词/名词)，意为“自豪的；骄傲的”。be proud of 意为“为……骄傲；感到自豪”，be proud of doing sth.＝be proud to do sth.意为“因做某事而自豪”

①—Mom, I did best in the exam today.
—Well done! I ________ you.
A. am mad at B. am patient with
C. am proud of D. am angry with
②He is proud of his creative research results. (改为同义句)
He ________ ________ ________ his creative research results.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. We failed ________(get) to school on time because of the bad weather.
2. I am ________(pride) because I have such an excellent father.
3. Where are you going for vacation？Have you made a ________(decide)?
4. Whenever I have problems, Mr. Zhang advises me ________(deal) with them by myself.
5. I think you have more ________(communicate) with your parents than me.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Her illness has a(n) ________ on her schoolwork and she didn't pass the exam that time.
A. pride B. influence C. general D. worry
2. Liu Mei is ________ girl. She's very happy at school.
A. a eight－year－old B. a eight－years－old
C. an eight－year－old D. an eight－years－old
3. —I didn't know you go to school by taxi.
—Oh, I ________ take a taxi to school, but my bike needs repairing.
A. always B. sometimes
C. often D. seldom
4. I can't tell ________ when the house was built, but it must be very old.
A. exactly B. differently
C. quickly D. simply
5. After the operation he couldn't eat what he liked，________ he was very hungry.
A. even though B. because
C. so that D. hardly ever


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. What parents say and do will i________ their children.
2. I don't think you will f________ the exam because you work so hard all the time.
3. —Why were you a________ from the English class this morning?
—I was ill and stayed at home.
4. The mother knew ________(确切地) what her children would do if she left them at home.
5. I don't think fast food is good for our health, so I ________(很少) go to fast food restaurants.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. We were ________(pride) that we won first prize in the game.
2. We failed ________(climb) the mountain because of the bad weather.
3. The boy used to ________(cause) lots of trouble in school.
4. She has made a ________(decide) about where to work after she graduates.
5. Mom advised me ________(run) in the morning to keep healthy.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. Although her parents were poor, ________ they tried their best ________ care of the girl well.
A. but; to take B. but; taking
C. /; to take D. /; taking
2. My father used to ________ to work by bike, but now he is used to ________ there.
A. go; walk B. go; walking
C. going; walk D. going; walking
3. If you don't work hard, you will ________ your test.
A. do well in B. fail in
C. succeed in D. be interested in
4. David went on working hard ________ he was very tired.
A. so that B. because
C. even though D. however
5. Parents enjoy any progress their children have made and will ________ them.
A. be angry with B. be interested in
C. take pride in D. worry about
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 很难相信他一天要工作12个小时。
________ is hard ________ ________ that he works 12 hours a day.
2. 他女儿是如此想念他以至于每天都和他打电话。
His daughter missed him ________ much ________ she called him every day.
3. 虽然校长年龄大了，但是他昨天还亲自给我们作报告。
Although the headmaster is old, he gave a speech ________ ________ for us yesterday.
4. 我的姑姑非常了解如何照顾孩子。
My aunt knows how to ________ ________ ________ children well.
5. 她看起来比过去更外向了。
She looks more outgoing than ________ ________ ________ ________.


Ⅴ. 阅读理解
(2015·枣庄)When he was small, Hill was a famous bad boy.
At the age of 9, his father married his stepmother. At that time they lived poor in the countryside while his stepmother was from a wealthy family.
His father introduced Hill to his stepmother as he said, “Dear，I hope you notice in the entire shire this is the worst boy, who has made me have no other way. Maybe before tomorrow morning he will throw a stone at you, or do a bad thing you will never imagine.”
To Hill's surprise, his stepmother went up to him with a smile, held up his head and looked at him carefully. She then turned around to tell her husband, “You're wrong. He is not the worst boy in the entire shire, but the cleverest and creative boy. He just doesn't find a place to show himself. ”
His stepmother's words warmed his heart, his eyes full of tears. With this, he started building friendship with his stepmother. And this became the drive of his life, making him create 28 successful golden rules, which helped tens of thousands of ordinary people walk on the road to success.
Before his stepmother came, no one praised him smart, and his father and neighbors considered him as a bad boy. However, his stepmother's words changed his life.
When Hill was 14 years old, his stepmother bought him a used typewriter and said to him, “I believe you will become a writer.” Hill accepted his stepmother's gift and expectation, and started writing things to a local newspaper. He understood his stepmother's strong feeling of interest in his family while he saw with his own eyes she had changed his family. Therefore, he would do as well as she expected him to.
The strength from his stepmother made him a rich man and famous writer in the United States and one of the most important persons in the 20th century.
Praise will never be unnecessary, especially for children. A sincere(真诚的) praise may be better than 10，000 bad words.
1. What did people think of Hill before the age of nine?
A. Clever. B. Creative.
C. Unfriendly. D. Foolish.
2. Hill started making friends with his stepmother after she ________．
A. smiled at him
B. looked at him carefully
C. said good words about him
D. said bad words about him
3. Which of the following is wrong about Hill?
A. He accepted his stepmother's typewriter.
B. He failed to do as he was expected.
C. He started writing to a local newspaper.
D. He understood his stepmother.
4. The writer is most probably an expert of ________．
A. house building
B. diet
C. news writing
D. education
5. The passage was written mainly to tell us that ________.
A. children should be praised
B. Hill's father married again
C. Hill's stepmother was kind to him
D. Hill's father was cruel to him


Section B (3a—Self Check)



Ⅰ. 选词填空，了解本课重点词汇
in person, humorous, seldom，
be proud of, absent
1. The woman decided to talk with her son ________.
2. He is very ________. He often makes us laugh.
3. Don't be ________ from the important meeting.
4. It ________ rains here. So the area is very dry.
5. I hope our school will __________ us in the future.
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 关于你的生活的改变的总体介绍。
________ ________ about the changes in your life.
2. 在过去的几年里，我的生活发生了很大的变化。
My life ________ ________ a lot in the last few years.
3. 他过去是一个非常文静的少年。
He ________ ________ ________ a very quiet teenager.
4. 凯特的祖父母已经对她产生了极大的影响。
Kate's grandparents have ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ her.


　general adj. 总的；普遍的；常规的　n. 将军

阅读下面句子，体会并完成下面的探究总结
People are usually required to give a general self－introduction in a job interview.
在职业面试中，人们通常被要求做一个大体的自我介绍。(教材第32页)
Dinner is generally served at 7：00 p.m.
晚餐供应时间通常在七点。
Here is the report, General.
这是报告，将军。
In_general the plan is good.
总的来说这个计划是好的。
　general的用法
(1)用作________(形容词/名词)，意为“总的；普遍的；常规的”。in general意为“通常；大体上；总的来说”等。其副词形式为generally，意为“通常；一般地；普遍地”。
(2)用作 ________ (名词/形容词)，意为“将军”。
①总的来说，他在学校学习还是努力的。
________ ________ he works hard at school.
②He ________(general) reads books at home on weekends.


本单元以“我们的变化”为话题，围绕这一话题运用used to结构谈论过去，并对照现在，描述人们的外貌、性格及日常生活等方面的变化，而最能全面体现本单元话题及语言运用能力的话题作文就是“谈论某人的变化”，这也是单元测试和中考等试题中常考的话题作文之一。

比尔和你是好朋友，在过去的几年里他变化很大。看下面的表格， 简要介绍一下比尔的变化。
比尔
过去
现在
外貌
个子矮；短发
个子高多了；长发
爱好
看书、弹钢琴、网上聊天
打排球、打篮球、散步
性格
内向
外向
要求： 内容合理、语句通顺，80词左右。
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1. 人称：第三人称。
2. 时态：一般现在时和一般过去时。
3. 结构提纲：
(1)开篇点题：引出谈论的话题。
(2)对比陈述：对比比尔过去与现在的不同之处并逐一陈述。
(3)得出结论：人一定会变的。
4. 语句储备：
(1) ... has changed a lot in the last few years.
(2) ... used to ..., but now ...

____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. I ________(change) a lot since I became a middle school student.
2. You should give a ________(introduce) about yourself if you want the job.
3. —What do you often do on Sundays?
—I ________(general) do homework and help my mother with housework.
4. Many kids aren't used to ________(spend) so much time on studying after they become middle school students.
5. There was no bus at the stop, so they decided ________(walk) home.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Yao Ming used ________ basketball in NBA.
A. play B. to play
C. playing D. played
2. For kids of this age, two hours of sitting in a classroom ________ too long.
A. is B. are
C. was D. were
3. Mr. Green is shy. He ________ talks to others.
A. often B. always
C. seldom D. usually
4. Jack used to be shy, ________？
A. isn't he B. did he
C. didn't he D. is he
5. I ________ a lot in the last few years.
A. learned B. learn
C. have learned D. had learned


Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. ________(important) change of all is that he is used to getting up early now.
2. —What do you think of her ________(introduce)?
—It's great.
3. Everyone likes that ________(humor) actor.
4. They are proud of ________(win) the singing competition.
5. —Why did you remain ________(silence) at the party?
—Because I don't know most of them.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Do you like seeing a movie on your mobile phone?
—No. I ________ do that because it makes me uncomfortable.
A. seldom B. often
C. usually D. sometimes
2. —Mom, I was the first to reach the top of the mountain.
—Good job, Tom! I'm ________ of you.
A. proud B. pride
C. afraid D. worried
3. —Are you good at swimming?
—Yes. And I'm ________ the school swim team.
A. against B. for
C. with D. on
4. It ________ fifteen years since I came to the school.
A. was B. has been
C. will be D. be
5. Linda did her best in the physics test, but she ________ it.
A. beat B. succeeded
C. passed D. failed
Ⅲ. 句型转换
1. The boy used to give his mother many trouble. (改为否定句)
The boy________ ________ ________ give his mother many trouble.
2. We all take pride in him. (改为同义句)
We ________ all ________ ________ him.
3. He used to be afraid of being alone. (改为一般疑问句)
________ he ________ ________ be afraid of being alone?
4. He no longer works in that company. (改为同义句)
He ________ ________ in that company________.
5. The boy has really changed, ________ ________？ (补充附加疑问句)

Ⅳ. 短文填空
从方框中选词并用其适当形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
so, start, lose, bad, difficult, thank,
class, reporter, become, success
I'm John Wood, a doctor at a famous Boston hospital. During the first two years of high school, I found biology very __1__. My report cards always said things like “must study harder” or “John shouldn't choose science __2__．” It was really terrible for someone who had always dreamed of __3__ a doctor. I __4__ confidence(自信), so I left high school at sixteen and __5__ working at a supermarket.
One evening I saw a documentary about Albert Einstein. According to the documentary, Einstein had done really __6__ at school. I began to think that Einstein could __7__， then I may have a chance, too. I didn't want to leave my job, __8__ I decided to go to night school to finish high school. Two years later, I went to a medical university.
I've often thought I should contact(联系) the __9__ from the Einstein documentary and __10__ him.
As for the biology teacher, I might contact her, too, one day — but not to thank her.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________　
4. ________ 5. ________　6. ________　
7. ________　8. ________ 9. ________　
10. ________
Ⅴ. 完形填空
(2015·襄阳)It was the beginning of a new term. As a __1__ teacher in that school, I didn't know any of the students. A little girl was standing at the gate of the classroom. She looked very shy.
I walked up to her and __2__ why she stood there. But she said nothing. Then a boy shouted, “She is from Grade Four, the worst student in her grade.” I looked at the little girl. She didn't seem to be the smart kind. I __3__ why her teacher asked her to stay in Grade Three. I took her hand and __4__ her into the classroom.
“Sit here. Now you are my student and I'm your teacher，” I said. She still said nothing, but suddenly began to cry.
I later learnt that her parents died in a car accident. She became sad and didn't like talking to others after that.
She learnt very __5__. I gave her respect(尊重) and never looked down upon(鄙视) her as I know everybody deserves(值得) respect. I helped her after school, and she was making __6__ little by little. As time went by, she was not as __7__ as before. At the end of the term, she seemed to have forgotten all her sadness. She was not among the best students when she left that school, but __8__， she was not that shy and sad little girl any more.
In the following __9__， she would send me a card on each Thanksgiving Day. Three days ago, I __10__ an invitation to her wedding(婚礼). And now, I am at her wedding, and she is smiling brightly.
Everyone deserves respect and everyone can be happy.
1. A. new B. beautiful C. strict D. famous
2. A. told B. answered C. knew D. asked
3. A. thought B. understood
C. forgot D. remembered
4. A. poured B. threw C. led D. turned
5. A. slowly B. quietly
C. well D. quickly
6. A. friends B. decision
C. progress D. surprises
7. A. smart B. shy C. angry D. careful
8. A. at least B. at first
C. at once D. at birth
9. A. days B. weeks C. months D. years
10. A. wrote B. sent
C. refused D. received






单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. It's not easy to d________ with her illness.
2. Most famous stars don't have their p________ time. I don't want to be like them.
3. Being successful r________ lots of hard work. Are you ready for it?
4. We shouldn't talk loudly in p________. It's not polite.
5. Her parents s________ come to school to see her because they are working in a city far away from here.
6. The computer is very ________(help) in our life. I can't imagine what our life will be without it.
7. I am ________(pride) of having a hard-working father.
8. My father sat there in ________(silent) after hearing the bad news.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 害怕　　____________
2. 取得好成绩 ____________
3. 时常；有时 ____________
4. 应对；处理 ____________
5. 闲逛 ____________
6. 放弃 ____________
7. a small number of ____________
8. make it ____________
9. give a speech ____________
10. 公开地；在别人(尤指生人)面前 ____________
11. 担心 ____________
12. 亲身；亲自 ____________
13. even though ____________
14. 为……感到自豪 ____________
15. 做决定 ____________
16. 缺席 ____________
17. 照顾 ____________
18. have an influence on ____________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 他过去常常起床很晚。
He ________ ________ ________ up very late.
2. 他们过去不经常锻炼身体。
They ________ ________ ________ exercise.
3. 你的爸爸过去常常打篮球吗？
________ your father ________ ________ play basketball?
4. 琳达过去很胖，不是吗？
Linda used to ________ fat, ________ she?
5. 在过去的两年里，她发生了很大的变化。
She ________ ________ a lot in the ________ two years.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
1. My grandparents ________ in a small village, but now they live in a big city.
A. used to live B. are used to living
C. are used to live D. are used for living
2. — ________ you ________ to play the guitar?
—Yes. But now I play the piano.
A. Did; used B. Did; use
C. Are; used D. Were; use
3. My classmates are all used to ________ English aloud in the morning.
A. read B. look
C. looking D. reading
4. Usually knives ________ cut things.
A. used B. used to
C. are used D. are used to
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
used to do和be used to doing的用法辨析，短语deal with的应用以及require、proud、silent等词的词性变化或结构用法等。
1. (2015·河南)Jane is very busy these days, for she has a lot of problems to ________.
A. deal with B. keep up with
C. agree with D. come up with
2. (2015·青海)It's well-known that learning English well ________ time and efforts.
A. requires　　B. wastes　　C. takes
3. (2015·苏州)None of them talked. They finished their meal in ________．
A. silence B. order C. place D. public
4. (2015·孝感)Jenny's uncle is a scientist. She is proud ________him.
A. from B. at C. in D. of
5. (2015·黔西南)Maria ________ watch TV, but now she ________ listening to music.
A. used to; is used to
B. is used to; used to
C. used to; used to
D. is used to; is used to


阶段检测卷(Unit 4)
(时间：60分钟　分值：100分)


Ⅰ. 单项选择(每小题2分，共20分)
1. —What's the matter with you? Why do you keep ________ for long?
—I feel sick and don't want to say anything.
A. healthy B. warm
C. silent D. bored
2. You needn't do all the housework ________. You can let your families help you.
A. in person B. for yourself
C. at least D. for example
3. My parents ________ go to visit my grandparents these days because they are too busy, so they feel very sorry.
A. usually B. always
C. all the time D. seldom
4. Our teachers often require us ________ for our dreams.
A. study B. studying C. studied D. to study
5. My classmate Li Jun saved a kid who feel into a river last Saturday. We ________ him.
A. take pride of B. take pride in
C. be proud in D. be pride in
6. My son ________ lazy, but he has been hard-working since he became a middle school student.
A. used be B. use to be
C. used to be D. is used to be
7. You can talk about it with your father. He knows how to ________ all kinds of problems.
A. give up B. make up
C. agree with D. deal with
8. Could you please ________ my baby while I'm cooking?
A. take out of B. take care of
C. take part in D. take away from
9. —________ you ________ go to school by bike?
—Yes. But now I usually go to school by bus.
A. Did; use to B. Were; used to
C. Do; use to D. Will; use to
10. It ________ two months since I ________ my hometown.
A. was; leave B. was; left
C. has been; leave D. has been; left
Ⅱ. 完形填空(每小题2分，共20分)
Last Friday, I met an old friend of mine in the supermarket. We haven't seen each other __1__ three years ago. She has __2__ a lot. She __3__ very fat and always __4__ a pair of glasses. But now, she is very thin and the glasses are gone. She __5__ so beautiful with big eyes and long blond hair—it used to be short and brown. She used to be very silent and was __6__ of speaking in public. Now she is humorous and she told me she was __7__ her school volleyball team and played __8__ piano. She said she hoped I could go to see her performance __9__. She looks so confident and I know she isn't what she used to be __10__.
1. A. in B. for C. since D. with
2. A. changed B. been changed
C. turned D. become
3. A. used to B. was used to be
C. used to be D. was used to being
4. A. wear B. wore C. put on D. dressed
5. A. sounds B. was like
C. looks D. looked
6. A. afraid B. fond C. ready D. dare
7. A. with B. for C. at D. on
8. A. the B. a C. / D. some
9. A. every day B. sometimes
C. some day D. some time
10. A. no more B. no longer
C. not anymore D. anymore
Ⅲ. 阅读理解(每小题2分，共10分)
(2015·临沂)Chen Yujie, 15, studies at a boarding school in Ningbo, Zhejiang. __1__ It was not a short ride home and the trips were tiring. Chen hoped her parents could put the money on a bank card, so she didn't have to travel so often.
__2__ “It's usually the most relaxing time for our family，” said Chen.
She chose the right time. After a few turns of lobbying(游说), her parents finally agreed with Chen. __3__ So they have to choose a right time.
US magazine Highights recently surveyed 1,521 kids aged 6－12 in the country, asking questions like “__4__ ” Results show that American kids seem to know when their parents are most receptive(乐于接受的). Meal time is discovered to be their most favorite time to talk to their parents. Bed time comes second, followed by time spent in the car.
Chinese teenagers seem to have a similar tendency(倾向) over the problem. Qianjiang Daily, a newspaper in Zhejiang, did a survey about it. __5__ So do you have anything to talk to your parents about? Choose a good time.
根据短文内容，从方框中选出五个句子填入文中空缺处，使短文内容完整正确。
A. When you want to talk to your parents about something important, when is the best time to do it?
B. She decided to discuss it with her parents during TV time after dinner.
C. They found that most American teenagers would choose bed time to talk to their parents.
D. She used to go back to her home in Cixi every week to get money from her parents.
E. The result shows most teenagers in the city would choose meal time to talk to their parents.
F. For most teenagers like Chen, talking to parents can be difficult or even worrying.
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________
Ⅳ. 用所给词的正确形式填空(每小题2分，共1分)
1. He didn't listen to the teacher carefully, so he failed ________(answer) the question.
2. We all think her ________(introduce) is very wonderful, so she can pass the job interview.
3. ________(general) speaking, we should help our parents do some housework when they are very busy.
4. The old lady is ________(help). She is very popular in the neighborhood.
5. She had much trouble finding a good job because of her ________(shy)．
Ⅴ. 完成句子(每小题2分，共10分)
1. 我只是偶尔去超市。
I only go to the supermarket ________ ________ ________ ________.
2. 现在他习惯于住在农村。
He is ________ ________ ________ in the countryside now.
3. 他当众发言总是感到很紧张。
He always feels nervous speaking ________ ______．
4. 不要总是缺课，否则你的期末考试会不及格。
Don't always ________ ________ ________your classes, or you will fail in the final examination.
5. 你不知道通往成功的路有多难。
You don't know ________ ________ the road ________ ________ is.
Ⅵ. 短文填空(每小题1分，共10分)
根据句意和首字母提示填空，完成短文。
Do you know Mike, my best friend? Maybe you will say, “Yes, I know him very well. He is very l__1__. He never studies hard and isn't good at all the subjects.” But you are wrong. It seems that he has c__2__ a lot. He didn't use to like to study. But now he w__3__ very hard. In the past, he u__4__ to watch TV and play computer games very late at night. He used to get up at eight o'clock in the morning and hurry to school w__5__ breakfast. At school, he didn't use to listen to the teachers carefully. He didn't use to do his homework. He always copied others' papers in the tests. But now he doesn't come to school late. He gets up very e__6__ and goes to exercise.He says that he must look after his h__7__. He walks to school after breakfast. At school, he often studies with a g__8__ and asks other students for help when he has t__9__. His classmates usually help him with homework. He has made great p__10__ this term and he got an A in a test last week.
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________　6.________　7.________　8.________ 9．________　10.________
Ⅶ. 书面表达(共20分)
Jack是第二中学的学生，他以前学习不努力，学习成绩总是不好。在朋友John的帮助下，他的学习有了明显的进步。请根据下面表格所给的提示写一篇短文，描述Jack的改变及John给予他的帮助。80词左右。
Jack
过去
经常上学迟到，不认真听课，不按时完成家庭作业
现在
在John的帮助下认真学习……
John
关心Jack，和他谈心；帮助他复习功课、解决问题
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________


Unit 4　I used to be afraid of the dark.

Section A (1a－2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. be afraid of　2. used to　3. 对……感兴趣 4. 取得好成绩　5. from time to time　6. 小学
Ⅱ. 1. used to be; didn't　2. What's　3. such a great idea　4. It's; since　5. Did; use to
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] 形容词；名词
[对点训练] ①silence　②keep/remain/stay silent
2. [对点训练] ①helpful　②(to) study
3. [探究总结] (1)非延续性动词　(2)延续性动词
[对点训练] ①since I left　②last met
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. walk　2. humorous　3. helpful　
4. silence 5. is/has been
Ⅱ. 1－5 DBACD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. silent　2. changed　3. humorous　
4. helpful 5. scores/grades
Ⅱ. 1. Did　2. friendly　3. read　4. making　
5. to talk
Ⅲ. 1－5 DDABC
Ⅳ. 1. keep/remain/stay silent　2. from time to time 3. is; afraid of 4. How tall; strong　
5. turn red
Ⅴ. 1. changed　2. exercise　3. unhealthy　4. hate　5. well 6. shy
Ⅵ. 1－5 FFFTT
Section A (3a－4c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 开始从事　2. deal with　3. 不再　
5. hang out　5. 少部分　6. 做到；成功　
7. at least　8. in public
Ⅱ. 1. to sing　2. asked; how life was　
3. didn't use to 4. giving up; fought on
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①to jump　②B
2. [探究总结] 物
[对点训练] ①to take　②to be watered
3. [对点训练] A
[语法聚焦]
[对点训练] ①A　②D　③didn't use to/used not to ④didn't/usedn't he
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to fight　2. to get　3. shyness　
4. collecting　5. African
Ⅱ. 1－5 ADCCD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. European　2. British　3. speech　
4. private　5. requires
Ⅱ. 1. interviewer　2. (to) speak　
3. impossible　4. being　5. playing
Ⅲ. 1－5 CDBBB
Ⅳ. 1. was able to　2. not; anymore　3. in public 4. requires/needs repairing　5. hang out
Ⅴ. 1. Did; use　2. didn't use/used not
3. didn't he/usedn't he　4. What did; use to do 5. used to be
Ⅵ. 1－5 ECDBA
Section B (1a－1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. paint pictures　2. 步行去上学　3. on the soccer team　4. worry about(sth.)　5. 总是
Ⅱ. 1. didn't use to　2. worry about　3. all the time
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
　[对点训练] be worried about
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. team　2. worry about　3. painting　
4. a lot　5. used
Ⅱ. 1－5 AADDD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. reading　2. insects　3. ants　
4. painting　5. hates
Ⅱ. 1－5 BCDAC
Ⅲ. 1－5 BACFG
Ⅳ. 1－5 ABBDC　6－10 DABAC
Section B (2a－2f)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 擅长于　2. look for　3. 照顾　4. 缺席　5. advise sb. to do sth.　6. person　
7. 为……骄傲；感到自豪 8. make; decision
Ⅱ. 1. It; used to　2. less interested in　
3. what; needed 4. take pride in
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] (1)动词　(2)名词
[对点训练] ①D　②had/has a; influence on
2. [对点训练] ①to pass　②A
3. [探究总结] 名词；形容词
[对点训练] ①C　②takes pride in
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to get　2. proud　3. decision　4. to deal 5. communications
Ⅱ. 1－5 BCDAA
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. influence　2. fail　3. absent　
4. exactly　 5. seldom
Ⅱ. 1. proud　2. to climb　3. cause　
4. decision　5. to run
Ⅲ. 1－5 CBBCC
Ⅳ. 1. It; to believe　2. so; that　3. in person
4. take care of　5. she used to be
Ⅴ. 1－5 CCBDA
Section B (3a－Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. in person　2. humorous　3. absent　
4. seldom 5. be proud of
Ⅱ. 1. General introduction　2. has changed　
3. used to be　4. had a great influence on
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
　[探究总结] (1)形容词　(2)名词
　[对点训练] ①In general　②generally
[写作指导]
　One possible version：
Bill is my good friend. He has changed a lot in the last few years.
Bill used to be short and have short hair, but now he is much taller, maybe 1.80 meters tall with long hair. He used to reading books a lot. He liked playing the piano and often chatted with me on the Internet. But now he likes playingvolleyball and basketball. Sometimes he also takes a walk. He used to be silent, but now he is outgoing.
People sure change.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. have changed　2. introduction　
3. generally 4. spending　5. to walk
Ⅱ. 1－5 BACCC
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. The most important　2. introduction　
3. humorous　4. winning　5. silent
Ⅱ. 1－5 AADBD
Ⅲ. 1. didn't use to/used not to　2. are; proud of
3. Did; use to　4. doesn't work; anymore
5. hasn't he
Ⅳ. 1. difficult　2. classes　3. becoming　
4. lost　5. started 6. badly　7. succeed　
8. so　9. reporter　10. thank
Ⅴ. 1. A　new“新的”；beautiful“美丽的”；strict“严格的”；famous“著名的”。根据下一句“我不认识任何一个学生。”可知此处表示作为一个新老师。故选A。
2. D　tell“告诉”；answer“回答”；know“知道”；ask“问”。根据上下文判断此处是“问”。故选D。
3. B　think“认为，思考”；understand“明白，理解”；forget“忘记”；remember“记着”。结合前一句她看起来不像是聪明的人，可知此处表“我”明白了。故选B。
4. C　pour“倒入”；throw“扔”；lead“带领”；turn“转向”。lead ...into ...“把……领进……”。根据句意判断此处是“领进”，故选C。
5. A　slowly“缓慢地”；quietly“安静地”；well“好”；quickly“快地”。结合句意可判断此处表示她学得很慢。故选A。
6. C　friend“朋友”；decision“决定”；progress“进步”；surprise“惊讶”。make progress“取得进步”。故选C。
7. B　smart“聪明的”；shy“害羞的”；angry“生气的”；careful“小心的，仔细的”。根据上下文判断此处应该是说她不和以前一样害羞了。故选B。
8. A　at least“至少”；at first“起初”；at once“立刻，马上”；at birth“出生”。结合语境理解知A项正确。
9. D　day“天”；week“周”；month“月”；year“年”。感恩节一年一个，所以此处填“years”。故选D。
10. D　write“写”；send“邮寄”；refuse“拒绝”；receive“收到”。结合语境可知D项正确。
单元复习课
[单词活用]
2. deal　2. private　3. requires　4. public　
5. seldom 6. helpful　7. proud　8. silence
[短语速译]
1. be afraid of　2. get good grades/scores　3. from time to time　4. deal with　5. hang out　6. give up　7. 少量的 8. 做到；成功　9. 做演讲　10. in public　11. worry about　12. in person　13. 即使；尽管　
14. take pride in/be proud of
15. make a decision　16. be absent from　
17. take care of/look after　18. 对……有影响
[句型闯关]
2. used to get　2. didn't use to/used not to　
3. Did; use to　4. be; didn't/usedn't　5. has changed; last
[语法专练]
1－4　ABDD
[真题演练]
1. A　考查动词短语辨析。deal with“应对；处理”；keep up with“赶上”；agree with“同意(某人的意见)”；come up with“提出，想出”。由语境知，简这些天很忙是因为她有许多问题要处理。故选A。
2. A　考查动词辨析。句意：众所周知学好英语需要时间和努力。require“需要”；waste“浪费”；take“拿；耗费”。根据句意可知答案为A。
3. A　考查名词辨析。句意：他们没有一个人说话，无声地吃完了饭。由前句“None of them talked.(他们没有人说话。)”可推出“无声地”，用in silence。故选A。
4. D　考查介词辨析。句意：詹妮的叔叔是一位科学家。她以他为骄傲。固定短语be proud of ...“为……骄傲；感到自豪”，故选D。
5. A　考查固定句式。used to“过去常常”，后跟动词原形；be used to “习惯于”，后跟动词-ing形式。句意：玛丽亚过去常常看电视，但现在习惯听音乐了。故选A。

阶段检测卷(Unit 4)
Ⅰ. 1. C　考查形容词辨析。healthy“健康的”；warm“温暖的”；silent“沉默的”；bored“无聊的”。根据句意“——你怎么了？你为什么长时间不说话？——我感到难受，什么也不想说。”可以判断用silent，故选C。
2. A　考查短语辨析。in person“亲身；亲自”；for yourself“为你自己”；at least“至少”；for example“例如”。根据句意“你没有必要亲自做所有的家务，你可以让你的家人帮助你。”可以判断用in person，故选A。
3. D　考查副词辨析。usually“通常”；always“总是”；all the time“一直”；seldom“很少”。根据句意“我的父母这些天因为很忙很少去看望我的爷爷奶奶，所以他们感到非常内疚。”可以判断用seldom，故选D。
4. D　考查动词辨析。 require sb. to do sth.意为“要求某人做某事”。
5. B　考查短语辨析。take pride in和be proud of为同义短语，意为“为……感到自豪”，根据句意“我的同学李军上个周六救了一个落水儿童。我们为他感到自豪。”可以判断用take pride in，故选B。
6. C　考查固定句式。used to do 意为“过去常常做某事”。根据句意“我的儿子过去很懒，但是自从上了中学以后变得很勤快。”可以判断用used to be，故选C。
7. D　考查短语辨析。give up“放弃”；make up“编造”；agree with“同意(某人的意见)”；deal with“应对；处理”。根据句意“你可以和你的爸爸谈论一下这个问题。他知道如何处理各种问题。”可以判断用deal with，故选D。
8. B　考查短语辨析。take out of“从……中拿出去”；take care of“照顾”；take part in“参加”；take away from“从……拿走”。根据句意“在我做饭的时候请你照顾一下我的孩子好吗？”可以判断用take care of，故选B。
9. A　考查固定句式。sb. used to do sth.句式的疑问形式为Did sb. use to do sth.？或Used sb. to do sth.？。
10. D　考查固定句式结构。“It has been ＋一段时间＋since＋非延续性动词的一般过去时的从句。”意为“自从做某事已经多长时间了。”句意：自从我离开家乡已经两个月了。故选D。
Ⅱ. 1－5 CACBC　6－10 ADACD
Ⅲ. 1. D　前文提到陈羽洁在寄宿学校学习，后文又提到她希望父母能把钱给她存到卡里，就不用那么经常地回家了，所以这里是指她过去经常每周回家和父母要钱。故选D。
2. B　前文提出陈羽洁希望父母能给存钱这一问题，后文“It's usually the most relaxing time for our family”这是全家最轻松的时刻，所以空白部分应该是“她决定在晚饭后看电视时和父母讨论一下那个问题。”，这样才能前后衔接。故选B。
3. F　由后文“So they have to choose a right time”所以他们不得不要找个合适的时机，可知这里是“For most teenagers like Chen, talking to parents can be difficult or even worrying.”对于像陈这样的大多数青少年，与父母交流是很困难或者甚至是令人担忧的，这样与后面构成因果关系，故选F。
4. A　由前文“...asking questions like...（问这样的问题……）”可知，该空需要填写个问句，选项中唯一是问句的是A选项“当你想要和父母谈论点重要事情时，什么时间是最佳时机？”这是设置的调查问题。故选A。
5. E　由前文“... Qianjiang Daily, a newspaper in Zhejiang, did a survey about it.”《钱江日报》对此做了一次调查可知，这里是调查结果，所以是E选项“结果证实城市里的孩子们大都会选择吃饭时和父母交谈。”正确。
Ⅳ. 1. to answer　2. introduction　
3. Generally　4. helpful 5. shyness
Ⅴ. 1. from time to time　2. used to living　
3. in public 4. be absent from　
5. how difficult; to success
Ⅵ. 1. lazy　2. changed　3. works　4. used　
5. without 6. early　7. health　8. group　
9. trouble　10. progress

Ⅶ. One possible version：
Jack is a student at No. 2 Middle School. He lives with his uncle because his parents work in another city. He does really well in his subjects. But he used to be a “problem student”. He was always late for school. What was worse, he didn't use to listen to the teachers carefully in class and he never finished his homework on time. His teachers and parents were worried about him. John, a top student as well as Jack's good friend, decided to do something to help him. He talked with Jack and helped Jack with his study and problems. At the end of the school year, Jack did better in the exams than before. He really made great progress with the help of John.

Unit 5　What are the shirts made of?
Section A (1a—2d)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 艺术与科学展　____________
2. 环境保护 ____________
3. model plane ____________
4. 以……闻名；为人知晓 ____________
5. 据我所知 ____________
6. 手工 ____________
7. all over the world ____________
8. be good for ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. ——它是由银制成的吗？
——是的，它是泰国造的。
—________ it ________ ________ silver?
—Yes, and it ________ ________ ________ Thailand.
2. 中国哪里产茶？
________ ________ tea ________in China?
3. 茶树种植在山坡上。
Tea plants ________ ________ on the sides of mountains.
4. 似乎世界上许多人都喝中国的茶。
________ ________ ________ many people all over the world drink Chinese tea.




阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Is it made_of silver?
它是由银制成的吗？(教材第33页)
The coat was_made_from lamb skin.
那件外套是绵羊皮做的。
Grapes are_made_into wine.
葡萄被制成了酒。
The ring was_made_in Thailand.
这枚戒指是泰国制造的。
　
(1)成品＋be made

(2)材料＋be made into＋成品

(3)成品＋be made in＋地点


①—Do you believe that wine is made ________ grapes?
—Yes, I do. And you can see the desks are made ________ wood.
A. from; from B. from; of
C. of; from D. of; of
②这块手表是中国制造的。
The watch________ ________ ________China.


阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的词性及含义
Where is tea produced in China?
中国哪里产茶？(教材第34页)
The supermarket sells fresh local produce．
这家超市卖当地的新鲜农产品。
We need new product to sell.
我们需要新产品供销售。
Production of the new plane will start next year.
新飞机的生产将于明年开始。
　produce的两种词性
(1)produce用作及物动词，意为“生产；制造；出产”，与make意思接近。
(2)produce用作名词，与product，production意思相近，其区别如下：
produce
不可数名词，“产品”，尤其指农产品
product
可作可数名词，也可作不可数名词，指经过工业生产、加工的产品
production
不可数名词，指小麦、石油、飞机等的生产

Do you know when the first train was ________ in China?
A. produced B. product
C. make D. do


阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的含义
... Anxi and Hangzhou are widely known_for their tea.
……安溪和杭州因茶而被广泛知晓。(教材第34页)
The basketball player is_known_to us.
这位篮球运动员被我们所熟知。
He is_known_as a singer.
他作为一个歌手而出名。
　be known for, be known to与be known as的用法辨析
be known for
“以……闻名；为人知晓”，其后可接使之著名的人、事或者物，相当于be famous for
be known to
“为……所熟知”
be known as
“作为……而著名”，其后常接人的身份、职业等，相当于be famous as

①Suzhou is known ________ its silk.
A. to B. for C. by D. in
②She is famous as an artist. (改为同义句)
She________ ________ ________ an artist.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Where is cotton ________(produce) in China?
2. Chinese is spoken ________(wide) in this country.
3. —What are they talking about?
—They are talking about the environmental ________(protect).
4. This kind of animals like to eat ________(leaf)．
5. The Great Wall is ________(know) to all the people in the world.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Chinese ________ in this country.
A. speak B. speaks
C. spoken D. is spoken
2. —________ is the bed made ________？
—Steel.
A. What; from B. What; of
C. Where; from D. Where; of
3. Our hometown is famous ________ fruit.
A. as B. with C. for D. on
4. They ________ apples ________ hand. It is a hard job.
A. are picked; in B. are picked; by
C. pick; in D. pick; by
5. These vegetables will be sent for ________ this afternoon.
A. process B. to process
C. processing D. to processing


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. We Chinese eat food with c________ but not forks and knives.
2. The window is made of g________ and steel.
3. They p________ bikes in this factory.
4. These T-shirts are made from ________(棉花).
5. —How much is the ________(短上衣)?
—It's thirty dollars.
Ⅱ. 选择方框内合适的介词填空

1. We know paper is made ________ wood.
2. The tea is picked and sent to many different countries and places ________ China.
3. Apples are picked ________ hand in Autumn.
4. When the leaves are picked, they are sent ________ processing.
5. The blue car is made ________ Germany.

Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. —________is the ring made of?
—Silver.
A. What B. Who C. Where D. How
2. Guilin is known ________ its beautiful mountains and rivers.
A. of B. from
C. for D. by
3. The leaves on the tree ________ in April and then they are made into fresh tea leaves.
A. picked B. are picked
C. will pick D. are picking
4. Exercising more when you are free is good ________ your health.
A. of B. from
C. for D. with
5. They have no money. They can't ________ for the house.
A. spend B. pay
C. cost D. take
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 这座桥是石头制成的。
The bridge is ________ ________ stone.
2. 全世界的人民都喜爱运动。
People________ ________ ________ ________enjoy sports.
3. 这件毛衣是手工制成的。
The sweater is________ ________ ________.
4. 天似乎要下雨了。
________ ________ ________ it's going to rain.
5. 据我所知他是一名教师。
________ ________ ________ ________ ________，he is a teacher.

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. the cars made in Shanghai are always great.
B. We should try our best to help make the earth clean and tidy.
C. Where was it made?
D. It's not good for our environment.
E. I bought it last month.
F. That's a good idea.
G. When was it invented?
A: Hi, Wang Lei. How beautiful your car is!
B: Thank you. __1__
A: __2__
B: It was made in Shanghai.
A: Oh, __3__
B: Yes, you are right. But there are more and more cars in our city. __4__
A: Yes, environmental protection is becoming more and more important.
B: I think we should use the car less and use the bike more.
A: Yes. __5__
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________
Ⅵ. 阅读理解
(2015·六盘水)People drink tea. There are many kinds of tea, such as black tea, green tea, white tea and yellow tea. People drink a lot of tea in China. Some people drink it because they think it makes them healthy. Many people drink it because it tastes very good. It is delicious.
People drink a lot of green tea in Japan. People drink a lot of green tea in South Korea, too. In Vietnam, people like to drink coffee first. Then they drink tea.
People drink a lot of tea in England. Every afternoon, people drink tea. It's “tea time”. English people like to drink their tea with milk in it.
Many people drink black tea in the US. In the South, people like to drink sweet tea. Sweet tea is cold black tea with sugar in it.
Most tea comes from China. Some tea comes from India or Sri Lanka. Kenya, Japan and Indonesia also grow tea.
1. How many kinds of tea are mentioned in the first paragraph?
A. Five. B. Four.
C. Three. D. Two.
2. In China some people drink tea because it makes them ________.
A. healthy B. young
C. smart D. warm
3. People like to drink coffee before tea in ________.
A. Japan B. South Korea
C. Vietnam D. Sri Lanka
4. In England, people like to drink tea with ________ in it.
A. sugar B. ice
C. juice D. milk
5. Most tea comes from ________.
A. China B. Japan
C. India D. Indonesia


Section A (3a—4c)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. even though　____________
2. 事实上 ____________
3. be good at ____________
4. 日常用品 ____________
5. 购物经历 ____________
6. traffic accidents ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点内容
1. 不论你可能买什么，你都可能认为那些产品是那些国家制造的。
________ ________ ________ you may buy, you might think those products were made in those countries.
2. 有趣的是他发现在当地商店卖的许多产品都是中国制造的。
He found ________ ________that so many products in the local shops ________ ________ ________China.
3. 他意识到美国人几乎无法避免购买中国制造的产品。
He realized that Americans can hardly ________ ________ products made in China.




阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
No_matter_what you may buy, you might think those products were made in those countries.
不论你可能买什么，你都可能认为那些产品是那些国家制造的。(教材第35页)
No_matter who you are, you must follow the rules. 无论你是谁，你都必须遵守规则。
No_matter_what he does, it has nothing to do with me.
＝Whatever he does has nothing to do with me.
无论他做什么都跟我没关系。

　
(1)no matter意为“不论；无论”，其后可接what, who, when等关系词来引导让步状语从句。从句的语序必须是 ________(疑问/陈述)语序。引导让步状语从句时，no matter what＝whatever无论什么；no matter when ＝whenever无论何时；no matter who＝whoever无论谁。
(2)“no matter＋wh-词”与wh-词＋-ever的区别是“no matter＋wh-词”只引导让步状语从句，而wh-词＋-ever还可以引导名词性从句。

①不论你去哪里，我们都应该保持联系。
________ ________ ________ you go, we should keep in touch.
②However hard she tries, she never seems to lose any weight. (改为同义句)
________ ________ ________ hard she tries, she never seems to lose any weight.


阅读下面句子，体会并完成下面的探究总结
He realized that Americans can hardly avoid_buying products made in China.
他意识到美国人几乎无法避免购买中国制造的产品。(教材第35页)
I avoided him as much as possible.
我尽可能地避开他。
You should avoid such mistakes.
你应当避免这样的错误。
　avoid 的用法
avoid及物动词，可表示“避开”或“躲避”某人或某物；也可表示“防止”某事的发生。后面可以跟名词、代词或 ________(动词-ing形式/动词不定式)作宾语。

①如果你小心驾驶，你可以避开很多事故。
If you drive carefully, you ________________ many accidents.
②She didn't come to school in order to avoid ________(meet) that person.


阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Kang Jian thinks it's great that China is so good at making these everyday things. 康健认为中国擅长制造这些日常商品是很了不起的。(教材第35页)
She speaks everyday English very well.
她日常英语说得很好。
We have English lessons every_day.
我们每天都上英语课。

　everyday与every day的用法辨析
everyday
________(形容词/副词)，意为“每天的；日常的”。在句中作定语，修饰名词
every day
________(形容词/副词)，意为“每天”，在句中作时间状语

①—What's your ________ job?
—I clean the school yard ________.
A. everyday; everyday
B. everyday; every day
C. every day; every day
D. every day; everyday
②在日常生活当中，有了困难你向谁求助？
Who do you ask for help if you have problems in your ________ ________？

　

阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
People_grow_tea in Hangzhou.
Tea_is_grown_(by_people) in Hangzhou.
人们在杭州种植茶。(教材第36页)
Are_your_shirts_made of cotton?
你的衬衫是棉制品吗？
Where_are_bananas_sold_in_this_town?
这个小镇哪里有卖香蕉的？
　
1. 语态概述
英语中有两种语态，即主动语态和被动语态。当主语为动作的执行者时，谓语的形式为主动语态；当主语为动作的承受者时，谓语要用被动语态。
2. 被动语态的构成
被动语态由“主语＋系动词be＋及物动词的过去分词”构成，系动词be随着人称、时态和数的变化而变化。
3. 如何将主动语态变成被动语态
(1)变换主语：把主动语态中的宾语变为被动语态中的主语。若宾语是人称代词，应该把宾格变为主格。
(2)变换谓语：把主动语态中的谓语变成被动语态结构(be＋及物动词的过去分词)，注意时态不能变。
(3)用by短语表示动作的执行者：原来主动语态中的主语放在介词by后，用以说明动作的执行者，如果不需要说明，也可省略。
【助记】

4. 主动语态变被动语态的注意事项
(1)宾语是反身代词的主动句没有被动语态。
(2)在主动语态中，动词短语中的介词或副词在变为被动语态时，仍然要跟在原来的动词之后。
(3)在主动语态中make, let, hear, see, watch, notice等词之后跟省略to的不定式，但在被动语态中to不能省略。

①The old over 90 ________ not only by their family but also by the government in many places.
A. is looked at
B. are taken good care of
C. are taken good care
D. is looking after
②I see a stranger enter the hall.(改为被动语态)
A stranger ________ ________ ________enter the hall.
③Many people speak English in the world.(改为被动语态)
English________ ________ ________many people in the world.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. They are living in ________(German) now.
2. Her father went out after dinner in order to avoid ________(wash) dishes.
3. Many people like cars ________(make) in Shanghai.
4. Farmers in our hometown are good at ________(grow) tea.
5. —What do you often do before ________(travel) to another place?
—I usually prepare something to eat and drink.
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 无论你去哪里工作，你都应该努力。
________ ________ ________you work, you should work hard.
2. 这家超市的日常商品非常便宜。
The ________ ________ in this supermarket are very cheap.
3. 我们如何做才能避免空气污染？
What can we do ________ ________ the air pollution?
4. 事实上，他今天不在这儿。
________ ________， he is not here today.
5. 18岁以下的孩子不允许开车。
Children under 18________ ________ to drive a car.


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. Tony can speak F________ and English, but John can only speak English.
2. We often wear g________ to protect our hands in winter.
3. When the t________ lights are red, you should stop.
4. She wants to be a volunteer in the ________(当地的) hospital.
5. What ________(原料) did they use to make the birthday cake?
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Careless ________(drive) caused this accident.
2. We can't avoid ________(speak) of these homeless people. They really need our help.
3. Most of the road ________(cover) by white snow.
4. What do you learn from this ________(shop) experience?
5. —How do you like things ________(make) in China?
—They are great.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. I ________ TV on Sundays. But on weekdays I can't.
A. am allowed watch
B. am allowed to watch
C. allow watch
D. allow to watch
2. Lily left without ________ a word.
A. saying B. is said C. are said D. to say
3. I found ________ easy to finish the work. I can do it by myself.
A. this B. that C. it D. those
4. He reads ________English ________.
A. every day; everyday B. everyday; every day
C. everyday; everyday D. every day; every day
5. No matter ________ he said, I would believe him.
A. what B. how C. why D. when
Ⅳ. 句型转换
1. Wherever you go, I can find you. (改为同义句)
________ ________ ________ you go, I can find you.
2. They were made in_China. (对画线部分提问)
________were they made?
3. The teacher made me read the article. (改为被动语态)
I________ ________ ________read the article by the teacher.
4. She looks after her brother. (改为被动语态)
Her brother ________ ________ ________by her.
5. Your blouse is made of cotton. (改为一般疑问句)
________your blouse ________ ________ cotton?

Ⅴ. 短文填空
从方框中选词并用其适当形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
blouse, mobile, before, German, environment,
get, kind, produce, wash, easy
In the near future, “smart clothes” are used not only for covering your body, but for many other kinds of uses. Some __1__ of smart clothes have come into the market. An “MP3 blue jacket” has been invented by a clothing maker in __2__. This kind of jacket can be used as an MP3 player and a __3__ phone. An English company has __4__ a cloth keyboard that can be put onto your pants. You can control your computer with it __5__ anywhere. If it gets dirty, the keyboard can __6__ and even ironed.
As the technology improves, smart clothes will get much smarter. Researchers are developing clothes that can show your body temperature and heat(加热) you up __7__ you feel cold. Other smart clothes to wear are special medical ones. They can tell the doctor when people are in danger. This technology can also provide __8__ information for people. For example, __9__ can warn the girls of high pollution levels, jackets with GPS technology can help children avoid __10__ lost.
People have begun to believe the idea. Probably smart clothes will one day be common on Paris
streets—and even in your own home.
1. ________　2. ________ 3. ________
4. ________ 5. ________　6. ________
7. ________　8. ________ 9. ________　
10. ________























Section B (1a—1e)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 尽力做某事　____________
2. 查明，弄清楚 ____________　
3. kite festival ____________
4. make a kite ____________
5. 不同种类的 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 那个男孩想学放风筝。
The boy wants to ________ ________ ________ a kite.
2. 你去哪里度假了？
Where did you ________ ________ ________？
3. 那听起来很有趣。
That ________ ________.
4. 你在那里看到了什么？
What ________ you ________ there?


　

阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的词性及用法
Laura is trying_to_find out more about ________.
劳拉正尽力找出更多关于________。(教材第37页)
They tried_swimming across the river.
他们试着游过河去。
We should try_our_best_to_help the poor boy.
我们应尽最大努力帮助这个可怜的男孩。
Do you want to have_a_try?
你想试一试吗？
　try的两种词性及用法
词性
用法
动词
try to do sth.意为“努力做某事”
try doing sth.意为“试着做某事”
try one's best to do sth. 意为“尽某人最大的努力做某事”
名词
have a try意为“试一试”


　He is ________his sister with her math.
A. try helping B. trying to help
C. trying helping D. try to help

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. The flowers ________(water) every day.
2. Try ________(do) your own things by yourself.
3. Hundreds of ________(compete) took part in the games yesterday.
4. This is an ________(internationally) school.
5. His parents are ________(postman)．
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Where did you go on ________ vacation last week?
—I went to London.
A. a B. an C. the D. /
2. —How can I learn English well?
—I think you should try ________ English every morning.
A. read B. to read　　
C. reads D. to reading
3. —I will travel to Mount Tai. Could you tell me something about it?
—Let me help you ________ the information about it.
A. finds B. found　　
C. find out D. looked for
4. Could you tell me ________ the problem?
A. solve B. how can I solve
C. how to solve D. what to solve
5. These days students in some schools ________ not to use mobile phones.
A. ask B. asked　　
C. are asked D. were asked


Ⅰ. 用适当的介词或副词填空
1. Let's find ________ when the train leaves.
2. I'm thinking ________ what to say.
3. Weifang is famous ________ kites.
4. We will go to Beijing ________ vacation.
5. The kite is made ________ wood and paper.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. —What will you do this vacation?
—I am thinking about ________(travel) to Hainan.
2. My little brother wants to learn ________(ride) his bike.
3. Do you know how ________(make) kites?
4. How often ________ the kite festival ________(hold)?
5. The ________(compete) from all over China took part in this Swimming Festival.
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 上个星期他们去度假了。
They ________ ________ ________ ________ last week.
2. 你可以告诉我关于你家乡的一些事情吗？
Can you ________ me something ________ your hometown?
3. 星期天我想放风筝。
I want to ________ ________ ________ on Sunday.
4. 动物园里有许多不同种类的动物。
There are ________ ________ ________ ________ animals in the zoo.
5. 你知道如何制作风筝吗？
Do you know ________ ________ ________ a kite?
Ⅳ. 句型转换
1. We often use keys to lock doors. (改为被动语态)
Keys ________ often________ ________ lock doors.
2. The farmers grow wheat in their fields. (改为被动语态)
Wheat ________ ________ in their fields by the farmers.
3. The water is used for watering_the_flowers. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________the water used for?
4. The_cake was made by hand. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ made by hand?
5. The teacher gave me a dictionary yesterday. (改为被动语态)
A dictionary ________ ________ ________ ________ by the teacher yesterday.

Ⅴ. 短文填空
从方框中选词并用其适当形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
exciting, for, internationally, make, competitor
Weifang is famous __1__ its kites at Yangjiabu, where traditional style kites are handmade, and has an __2__ kite festival every year in spring. The __3__ at the festival are from different countries.
At the festival there are also lots of children. They take their kites and go out in the open air. Some of the kites are __4__ of cloth and some of them are made of paper. Some kites are very big. Others are small. They are painted in different colors. Every kite has a long string. To get the kites up, the children run first. Look! All of the kites are high up in the air. The one like a bird is the highest. All the children look so __5__．
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________ 5. ________
Ⅵ. 阅读理解
Usually we all go to a store to buy something we need. But today we always want to buy new things through the information from advertising, and sometimes from TV shows. It's quite different from the past.
In fact, people have been advertising for thousands of years. Long ago, some men called “criers(叫卖人)” walked up and down the street. They shouted about things that were being sold. Later, people met at one place. This place was a market. Some people came to sell. Other people came to buy. But only those people who were at the market knew what were being sold. When people learned about printing(印刷), things changed. Soon there were newspapers. Many people read the newspapers. They saw many ads in the papers. Later, more people saw and listened to the ads on TV.
1. When you go to a store, you want to buy ________．
A. singers B. advertisement
C. things you need D. TV
2. People have been advertising for ________．
A. thousands of years
B. hundreds of years
C. one thousand years
D. one hundred years
3. Later people could find the ads ________．
A. on TV
B. in the newspapers
C. everywhere
D. both A and B
4. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?
A. We go to the store to read the newspaper.
B. People can buy things at the market.
C. We go to the store to look at the ads on TV.
D. We go to the store to know other people.
5. The main idea of the whole story is ________．
A. people advertise to sell things
B. people cried when they had to advertise
C. people went to the market
D. people never advertise


Section B (2a—2e)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 例如　　　　　　　____________
2. 把……变成 ____________
3. send out ____________
4. in trouble ____________
5. be covered with ____________
6. rise into ____________
7. 剪纸 ____________
8. 童话故事 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 中国各个不同的地方都有它自己独特的传统艺术形式。
Each different part of China has ________ ________ special ________ ________ traditional art.
2. 根据中国历史记载，孔明灯是被诸葛孔明首次使用的。
________ ________ Chinese history, sky lanterns were first used by Zhuge Kongming.
3. 它们由竹子制成，外面覆盖着纸。
They are ________ ________ bamboo and ________ ________ paper.
4. 它们被看作幸福和美好祝愿的光明象征。
They ________ ________ ________ bright symbols of happiness and good wishes.
5. 完成这一切要花费好几周。
________ ________ several weeks ________ complete everything.


1. lively adj. 生气勃勃的；(色彩)鲜艳的

阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的词性及用法
The pieces are usually cute children or lively characters from a Chinese fairy tale or historical story. 这些艺术品通常是可爱的孩子或者来自中国童话故事或历史故事中生气勃勃的人物。(教材第38页)
My first teacher is still living.
我的启蒙老师仍健在。
Are your grandparents still alive?
你的祖父母还在世吗？
　lively, living与alive的用法辨析
lively
意为“生气勃勃的；(色彩)鲜艳的”，可作定语、表语或宾语补足语，既可指人，又可指物
living
意为“活着的”，强调说明“尚在人间，健在”，可用来指人或物，作定语或表语
alive
意为“活着的”，既可指人也可指物，多作表语；如果作定语须放在被修饰名词的后面

①昨天我爸爸买了一条活鱼。它现在仍然活着。
My father bought a ________ fish yesterday. It is still ________ now.
②The street is in the middle of the city. It is very ________(live)．


阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
It takes several weeks to complete everything.
完成这一切要花费好几周。(教材第38页)
His answer is complete.
他的回答是完整的。
I understand completely.
我完全明白。
　complete的两种词性
(1)complete用作 ________(名词/动词)，意为“完成”。
(2)complete用作 ________(形容词/名词)，意为“完整的；完全的；完成的；结束的”。其副词形式为completely，意为“完全地；彻底地”。

①They work hard together so that they can ________ the project on time.
A. compute　　　　　 B. compete
C. compare　　　　　 D. complete
②I'm sorry, but I should say you are ________(complete) wrong.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. —Who is the ________(live) girl?
—She is my cousin.
2. You should ________(heat) the food before you eat it.
3. —What do you think of my answer?
—It's ________(complete) right.
4. I like Chinese ________(tradition) food—dumplings.
5. The boy likes to listen to ________(history) stories.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. You should be careful. The road ________ snow and ice.
A. covers with B. is covered with
C. covered for D. is covered for
2. We see the red lanterns ________ the symbols of ________.
A. on; happy B. on; happiness
C. as; happy D. as; happiness
3. ________ takes us five minutes ________ up these vegetables.
A. That; to cut B. That; cut
C. It; to cut D. It; cut
4. Chinese like to ________ some beautiful paper cuttings ________ walls and doors during the Spring Festival.
A. put; off B. put; away
C. put; on D. put; out
5. After the job interview, she filled in a ________ and began to work in that company.
A. from B. form
C. letter D. painting


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. I am surprised that they can play sports in this ________(高温).
2. Where was the ________(气球) made?
3. I bought the ________(剪刀) in the supermarket near our home.
4. —When did you c________ the job?
—The day before yesterday.
5. We all love the l________ characters from the cartoon.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Tom has a cat. ________(it) name is Mimi.
2. I like ________(tradition) art.
3. The map was ________(fold) by the teacher after class.
4. Tom does everything ________(careful), so his teacher speaks highly of him.
5. I like paper ________(cut). It has been around for over 1,500 years.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. Mr. Li had a strange way of making his classes ________ and interesting.
A. living B. live
C. alive D. lively
2. It ________ them three years to build this road.
A. spent B. took
C. cost D. paid
3. You must be sure to ________everything before we leave home.
A. change B. choose
C. complete D. produce
4. We should help the person who is________.
A. in trouble B. in the trouble
C. on the bus D. on his way home
5. There are many different ________of traditional art.
A. form B. balloon
C. forms D. balloons
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 根据中国古代的一个传说，神农发现了茶。
________ ________ an ancient Chinese legend, Shen Nong discovered tea.
2. 邮票是用来寄东西的。
Stamps are ________ ________ sending things.
3. 孔明灯带着他们的愿望升入了空中。
The sky lanterns ________ ________ the air with their wishes.
4. 大地被厚厚的雪覆盖着。
The ground is ________ ________ thick snow.
5. 我的外套是丝制的。
My coat is ________ ________ silk.

Ⅴ. 短文填空
用所给单词的正确形式填空。
Weifang Kite Festival __1__(hold) from 20th to 25th April every year. The Weifang Kite Festival is an international kite grand __2__(meet) held in Weifang, Shandong once a year, which attracts(吸引) thousands of __3__(compete), kite experts, fans and visitors.
The kingdom of kite in China—Weifang, Shandong is __4__(know) all over the world because the kite sports are held here every year since 1984.
During the Kite Festival, the Weifang city __5__(decorate) with lanterns. It is full of joy like in the Lantern Festival. On 21st April, the kite match is held on the Fuyan Mountain or on the beach of the Bohai Sea. The day is the time that the kite stagers(老练的人；老手) show their technology in front of the __6__(hundred) of spectator(观众). You can see every __7__(color) kite is waving in the wind and __8__(fly) up and down in the blue sky.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________ 5. ________　6. ________
7. ________　8. ________
Ⅵ. 阅读理解
(2015·陕西改编)As traditional Chinese art, paper cutting has a long history. The first and earliest paper cutting was found in China 1,500 years ago. But this traditional art is at risk of disappearing now. Luckily, Voyo Woo, a Chinese immigrant(移民) in America, is trying to bring this art back to life.
One Saturday in 2014, Ms Woo held a paper cutting show at a shopping center near Washington. She got much fun and peace doing it. She hoped more people would enjoy it.
Ms Woo began to study the art of paper cutting as a 14-year-old girl in her hometown in China. She said all the students at school had to learn paper cutting. But she had a deep love for it. So her teacher spent more time teaching her after class. Later, she won the second prize in a national painting and art competition. Ms Woo went to America after she finished college in 2008. Soon after that, she took part in an activity to promote(宣传) Chinese paper cutting. And then she was invited to show the art in many important activities. “It is important to promote this art to Americans or anyone who is interested in it. Maybe it will make this art more popular，” Woo said.
From the art of paper cutting, people can know about Chinese cultural values, history and stories of people's life. Ms Woo uses the art as a tool to show Chinese culture to people who know little about it. Chinese art is not only for Chinese, but also for people all over the world.
1. Where was the first and earliest paper cutting found?
A. In America. B. In English.
C. In China. D. In France.
2. What did Ms Woo do in 2014?
A. She won the second prize in a national painting and art competition.
B. She was invited to many activities to show paper cutting.
C. She held a paper cutting show at a shopping center near Washington.
D. She took part in an activity to promote Chinese paper cutting.
3. Ms Woo began to study the art of paper cutting ________．
A. when she was fourteen
B. after she got to America
C. when she was in college
D. after she finished college
4. In the passage, the writer thinks the art of paper cutting is ________ now.
A. very popular in America
B. very popular in China
C. for people who know about it
D. in danger of disappearing
5. How did Ms Woo promote Chinese paper cutting?
A. Took part in an art club.
B. Took part in many important activites.
C. Used the internet.
D. On the TV.


Section B (3a—Self Check)




Ⅰ. 选词填空，了解本课重点短语
turn into, be known for, no matter,
in fact, think about
1. The town ________ its food.
2. ________ what he does, I will support him.
3. Two years later, he ________ a model student.
4. He looks young, but ________ he is already sixty years old.
5. Ann is ________ where to go tomorrow.
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 我住的镇因丝绸而出名。
My town is ________ ________ silk.
2. 这件毛衣是羊毛制成的。
The sweater is________ ________ wool.
3. 我的父母被邀请去参加我们的校庆日。
My parents are ________ ________ our School Day.
4. 我想学会如何做水果沙拉。
I want to learn ________ ________ ________ fruit salad.
5. 钢笔是用来写字的。
Pens are ________ ________ writing.



本单元话题为“谈论物品的材质及产地”，与之相关的话题作文体现为“人类的发明”，围绕物品的材料以及发展过程，阐述其对人类生活的重要性。

轮子(wheel)是人类历史中最重要的发明之一。最初，人们用肩膀(shoulder)搬运重物，后来发明了木制的轮子，这样可以搬运更重的东西了。再后来人们发明了用金属和橡胶制作的轮胎，从而提高了运输速度。如今，各种车轮已被广泛使用了。
请你以“The invention of wheels”为题写一篇80词左右的英语短文，介绍轮子的发明过程及用途。


1. 人称：第三人称。
2. 时态：一般现在时和一般过去时。
3. 结构提纲：
(1)开篇点题：人们最初用肩膀搬运重物，引出轮子发明的必要性。
(2)陈述过程：从轮子发明的必要性一步步陈述不同时期的轮子。
(3)提出感想：轮子是人类社会最重要的发明之一。
4. 语句储备：
(1) ... could help ...
(2) ... are invented ...
(3)such a great invention

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. The singer is well ________(know) in our country.
2. Most of the toys ________(make) in China.
3. Our classroom ________(clean) three times a day.
4. I won't go to the party unless I ________(invite).
5. You should check your answers before ________(hand) it in.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Why did your uncle buy a ________ house?
—Because he didn't have enough money to buy a new one.
A. use B. using
C. used D. is used
2. —Why do they often fly kites on the beach?
—They fly kites ________ healthy.
A. keep B. stay
C. to staying D. to keep
3. People often lit a fire to ask for help when they were ________ in the old days.
A. in trouble B. in person
C. such as D. send out
4. My grandparents ________ many chickens on the sides of mountains.
A. keep B. are keep
C. are kept D. to keep
5. —The noodles in this restaurant are very delicious.
—Yes, you're right. They make them ________.
A. use hand B. use hands
C. by hand D. by hands


Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. What I need are ________(chopstick), not forks.
2. Now the Internet is ________(wide) used in the teaching field.
3. The tree has green ________(leaf) all year round.
4. Some ________(internation) meetings are held in our city every year.
5. He is an outgoing and ________(live) person.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. The window is made ________ glass.
A. of B. from
C. in D. by
2. The car is made ________ Germany.
A. of B. from
C. in D. by
3. China is famous ________ the Great Wall.
A. of B. for
C. in D. by
4. Chinese tea is good ________ our health.
A. for B. at
C. with D. to
5. It's hard ________ the goods made of wood in his house.
A. search B. look
C. to search for D. to look
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 茶种植在这座山的山坡上。
Tea ________ ________ on the sides of the mountain.
2. 他的粗心驾驶造成了这起事故。
The accident ________ ________ by his careless driving.
3. 你能查出来他是谁吗？
Can you ________ ________ who he is?
4. 你应该避免犯同样的错误。
You should ________ ________ the same mistakes.
5. 他们现在在困境中，我们应该帮助他们。
They are ________ ________ now, and we should help them.

Ⅳ. 看图完成对话
A: 1._______________________________?
B: They are writing brushes.
A: 2._________________________________?
B: They are made of bamboo and animal hair.
A: 3._________________________________?
B: They are used for writing.
A: 4._______________________________?
B: They are made in China.
Ⅴ. 完形填空
The umbrella is a very common object. It keeps the __1__ and the sun off the people. Most umbrellas can be folded up(折叠) so it is __2__ to carry them.
However, the umbrella has not always been as __3__ as it is now. In the past, it was a symbol of importance. Some African countries still use umbrellas in this __4__. Someone carries an umbrella and walks behind the king or important person.
Umbrellas are very old. People in different parts of the world began to __5__ umbrellas at different times. The Chinese had them more than 3，000 years ago. From there, umbrellas __6__ to India and Egypt. In Greece and Rome, __7__ wouldn't use them. They believed umbrellas were only for women.
England was __8__ the first country in Europe where common people used umbrellas against rain. The weather there is very __9__ and umbrellas are very useful.
Everybody uses umbrellas today. The next time you __10__ one, thinking that for centuries only great men and women used them, you'll feel you are important people, too.
1. A. rain B. cloud
C. air D. water
2. A. lovely B. cheap
C. hard D. easy
3. A. light B. heavy
C. common D. special
4. A. way B. size
C. reason D. place
5. A. discover B. use
C. examine D. discuss
6. A. walked B. traveled
C. rode D. flew
7. A. children B. parents
C. men D. women
8. A. probably B. already
C. suddenly D. immediately
9. A. sunny B. rainy
C. snowy D. windy
10. A. sell B. return
C. borrow D. carry




单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. I like to wear trousers made of ________(棉花).
2. Can you speak ________(法语)?
3. This is an ________(国际的) school for children.
4. —What ________(原料) did they use to build this house?
—Sorry, I don't know.
5. My son likes to read ________(history) stories.
6. This kind of language is ________(wide) used among teenagers.
7. There are so many ________(leaf) on the ground. Let's clean them up.
8. Most of the ________(compete) are farmers. They are from Shandong.
9. This kind of flowers are used at some ________(celebrate)．
10. David has a dog; ________(it) name is Doudou.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 由……制成的　____________
2. 以……闻名；为人知晓 ____________
3. 据我所知 ____________
4. 手工 ____________
5. 全世界 ____________
6. 不论；无论 ____________
7. 实际上 ____________
8. such as ____________
9. turn ... into ____________
10. according to ____________
11. send out ____________
12. in trouble ____________
13. be covered with ____________
14. 剪纸 ____________
15. 童话故事 ____________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 那个叉子是用铁制成的。
The fork ________ ________ ________ steel.
2. 在学校里我们不被允许在课堂上吃东西。
We ________ ________ to eat in class at school.
3. 它是用来做饭的吗？
________ it ________ for cooking?
4. 中国什么地方种植香蕉？
________ ________ bananas ________ in China?
5. 它是谁制造的？
________ ________ it made ________？
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
1. The writer's books are popular. They ________ by many teenagers.
A. is read B. was read
C. are read D. were read
2. The child without parents ________ good care of by his teachers in this special school.
A. is taken B. are taken
C. take D. takes
3. Many trees ________ in this city every year. So the air is very fresh now.
A. plant B. are planted
C. planted D. were planted
4. —Have you finished your project?
—Not yet. I'll finish it if I ________ ten more minutes.
A. give B. am given
C. will give D. will be given
5. —Didn't you see the sign “No Parking！” on the right?
—Sorry, I didn't. But now I know parking ________ here.
A. wasn't allowed B. isn't allowed
C. won't allow D. doesn't allow
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
一般现在时的被动语态，leaf的复数形式，complete的词形变化以及固定搭配avoid doing sth.等。
1. (2015·淮安)Miss Green advised us to decorate a card for each other with those ________(leaf).
2. (2015·黔南州)Compared with five years ago, our hometown ________(complete) changed.
3. (2015·天津)The novel ________ by many people today.
A. is read B. are read
C. reads D. were read
4. (2015·重庆)—How clean your car is!
—Thank you. It ________ very often.
A. is washed B. washes
C. was washed D. washed
5. (2015·眉山)No matter ________， you must follow the school rules.
A. where are you B. what do you do
C. who are you D. who you are
6. (2015·黄冈)—China is getting better and better at making high technology products.
—That's right. People around the world can hardly avoid ________ products made in China.
A. not buying B. not to buy
C. to buy D. buying


阶段检测卷(Unit 5)
(时间：60分钟　分值：100分)


Ⅰ. 单项选择(每小题2分，共20分)
1. —Do you believe that paper is made ________ wood?
—Yes, I do. And you can see that books are made ________ paper.
A. from; from B. from; of
C. of; from D. of; of
2. —Alex, did you find our old school last week?
—Yes, but with much difficulty, for it has ________ changed over these years.
A. completely B. never
C. hardly D. partly
3. I found ________ relaxing to take a walk near the lake.
A. it B. those C. its D. that
4. I like Mr. Wang's classes, because they are ________.
A. lovely B. live
C. lively D. living
5. People light the lanterns and watch them ________ the sky with their best wishes.
A. turn into B. send out
C. rise into D. put into
6. I get up early every day so that I can avoid ________ the early bus.
A. miss B. missed C. missing D. to miss
7. If you want to improve your ________ English, you should practice it ________.
A. everyday; every day B. every day; everyday
C. everyday; everyday D. every day; every day
8. His mother likes to buy clothes ________ in France. She thinks they are beautiful.
A. make B. making C. made D. are made
9. The sport of basketball ________ by many people in the world.
A. is short B. is made
C. is played D. is taught
10. Our teacher will come back tomorrow ________ what he says.
A. because of B. according to
C. as for D. thanks to
Ⅱ. 完形填空(每小题2分，共20分)
It's very important that we all recycle(再利用) things. In nature, everything __1__ again. For example, when an animal dies, it becomes __2__ animal's food. Nothing is wasted. But humans have created things like plastic bags __3__ can't be broken down by nature. Our rubbish kills animals and __4__ water and soil. __5__ we continue making too much rubbish, the problem will only get worse. If nature can't reuse the rubbish, we must recycle it. We should clean up the rubbish we've made because nature can't.
Recycling is also the right thing to do for another reason. The earth is rich in natural __6__ like water and trees, __7__ these materials are not endless. We use up our natural materials much __8__ than the earth is able to reproduce them. For example, each year we cut __9__ more than 6，000 square miles of forest. But it takes an average of 25 years for a new tree __10__.
Recycling can help us save the earth, so let's take action right now.
1. A. use B. using C. is used D. used
2. A. another B. other C. others D. the other
3. A. who B. which C. how D. where
4. A. pollutes B. polluted
C. polluting D. is polluted
5. A. When B. Whether C. Why D. If
6. A. materials B. material C. things D. thing
7. A. but B. so C. and D. or
8. A. fastly B. fast C. faster D. fastest
9. A. out B. down C. in D. up
10. A. grows B. for growing
C. growing D. to grow
Ⅲ. 阅读理解(每小题2分，共10分)
Raisins(葡萄干) in ice cream, in chocolate bars, and in cookies ...Our favorite snacks cannot be without raisins!
Have you ever thought about how people get raisins from full and juicy grapes? Dry them in the sun? Well, that's one way. But people from Xinjiang have another way. They make the best raisins in China.
People there build many “blockhouses(碉堡)”out of earth near a grape garden. It's in these blockhouses that the best raisins are made.
Many “blockhouses” are built on the hillside. They're usually three meters tall and are as big as the size of a classroom.
They are quite different from the houses we live in. They have lots of holes in the wall. Inside there are many wooden shelves.
After picking the grapes, people put them on the shelves. Because of the hot weather, hot dry wind gets through the holes in the wall and dries the grapes up. Thirty to forty-five days later, the fruits will turn into soft, sweet raisins!
In around the year 535, people in Xinjiang started to send raisins as gifts to the emperor. This means that about 1，500 years ago people there already knew how to make raisins!
阅读短文，判断正(T)误(F)。
(　　)1. We can easily find raisins in our favorite snacks.
(　　)2. From the second paragraph, we know there are two ways to make raisins.
(　　)3. In Xinjiang people build many “blockhouses” in order to live in.
(　　)4. A lot of holes are made in the wall for hot dry wind to get through.
(　　)5. People in Xinjiang have known how to make raisins for just one thousand years.
Ⅳ. 用方框内所给短语的适当形式填空(每小题2分，共10分)
such as, turn into, be known for，
no matter, in fact
1. ________， I have advised them not to do that.
2. The city ________ its beautiful buildings.
3. I like Chinese food, ________Sichuan food, Hu'nan food and Guangdong food.
4. ________what the weather is like, she walks ten miles every day.
5. The Monkey King hides by ________ himself ________ a small living thing.
Ⅴ. 句型转换(每小题2分，共10分)
1. We made a kite. (改为被动语态)
A kite ________ ________ by us.
2. The tea is grown in_Anxi. (对画线部分提问)
________ is the tea ________？
3. I cover the table with the cloth. (改为被动语态)
The table ________ ________ with the cloth.
4. I spend two hours doing my homework. (改为同义句)
It ________ me two hours ________ ________ my homework.
5. The door is made of steel. (对画线部分提问)
________ is the door ________ ________？
Ⅵ. 补全对话(每小题2分，共10分)
根据对话内容，在每个空白处填入一个适当的句子，使对话完整、合乎情景。
A: Hi, Helen. Your coat looks very nice.
B: ____1____ I like it very much.
A: ____2____
B: It was made in Zhejiang.
A: Really? ____3____
B: It's made of cotton.
A: ____4____
B: I bought it online.
A: Shopping online? That's cool! ____5____
B: Sure. You can come to my house this Sunday afternoon.
A: Great! Thank you very much.
B: You're welcome.
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________
Ⅶ. 书面表达(共20分)
山东潍坊以风筝闻名于世，它被全世界的人们所熟知。潍坊制作的风筝各种各样，有的像鸟，有的像龙。风筝主要由竹子、纸或丝绸制成，其制造者多是农民和民间手工艺人(craftsman)。潍坊国际风筝节在每年的四月份举行。
假如你是潍坊的一名中学生，请你根据以上提示写一篇不少于80词的短文介绍一下潍坊风筝。
要求：1. 包含以上提示内容，可适当发挥；
2. 不要逐字逐句翻译，逻辑要合理通顺。
________________________________________________________________________________________

Unit 5　What are the shirts made of?

Section A (1a－2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. the art and science fair　
2. environmental protection　3. 飞机模型　
4. be known for　5. as far as I know 6. by hand　7. 全世界　8. 对……有好处
Ⅱ. 1. Is; made of; was made in　
2. Where is; produced
3. are grown　4. It seems that
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] (1)of; from
[对点训练] ①B　②is made in
2. [对点训练] A
3. [对点训练] ①B　②is known as
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. produced　2. widely　3. protection　
4. leaves　5. known
Ⅱ. 1－5 DBCDC
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. chopsticks　2. glass　3. produce　
4. cotton　5. blouse
Ⅱ. 1. from　2. around　3. by　4. for　5. in
Ⅲ. 1－5 ACBCB
Ⅳ. 1. made of　2. all over the world　
3. made by hand
4. It seems that　5. As far as I know
Ⅴ. 1－5 ECADB
Ⅵ. 1－5 BACDA
Section A (3a－4c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 即使　2. in fact　3. 擅长　
4. everyday things 5. shopping experiences　6. 交通事故
Ⅱ. 1. No matter what　
2. it interesting; were made in
3. avoid buying
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] (1)陈述
[对点训练] ①No matter where　②No matter how
2. [探究总结] 动词-ing形式
[对点训练] ①can avoid　②meeting
3. [探究总结] 形容词；副词
[对点训练] ①B　②everyday life
[语法聚焦]
　[对点训练] ①B　②is seen to　③is spoken by
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. Germany　2. washing　3. made　
4. growing　5. traveling
Ⅱ. 1. No matter where　2. everyday things　
3. to avoid 4. In fact　5. aren't allowed
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. French　2. gloves　3. traffic　4. local　
5. materials
Ⅱ. 1. driving　2. speaking　3. is covered　
4. shopping 5. made
Ⅲ. 1－5 BACBA
Ⅳ. 1. No matter where　2. Where　3. was made to
4. is looked after　5. Is; made of
Ⅴ. 1. kinds　2. Germany　3. mobile　
4. produced 5. easily　6. be washed　
7. before　8. environmental 9. blouses　10. getting
Section B (1a－1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. try to do sth.　2. find out　3. 风筝节　
4. 做风筝 5. different kinds of
Ⅱ. 1. learn to fly　2. go on vacation　
3. sounds interesting 4. did; see
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
　[对点训练] B
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. are watered　2. to do　3. competitors
4. international　5. postmen
Ⅱ. 1－5 DBCCC
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. out　2. about　3. for　4. on　5. of
Ⅱ. 1. traveling　2. to ride　3. to make　4. is; held 5. competitors
Ⅲ. 1. went on a vacation　2. tell; about　
3. fly a kite 4. many different kinds of　
5. how to make
Ⅳ. 1. are; used to　2. is grown　3. What is　
4. What was 5. was given to me
Ⅴ. 1. for　2. international　
3. competitors　4. made 5. excited
Ⅵ. 1－5 CADBA
Section B (2a－2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. such as/for example　2. turn ... into　
3. 发送 4. 处于困境中　5. 被……覆盖　6. 升入 7. paper cutting　8. fairy tale
Ⅱ. 1. its own; forms of　2. According to　3. made of; covered with　4. are seen as　5. It takes; to
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①living; alive　②lively
2. [探究总结] (1)动词　(2)形容词
[对点训练] ①D　②completely
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. lively　2. heat　3. completely　
4. traditional　5. historical
Ⅱ. 1－5 BDCCB
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. heat　2. balloon　3. scissors　
4. complete　5. lively
Ⅱ. 1. Its　2. traditional　3. folded　
4. carefully　5. cutting
Ⅲ. 1－5 DBCAC
Ⅳ. 1. According to　2. used for　3. rose into
4. covered with　5. made of
Ⅴ. 1. is held　2. meeting　3. competitors　
4. known 5. is decorated　6. hundreds　
7. colorful　8. flying
Ⅵ. 1. C　细节理解题。由第一段第二句“The first and earliest paper cutting was found in China 1,500 years ago.”可知答案选C。
2. C　细节理解题。由第二段的首句“One Saturday in 2014, Ms Woo held a paper cutting show at a shopping center near Washington.”可知C正确。
3. A　细节理解题。由第三段的首句“Ms Woo began to study the art of paper cutting as a 14-year-old girl in her hometown in China.”可知，她14岁时学习剪纸艺术，故选A。
4. D　细节理解题。由第一段中“But this traditional art is at risk of disappearing now.”可知D正确。
5. B　细节理解题。由第三段“she took part in ...And then she ...”可知答案选B。
Section B (3a－Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. is known for　2. No matter　3. turned into 4. in fact　5. thinking about
Ⅱ. 1. famous/known for　2. made of　
3. invited to 4. how to make　5. used for
【合作探究·破疑难】
[写作指导]
One possible version：
The invention of wheels
At first people carried heavy things with their shoulders. Then they invented wooden wheels. This could help people carry heavier things. And then, wheels made of metals and rubber are invented. This could help people move faster with things. Nowadays cars can carry much more things and run faster with wheels.
I think the wheel is really a great invention in human history. It has changed the ways of carrying things and has made transportation much easier.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. known　2. are made　3. is cleaned　
4. am invited 5. handing
Ⅱ. 1－5 CDAAC
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. chopsticks　2. widely　3. leaves　
4. international　5. lively
Ⅱ. 1－5 ACBAC
Ⅲ. 1. is grown　2. was caused　3. find out
4. avoid making　5. in trouble
Ⅳ. 1. What are these
2. What are they made of
3. What are they used for
4. Where are they made
Ⅴ. 1－5 ADCAB　6－10 BCABD
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. cotton　2. French　3. international　
4. materials　5. historical 6. widely　
7. leaves　8. competitors　9. celebrations　10. its
[短语速译]
1. be made of/from　2. be known for　
3. as far as I know　4. by hand　5. all over the world　6. no matter　7. in fact　8. 例如　9. 把……变成　10. 根据　11. 发送　12. 处于困境中　
13. 被……覆盖　14. paper cutting　15. fairy tale
[句型闯关]
1. is made of　2. aren't allowed　3. Is; used　
4. Where are; grown　5. Who is; by
[语法专练]
1－5 CABBB
[真题演练]
1. leaves　2. completely
3. A　考查动词的语态。主语是the novel，所以谓语要用单数形式并且用被动语态；题干中时间状语为today，所以时态应为一般现在时，故选A。
4. A　考查动词的语态。It指代上句中的car，是动作的承受者，所以用被动语态；“它经常被洗”是经常性的动作，应当用一般现在时，故选A。
5. D　考查状语从句语序。No matter ...“无论……；不论……”，引导让步状语从句，其语序为陈述句语序，故选D。
6. D　考查固定搭配。avoid doing sth.意为“避免做某事”，故选D。

阶段检测卷(Unit 5)
Ⅰ. 1. B　考查固定短语。be made of/from意为“由……制成”，能看出原材料用of，看不出原材料用from。根据句意“——你相信纸是由木材制成的吗？——是的，我相信。并且你可以看出来书是用纸做成的。”可以判断第一个空白处应该用from(看不出原材料)，第二个空白处应该用of(可以看出原材料)。故选B。
2. A　考查副词辨析。completely“完全地；彻底地”；never“从不”；hardly“几乎不”；partly“部分地”。根据句意“——亚历克斯，你上周找到我们的母校了吗？——是的，但是费了好大的劲才找到，因为经过这些年它已经完全改变了。”可以判断用completely。故选A。
3. A　考查固定用法。句意：我发现在湖边散步很放松。it作形式宾语，真正的宾语是其后面的动词不定式短语。故选A。
4. C　考查形容词辨析。句意：我喜欢王老师的课，因为它们充满活力。lovely“可爱的”；live“活的”；lively“充满活力的”；living“活着的”。故选C。
5. C　考查短语辨析。turn into“变成”；send out“发送”；rise into“升入”；put into“放入”。根据句意“人们点亮灯笼然后看着它们带着他们的美好祝愿升入空中。”可以判断用rise into。故选C。
6. C　考查avoid的用法。avoid后接动词时要用动词-ing形式，故选C。
7. A　考查单词辨析。everyday形容词，意为“日常的”；every day副词，意为“每天”。根据句意“如果你想提升你的日常英语，你应当每天训练。”可以判断第一个空白处用everyday，第二个空白处用every day。故选A。
8. C　考查过去分词的用法。过去分词短语made in France在句中作定语，修饰名词clothes。句意：他的妈妈喜欢购买法国制造的衣服。她认为它们很漂亮。故选C。
9. C　考查动词辨析。句意：世界上有很多人打篮球。“打篮球”要用动词play，此处用一般现在时的被动语态。故选C。
10. B　考查短语辨析。because of“因为”；according to“根据”；as for“至于”；thanks to“幸亏”。根据句意“根据他说的话，我们老师将在明天回来。”可以判断用according to。故选B。
Ⅱ. 1－5 CABAD　6－10 AACBD
Ⅲ. 1. T　推理判断题。根据第一段中“Our favorite snacks cannot be without raisins！”可知，在我们最喜欢的点心中可以很容易地发现葡萄干。
2. T　推理判断题。第二段中介绍了葡萄干的两种制作方法。
3. F　细节理解题。根据文章意思可知，人们建造碉堡不是为了居住，而是为了制作葡萄干。
4. T　细节理解题。根据倒数第二段可知，人们在墙上打洞是为了让火热干燥的风进入室内来烘干葡萄干。
5. F　推理判断题。根据最后一段的最后一句话“This means that about 1，500 years ago people there already knew how to make raisins！”可知，新疆的人们知道如何制造葡萄干已经大约1 500年了。
Ⅳ. 1. In fact　2. is known for　3. such as　
4. No matter　5. turning; into
Ⅴ. 1. was made　2. Where; grown　3. is covered 4. takes; to do　5. What; made of
Ⅵ. 1. Thank you.
2. Where was it made?
3. What is it made of?
4. Where did you buy it?
5. Can you teach me how to do that?
Ⅶ. One possible version：
Weifang is famous for its kites. It is known all over the world. There are all kinds of kites which are made in Weifang. Some are like birds; some are like dragons. The kites are mainly made of bamboo, paper or silk. They are mostly made by farmers and craftsmen. Weifang International Kite Festival is held in April every year.
The kites in our hometown are very beautiful and they can fly very high. I hope that they can become better and better and bring people more happiness.
Unit 6　When was it invented?
Section A (1a—2d)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 带特殊跟的鞋子　____________
2. the style of ... ____________
3. think of ____________
4. with pleasure ____________
5. 日常生活 ____________
6. 有道理 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. ——电话是什么时候发明的？
——我认为它是在1876年发明的。
—________ ________ the telephone ________？
—I think it ________ ________ ________ 1876.
2. ——它们是用来做什么的？
——它们是用来在夜间照明的。
—________ ________ they ________ ________？
—They're ________ ________ ________ in the dark.
3. 它真的是如此了不起的一项发明吗？
Is it really ________ ________ ________ invention?




阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的含义及用法
—What are they used_for?
它们是用来做什么的？
—They're_used_for_seeing in the dark.
它们是用来在夜间照明的。(教材第42页)
The lock is_used_for_locking the door.
＝ The lock is_used_to_lock the door.
锁是用来锁门的。
English is_used_as a foreign language in China.
英语在中国被用作一门外语。
　
(1)be used for (doing) sth.表示“被用于(做)某事”，for是介词，其后可接名词、代词或动词-ing形式。be used for doing sth.可与be used to do sth.相互转换。
(2)be used as 表示“被用作……”。

①这把刀是用来切水果的。
The knife ________ ________ ________ ________ fruit.
②This kind of cloth is used for making shoes. (改为同义句)
This kind of cloth ________ ________ ________ ________ shoes.


阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
—Can you help me think of an invention?
你能帮我想出一项发明吗？
—With pleasure!
乐意效劳！(教材第42页)
I will be pleased if I can meet my friends here.
如果能在这里遇见我的朋友我会很高兴。
We had a pleasant time.
我们度过了一段快乐的时光。
　pleasure, pleased与pleasant的用法辨析
pleasure
名词，表示“高兴；愉快”，常用于口语中：My pleasure. /With pleasure.
pleased
形容词，意为“高兴的；满意的”，常用来修饰 ________(人/物)，be pleased with 意为“对……感到满意”
pleasant
形容词，意为“令人愉快的；宜人的”，常用来修饰________(人/物)

①The food in the water produced a ________ smell.
A. please B. pleased
C. pleasure D. pleasant
②—Thanks for the delicious food.
—________.
A. No, thanks B. That's right
C. All right D. My pleasure




阅读下面句子，思考并体会句中画线部分的用法
For example, it mentioned_that the zipper was invented by Whitcomb Judson in 1893.
例如，它提到拉链是在1893年由惠特科姆·贾德森发明的。(教材第42页)
Nobody mentioned_anything to me about it.
没人跟我提过有关这件事的任何事情。
He doesn't mention_having seen me.
他没提见过我。
　mention的常见用法小结
mention 是及物动词，意为“提到；说到”有以下几种常见用法：

【注意】
Don't mention it. 常用作别人道谢时的答语，意为“不用客气”。

①I will not mention it ________you again.
A. at B. for
C. to D. /
②He mentioned ________(hear) from her often.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Electricity is becoming more and more important in our ________(day) lives.
2. It's my ________(please) to help you with math.
3. Did he mention ________(meet) me in Beijing?
4. The blender is used for ________(make) fresh juice.
5. Do you know when this house ________(build)?

Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. I like the shoes ________ special heels.
A. on B. have
C. has D. with
2. We ________ English in class but Chinese ________ by us all day.
A. speak; speak
B. speak; is spoken
C. is spoken; speak
D. is spoken; is spoken
3. —When ________ the telephone ________？
—In 1876, I think.
A. did; invent
B. did; invented
C. is; invented
D. was; invented
4. —Thank you for supporting the volunteer project.
—________. Many hands make light work.
A. My pleasure B. You're right
C. Never mind D. That's right
5. If you want to get more information about English learning, please visit our ________：www.yyxx.com.
A. company B. store
C. office D. website


Ⅰ. 根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
1. The ________(样式) of the clothes is very new and popular.
2. The book ________(提到) many animals in great danger.
3. —What's your school ________(项目)?
—The teacher asks us to write about water pollution.
4. We can't forget those ________(先驱) who created happy life for us.
5. There are more and more shopping ________(网站) now.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. —________ you ________(invite) to Linda's birthday party?
—No, I wasn't.
2. —What is the knife used for?
—It's used for ________(cut) watermelons.
3. What do you think is ________(useful) invention of all?
4. —Can you help me look after my cat today?
—With ________(pleasant)．
5. The shoes with special ________(heel) were invented by Jayce Coziar and Jamie Ellsworth.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. —________ was the school built?
—In 2000.
A. Where B. Why
C. When D. What
2. Your father has a(n) ________； you should listen to him.
A. radio B. point
C. invention D. zipper
3. It was Edison who ________ the light bulb.
A. invented
B. discovered
C. was invented
D. was discovered
4. That was ________ fine day yesterday.
A. such a B. so a
C. such D. so
5. The mother bought a pair of shoes ________ lights for her little son.
A. have B. has
C. with D. for
Ⅳ. 句型转换
1. The TV was invented around_1927. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ the TV ________？
2. Paper was invented by Cai_Lun. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ paper ________ ________？
3. Sunglasses are used for keeping_out_the_sunshine. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ sunglasses ________ for?
4. They built a bridge over the river last year. (改为被动语态)
A bridge ________ ________ over the river last year.
5. The book was written by Mo Yan. (改为否定句)
The book ________ ________ by Mo Yan.


Ⅴ. 补全对话
Sally: Hi, Jim. Do you know shoes 1.________ special heels?
Jim: Yes, I know this kind of shoes.
Sally: 2.________ 3.________they invented by?
Jim: Jayce Coziar and Jamie Ellsworth.
Sally: Then what are they used 4.________，do you know?
Jim: They're used for 5.________ the style of the shoes.
Sally: Oh, I see. What about shoes with lights? Who were they 6.________by?
Jim: Julie Thompson. They're used for 7.________in the dark.
Sally: Oh, then how about the 8.________ ice-cream scoop?
Jim: It's used for 9.________ out really cold ice-cream.
Sally: Oh, that 10.________ cool.
Ⅵ. 阅读理解
Have you seen Monster Hunt(《捉妖记》)? It's a popular 3D movie, and you may have to wear 3D glasses to see it. The 3D glasses make the images(图像) from the movie look as if they were coming straight towards you.
More and more 3D movies are coming to theaters. Some say that 3D TV sets will come into our homes in the near future. 3D technology can make TV and movies more exciting. However, people with eye problems may get headaches if they spend too much time watching 3D movies. Why?
When we look at an object, each eye sees it at a different angle and send the two images to our brain, and the brain puts them together. 3D technology uses two movie projectors(投影机). One projects a left-eye-image and the other projects a right-eye-image. 3D glasses allow us to see a different image in each eye. So, when we are watching a 3D movie, our brain can't put together the images sent to our eyes. The brain needs to work harder at “reading” the images. That makes it easier for people with eye problems to get dizzy(头晕的) or have headaches. A famous eye doctor said if your eyes can't focus(聚焦) on the same object at once, you will have trouble watching 3D movies.
1. According to the passage, Monster Hunt is a(n) ________.
A. digital camera B. digital TV set
C. 3D movie D. AD movie
2. The 3D glasses can make the images from the movie ________．
A. look more beautiful than usual
B. look as if they were coming straight towards you
C. look as if they were far away from you
D. look clearer than usual
3. People will have ________ in their homes in the near future.
A. 3D computers
B. 3D phones
C. 3D movies
D. 3D TV sets
4. When we look at an object, ________．
A. each eye sees the object at the same angle
B. our brain puts the two different pictures together
C. there will be two movie projectors in our eyes
D. our brain can't put together the images sent to our eyes
5. If you wear a pair of 3D glasses, ________．
A. you will see different images in both eyes
B. your brain can't work at all
C. the images can be put together easily by your brain
D. our brain can put the images together


Section A (3a—4c)


Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 偶然；意外地　____________
2. fall into ____________
3. less than ____________
4. 发生；出现 ____________
5. the popularity of ____________
6. 毫无疑问；的确 ____________
7. at a low price ____________
8. 突然；猛地 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 据说有一位叫神农的中国统治者最早发现了茶可以饮用。
________ ________ ________ ________ a Chinese ruler ________ Shen Nong was the first to discover tea as a drink.
2. 这本书描述了茶树如何被种植以及如何用来制茶。
The book describes how tea plants ________ ________ and used ________ ________ ________.
3. 人们认为茶在6世纪和7世纪期间被带到了朝鲜和日本。
It ________ ________ ________ tea ________ ________ to Korea and Japan during the 6th and 7th centuries.
4. 茶是什么时候第一次被人们饮用的？
________ ________ tea first ________？
5. 父母建议我们不要单独外出。
Our parents ________ us ________ ________ ________out alone.




阅读下面句子，观察并体会句中画线部分的含义
It_is_said_that a Chinese ruler called Shen Nong was the first to discover tea as a drink.
据说有一位叫神农的中国统治者最早发现了茶可以饮用。(教材第43页)
It_is_believed_that tea was brought to Korea and Japan during the 6th and 7th centuries. 人们认为茶在6世纪和7世纪期间被带到了朝鲜和日本。(教材第43页)

It is said that ...相当于People say that ...，意为“据说……”，属于“It ＋be＋动词的被动词态＋that从句”结构，其中 it是形式主语，真正的主语是that引导的从句。
常见的类似句型还有：
(1)It is believed that ...　人们认为……
(2)It is supposed that ...　据猜测……
(3)It is reported that ...　据报道……
(4)It's known that ...　众所周知……

①据报道那位著名的歌手要在我们市开演唱会。
________ ________ ________ ________ the famous singer will have a concert in our city.
②众所周知济南作为泉城而出名。
________ ________ ________ Ji'nan is famous as a spring city.
2. smell n.气味 v. 发出……气味；闻；闻到；闻起来

阅读下面句子，观察句中画线部分的词性及用法
It produced a nice smell ...
它散发出一种怡人的气味……(教材第43页)
The flowers smell very sweet.
这些花闻起来很香。
Smell it and then tell me what it is.
闻一闻这个，然后告诉我它是什么。
　smell的两种词性
名词
通常用作不可数名词，意为“气味”，但当表示“某一种味道”时，用作可数名词
动词
连系动词，意为“闻起来”，其后常跟形容词作表语
及物动词，意为“闻；闻到”，后接名词或代词

①这些花发出一阵令人愉快的气味。
These flowers produce a ________ ________.
②The plants ________ very nice.
A. feel B. smell C. taste D. sound


阅读下面句子，观察并体会句中画线部分的用法
The tea trade from China to Western countries took_place in the 19th century.
中国和西方国家之间的茶贸易发生在19世纪。(教材第43页)
The earthquake happened all of a sudden, but luckily the villagers were brought to a safe place.
地震发生得很突然，但是幸运的是，村民们被带到了安全的地方。(教材第44页)
　take place与happen的异同
take place
指有计划或有目的的“发生”
happen
意为“发生”，用于表明偶然发生、没有预料到
相同点：两者均不用于被动语态

Our sports meeting ________ tomorrow.
A. happen B. take place
C. will take place D. will happen

　

阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
—When was the zipper invented?
拉链是什么时候被发明的？
—It was_invented in 1893.
它是在1893年被发明的。(教材第44页)
When was tea brought to Korea?
茶是什么时候被带到韩国的？(教材第44页)
The model plane was_made by my brother.
这个飞机模型是我弟弟制作的。
　
(1) 概念： 一般过去时的被动语态表示过去某一时间的被动动作或过去经常性、习惯性的被动动作。
(2) 结构：was/were＋及物动词的过去分词
(3) 句式：
肯定句
主语＋was/were ＋及物动词的过去分词(＋by ...).
否定句
主语＋was/were＋not＋及物动词的过去分词(＋by ...).
一般疑问句
Was/Were＋主语＋及物动词的过去分词(＋by ...)？
特殊疑问句
疑问词＋was/were＋主语＋及物动词的过去分词(＋by ...)？


①Nick________ a job in a bank, but to our surprise, he didn't take it.
A. offered B. has offered
C. was offered D. is offered
②The telephone ________ by a well-known scientist, Alexander Bell.
A. invented B. inventing
C. was invented D. will be invented
③The famous movie ________by the director last year.
A. made B. was made
C. will be made D. was made in

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. He is good at basketball and on the ________(nation) team.
2. Tea ________(discover) by accident thousands of years ago.
3. It is ________(say) that many people have reached the top of the high mountain.
4. Do you know Li Shimin, a ________(rule) of the Tang Dynasty(朝代)?
5. What's your favorite ________(music) group?
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Tea ________ to Western countries in 1610.
A. brings B. brought
C. is brought D. was brought
2. The rabbit ________ the hole and couldn't come out.
A. fell into B. fell off
C. fell away D. fell from
3. —I heard that tea was invented ________ accident.
—It is true.
A. in B. at C. by D. for
4. These flowers are very beautiful and smell ________.
A. well B. nice C. delicious D. terrible
5. The prices in the shop are very ________， so many people go there to buy things.
A. expensive B. cheap
C. high D. low
6. The 21th World Cup ________ in Russia in 2018.
A. will take place B. take place
C. will happen D. happen


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. I'm very thirsty and want to drink some tea. I'll b________ some water.
2. Don't forget to l________ the door when you leave the classroom.
3. I can't understand the sentence. Please t________ it into Chinese.
4. I must go shopping. There is nothing in the ________(冰箱).
5. It's very important to know what to do in an ________(地震).
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. A bird flew into the classroom through the window ________(sudden) when we were having the English class.
2. Every country has its own ________(nation) culture.
3. Is there a man ________(call) Mike in your office?
4. We should help to spread the ________(popular) of knowledge about safety among the students.
5. My father is always the first ________(get) up in our family because he likes to exercise.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. One of the world's famous inventions ________the telephone.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
2. Look! A boy has fallen ________the river. Let's go and save him.
A. into B. off C. over D. away
3. —People say that this kind of tofu ________ terrible.
—That's true. But it tastes delicious.
A. feels B. sounds
C. tastes D. smells
4. Mr. Zhang had an accident, but ________， he wasn't hurt badly.
A. luck B. lucky
C. luckily D. unluckily
5. All of us should know ________ on well with our teachers and classmates.
A. how get B. how getting
C. what to get D. how to get
6. ________ we'll go on a school trip next week.
A. It says that B. It is said that
C. People are said that D. It believes that
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 地震总是发生得很突然。
Earthquakes always happen ________ ________ ________ ________.
2. 毫无疑问他是最好的运动员。
He is the best player ________ ________.
3. 昨天我偶然遇见了那位歌手。
I met the singer ________ ________ yesterday.
4. 这个会议将在下周五举行。
The meeting will ________ ________ next Friday.
5. 他建议我不要单独出去。
He ________ me ________ ________ ________ out alone.
6. 莉莉以低价买了这本书。
Lily bought the book ________ ________ ________ ________．

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话， 其中有两项多余。
A. What is it used for?
B. I think it was invented in 1876.
C. Where was it made?
D. I hope so.
E. Which do you think is more useful?
F. Do you think it was invented before the car?
G. I enjoy making telephone calls.
A: Do you know when the telephone was invented?
B: Yes. ____1____
A: ____2____
B: No, I think it was invented after the car.
A: ____3____
B: It's used for talking with our friends and relatives.
A: ____4____
B: I think the car is more useful than the telephone. It can take us to everywhere we want to go.
A: Would you like to buy a car someday?
B: ____5____
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________ 5. ________

Section B (1a—1e)



Ⅰ. 选词填空，了解本课重点词汇

1. Tom likes ice-cream. It tastes ________.
2. The food isn't ________ enough. Let's add some more salt to it.
3. Lemons are a kind of ________ fruit.
4. Potato chips are really ________ and salty.
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 薯片是人们在无意中发明的。
Potato chips were invented ________ ________.
2. 顾客认为土豆不够薄。
The customer thought the potatoes were not ________ ________.
3. 乔治想让那个顾客高兴。
George wanted to ________ the customer ________．
4. 最后顾客高兴了。
The customer was happy ________ ________ ________.


1. mistake n. 错误 v. 误会，看错

阅读下面句子，思考并体会句中画线部分的含义
Potato chips were invented by_mistake.
薯片是人们在无意中发明的。(教材第45页)
The boy often makes_mistakes．
这个男孩经常犯错。
He often mistakes Lucy for Lily.
他经常错把露西当成莉莉。
　


①昨晚我错拿了汤姆的雨伞。
I took Tom's umbrella ________ ________ yesterday evening.
②学习英语时不要怕出错。
Don't be afraid to ________ ________ ________learning English.


阅读下面句子，思考并体会句中画线部分的用法
The customer was happy in_the_end.
最后顾客高兴了。(教材第45页)
We'll have an English test at_the_end_of this week.
这个周末我们要举行一次英语测试。
This building will be finished by_the_end_of this year. 这座楼将于今年年底竣工。
　end构成的常用短语
in the end
意为“最后；终于”，相当于finally或at last，不与of连用，常置于句末；置于句首时，常用逗号与句子分开
at the end of
意为“在……的终点；在……结束时”，后接表示地点或时间的名词
by the end of
意为“到……末为止”

①At last, she became one of the best students in her class. (改为同义句)
________ ________ ________， she became one of the best students in her class.
②在街道的尽头，你会看到那家银行。
You will see the bank ________ ________ ________ ________ the street.

Ⅰ. 选择方框内合适的词填空

1. Eating too much ________ food is bad for your teeth.
2. There is a book ________ Robinson Crusoe. Many students like reading it.
3. If you aren't careful enough, you'll make some ________ in your homework.
4. Don't add salt anymore. It's so ________ that we can't eat.
5. The ice is too ________. It's dangerous to skate on it.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. The girl thought she was not ________， so she didn't eat breakfast every day.
A. thin enough B. enough thin
C. heavy enough D. enough heavy
2. ________， they finished the work with the help of their friends.
A. At the end of B. In last
C. In the end D. By the end
3. —Who ________ potato chips ________ by?
—George Crum.
A. did; invent B. are; invented
C. was; invented D. were; invented
4. —I couldn't find my pen anywhere.
—Don't worry. Maybe someone took it ________.
A. by mistake B. made a mistake　
C. make mistakes D. for mistake
5. Do you know ________？
A. how the car is invented
B. how the car was invented
C. how is the car invented
D. how was the car invented


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. I don't like lemons because they're too ________(酸的).
2. Can you play an ________(乐器)?
3. The French fries are very c________. Let's eat some more.
4. Yesterday Ann wore my hat by m________， because mine is the same as hers.
5. We should provide the best service for our c________.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Hurry up! The bus is coming.
—Wait a minute. Don't cross the street ________ the traffic light is green.
A. after B. until
C. while D. since
2. Our teacher often mistakes Tom ________ Tim.
A. with B. for C. to D. in
3. —What happened to the forest?
—Some trees ________ by someone.
A. cut down B. were cut down
C. have cut down D. have been cut down
4. Paper ________widely in our daily lives.
A. use B. used
C. was used D. is used
5. The students at the back can't see ________.
A. enough clearly B. clearly enough
C. enough clear D. clear enough
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 杰瑞想让汤姆不高兴。
Jerry wanted to ________ Tom ________.
2. 孩子们说薯片不够咸。
The children said the potato chips ________ ________ ________.
3. 他在鱼和薯片上撒了些盐。
He ________ some salt ________ the fish and potato chips.
4. 昨天我直到十点才回家。
I ________ go home ________ ten o'clock yesterday.
5. 最后那个男孩终于到达了山顶。
________ ________ ________， the boy got to the top of the mountain.

Ⅳ. 任务型阅读
Where is the true home of the hamburger?
(2015·青岛改编)The kind of beef we see in hamburgers, minced(切碎的) beef, was possibly invented by Mongolians over 800 years ago. But who first put the beef in between pieces of bread and called it a hamburger? Three different cities in the United States all say that they were the first to invent America's favorite food.
Some people say that Fletcher Davis, from Athens, invented hamburgers. “Old Dave”，as people called him, was selling minced beef sandwiches in his lunch bar as early as the 1880s. Some years later, they say that a group of Germans called ①his sandwich a “hamburger” because people from the German city of Hamburg ate this kind of beef.
Other people believe that the hamburger came from a different American city. ②Coincidentally, its name was also Hamburg. The Menches brothers were selling pork sandwiches at a fair in 1885，but when there was no more pork, they used minced beef and gave it a new name, the “hamburger”.
The third possible inventor of the hamburger was Charlie Nagreen, also known as “Hamburger Charlie”，from Seymour. He said that in 1885 he invented the world's first hamburgers. Seymour now celebrates the invention of the hamburger every year. In 1989, it was the home of the world's largest ever burger—over 2,500 kg!
任务一　请根据短文内容，完成句子。每空一词。
1. There are three American cities in this passage. They are Athens, ________ and ________.
2. When there was no more ________ at a fair in 1885, the Menches brothers used minced beef ________．
任务二　请根据短文内容，用英语表达①处画线单词his所指代的内容。________
任务三　请根据短文内容，猜测②处画线单词coincidentally的中文意思。________
A. 幸运地　　B. 碰巧地　　C. 相反地
任务四　请根据短文内容，回答问题。
How often is the invention of the hamburger celebrated in Seymour? ________.



























Section B (2a—2e)


Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 多于　____________
2. 把……分开 ____________
3. at the same time ____________
4. dream of ... ____________
5. the number of ____________
6. 钦佩；仰慕 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 人们认为，历史上的首次篮球赛是在1891年12月21日举行的。
________ ________ ________ ________ the first basketball game in history ________ ________ on December 21, 1891.
2. 篮球是由一个叫詹姆斯·奈史密斯的加拿大医生发明的。
Basketball ________ ________ by a Canadian doctor ________ James Naismith.
3. 他们需要阻止对方把球投到他们自己的篮筐里。
They need to ________ the competing team ________ ________ the ball into their own basket.
4. 篮球不仅已经成为一项可以玩的受欢迎的运动，而且也已经成为一项受欢迎的观赏运动。
Basketball has ________ ________ become a popular sport to play, ________ it has also become a popular sport to watch.
5. 这些明星激励着年轻人为实现他们的梦想而努力奋斗。
These stars ________ young people ________ ________ ________ to achieve their dreams.




阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义及用法
Dr. Naismith divided the men in his class into two teams and taught them to play his new game.
奈史密斯博士将他班里的男生分成两队并教他们玩他的新运动项目。(教材第46页)
The students in our class are_divided_into three groups. 我们班的学生被分成了三组。

(1)divide动词，意为“分开；分散”，指把具有统一性的东西分成几部分，常见的词组为divide ... into “把……分开”。
(2)divide ... into可用于被动语态，即be divided into，意为“被分为”。

The teacher divided his students ________ five groups.
A. for B. into C. at D. from
2. stop ... from doing sth. 阻止……做某事

阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
At the same time, they need to stop the competing team from_getting the ball into their own basket.
他们需要阻止对方把球投到他们自己的篮筐里。(教材第46页)
Nothing can stop/prevent/keep them from_exercising. 没有什么能阻止他们锻炼身体。

stop ... from doing sth. 意为“阻止……做某事”，此处stop也可以换为动词prevent或keep。
【注意】
主动语态中stop/prevent ... from doing sth.中的 from可以省略， keep ... from doing sth.中的from不可以省略；被动语态中均不能省略from。

①I'll try my best to stop them from ________(play) computer games all the time.
②你必须阻止你儿子熬夜。
You must ________ your son ________ ________ up late.
3. the number of ... ……的数量

阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
The_number_of foreign players, including Chinese players, in the NBA has increased.
NBA中外国运动员的数量，包括中国运动员，已经增加了。(教材第46页)
A_number_of birds are in the tree.
很多鸟在树上。
　
(1)the number of ... 意为“……的数量”，在句中作主语时，谓语动词用________(单数/复数)形式。
(2)a number of 意为“若干；一些；许多”， 后接可数名词的复数，在句中作主语时谓语动词用________(单数/复数)形式。

①在我们市，学生的数量正在增加。
________ ________ ________ students in our city is increasing.
②The number of teachers in our school ________ 110 and a number of them ________ men teachers.
A. is; are B. are; is
C. are; are D. is; is

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. The number of the books in the library ________(be) ten million.
2. —Do you know the boy ________(name) Jim?
—Of course. He is one of my good friends.
3. Norman Bethune is a ________(Canada) doctor.
4. There are altogether about 600 people in the small village, ________(include) the old people and children.
5. —What can we do to stop the baby from ________(cry)?
—Maybe we can buy something delicious for her.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Not only we but also our teacher ________ to play ________ basketball.
A. like; the B. like; /
C. likes; the D. likes; /
2. Ping-pong is played ________ many people all over the world, ________ fun and exercise.
A. by; for B. by; to
C. with; for D. with; to
3. The teacher ________ the students ________ two teams.
A. divide; to B. divided; into
C. divided; in D. divide; into
4. We saw a group of women ________ on the square on our way to school yesterday morning.
A. to play B. played
C. playing D. are playing
5. ________he is 80 years old, ________he can do a lot of work himself.
A. Although; but B. Although; /
C. /; because D. Because; so
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 他们都很钦佩他们的老师。
They all________ ________ ________ their teacher.
2. 人们认为如果它是一本有趣的书，它一定会吸引读者。
________ ________ ________ ________ if a book is interesting, it will surely interest the reader.
3. 她很沮丧，你应该鼓励她去参加聚会。
She is down. You should ________her ________ ________to the party.
4. 那家工厂有200多人。
There are ________ ________200 people in that factory.
5. 我女儿梦想将来当一名医生。
My daughter ________ ________ becoming a doctor in the future.


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. There was only one apple, so Mom d________ it into two halves and gave them to us.
2. Many Olympic champions(冠军) are regarded as h________ in our country.
3. It's hard to become a p________ basketball player. You have to work hard.
4. The old man is a ________(加拿大的) scientist.
5. You can take a ________(篮子) with you if you go shopping. Don't use too many plastic bags.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —To achieve a bright future, we should ________ study hard ________ keep in good health.
—I agree with you.
A. not; but B. not only; but also
C. neither; nor D. either; or
2. —A number of students ________in this school.
—Let me see. The number of the students ________ about 1,000.
A. are; is B. is; are
C. are; are D. is; is
3. A girl ________ Lily made a phone call to you just now.
A. names B. calls C. named D. calling
4. The person I ________ is my father. He works hard and looks after us well.
A. look up B. look up to
C. look for D. look forward
5. I stop my father from ________at home.
A. smoke B. smoked
C. to smoke D. smoking
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 戴维经常踢足球，为了玩也为了锻炼身体。
David often plays football, ________ ________ ________ ________.
2. 根据他们的年龄，这些人被分为两组。
These people were ________ ________ two groups according to their ages.
3. 许多年轻人梦想成为体育明星。
Many young men ________ ________ ________ sports stars.
4. 他是一位音乐教师，同时也是一位歌手。
He is a music teacher and ________ ________ ________ ________ he is also a singer.
5. 人们认为足球起源于中国。
________ ________ ________ ________ football is from China.

Ⅳ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. It can hardly be seen in China now.
B. Then the water could be brought up.
C. It was invented many years ago.
D. Usually two people stood on it.
E. It was used for getting water.
F. What was it used for?
G. It's an old machine.
A: What's that?
B: __1__
A: When was it invented?
B: __2__
A: How did it work?
B: __3__ They pushed the pedals(踏板) down hard with their feet. __4__
A: What was it made of?
B: It was made of wood. __5__
A: Yes, I never saw such a machine before.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________ 5. ________
Ⅴ. 阅读理解
How much do you know about Albert Einstein?
(2015·成都改编)Albert Einstein, born on March 14, 1879 in Germany, was a great scientist in the world. He was strange because he hated haircuts and new clothes. He believed in peace. All his life, he hated war. However, his most famous idea, E＝mc2 , helped create the world's most dangerous weapon(武器). Many people think he was the smartest person in the world. But Einstein said he_thought_like_a_child_with_many_questions_and_
unusual_ideas._
What did he like?
Einstein liked learning sailing(帆船运动). He sailed in small boats all his life. He once joked, “Sailing is the sport that takes the least energy！”
When Einstein was a child, his mother made him take violin lessons. At first, he didn't like the violin. But then he learned to love music and became a good violinist. Later he said, “Love is the best teacher.”
Why is the sky blue?
In 1910, Einstein asked a question which many children often ask, “Why is the sky blue？” After his careful research, he answered the question like this: “It's because light is made up of many colors including blue. When light travels to Earth, gas particles(气体颗粒) spread the blue light all over the sky.” His answer is true in physics.
1. According to the passage, Albert Einstein ________ haircuts and new clothes.
A. forgot B. minded
C. disliked D. loved
2. The underlined part actually shows Albert Einstein was a(n) ________ person.
A. clever
B. imaginative　
C. forgetful
D. boring
3. Einstein ________ sailing and playing the violin.
A. was interested in
B. looked forward to　
C. was known for
D. didn't love
4. From Paragraph 3 we know that ________．
A. Mother teaches the best
B. without Mother's push, we can't love anything
C. when we love something, we'd like to learn about it
D. Einstein wasn't interested in anything except science
5. Einstein offered a(n) ________ explanation for the question why the sky is blue.
A. magic
B. scientific
C. careful
D. unbelievable

Section B (3a—Self Check)



Ⅰ. 选词填空，了解本单元重点词汇

1. There is no ________ that the computer is a good invention.
2. Who is the ________of the special pen?
3. It has three colors and is ________ for drawing.
4. You can get a lot of information if you search the ________.
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 在课堂上请尽快做笔记。
Please ________ ________ quickly in class.
2. 这支特殊的钢笔是由刘杰发明的。
This special pen ________ ________ by Liu Jie.
3. 经常很难判定某些发明的发明者是谁。
________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ on the inventor of certain inventions.
4. 所以一些人怀疑是不是发明者自己想出的这个主意。
So some people doubt ________ the inventor ________ ________ ________ the idea himself or herself.



本单元以“发明”为话题， 围绕这一话题谈论历史上及日常生活中的一些重要发明及其用途。而最能全面体现本单元话题及语言运用能力的话题作文就是关于“谈论某项发明的历史及用途”的写作。这也是单元测试和中考等试题中常考的话题作文之一。

根据下列提示，写一篇有关纸的发明历史的短文。
提示：
1. 世界上原来没有纸，人们在石头或者木片、竹片上写字。
2. 中国的蔡伦发明了纸，并教会了人们用各种废料来造纸。
3. 纸的发明推动了人类文明的进步，人们会永远记住这位伟大的发明家。
4. 词汇：carve characters(刻字), bark(树皮), civilization(文明)
要求：1. 行文连贯，语句通顺；
2. 词数80～100，短文开头已给出，不计入总词数。
About two thousand years ago, there was no paper in the world. ________________________________________________________________________________________
1. 人称：第三人称。
2. 时态：一般现在时和一般过去时。
3. 结构提纲：
(1)开篇点题：世界上原来并没有纸。
(2)陈述过程：详细说明纸的发明过程。
(3)回扣主题：谈论纸的发明的重要性。
4. 语句储备：
(1)used to do sth.
(2)A great inventor called/named ...
(3) ... be used for ...

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. The boy is interested in science and wants to be a famous ________(invent)．
2. It is easy for me ________(play) basketball well because my father taught me about it when I was very young.
3. It ________(use) to carry things in the old days.
4. —Do you have your own ________(person) computer?
—Of course I do.
5. All the students are asked not ________(listen) to music in the classroom.

Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Where is my pen?
—Oh, sorry, I have taken yours ________ mistake.
A. by B. to C. with D. in
2. The MP3 is used for ________ music.
A. listen to B. listening
C. listening to D. listen
3. —I feel very happy that I ________ to be the host just now.
—Congratulations!
A. choose B. was chosen
C. am chosen D. have chosen
4. The monkey was seen ________ off the tall tree.
A. jump B. jumps C. jumped D. to jump
5. ________ is believed that our teacher always works late at night.
A. It B. That C. This D. He


Ⅰ. 从方框中选词并用其适当形式填空

1. The zipper is a good ________for us human beings.
2. Dr. Naismith ________ a new game called basketball.
3. The number of Chinese students in Canada has ________.
4. The class is ________ into five groups.
5. It is ________ that he is an honest student.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Nancy doesn't like doing chores. But she was made ________ the dishes yesterday.
A. wash B. to wash　
C. washing D. to washing
2. The bread that was thrown away just now had a ________ taste.
A. salty B. sour
C. sweet D. crispy
3. —How many new desks and chairs are there in your school?
—There are over 3，000. Each of us has one.
A. less than B. most
C. more than D. as many as
4. All the wood will be used ________ building the bridge.
A. for B. by
C. with D. to
5. —What do your classmates think of the movie?
—________ all my classmates like it very much. They want to see it again.
A. Nearly B. Hardly
C. Friendly D. Slowly
Ⅲ. 句型转换
1. Personal computers were invented in_1976. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ personal computers ________？
2. The telephone was invented by Bell. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ the telephone ________ ________？
3. Sweaters are used for keeping_warm. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________sweaters________ ________？
4. I think the most annoying invention is the_alarm_clock. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ ________ ________is the most annoying invention?
5. They built the bridge two years ago. (改为被动语态)
The bridge ________ ________ two years ago by them.
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 是杰克首先想出那个好主意的。
It is Jack who ________ ________ ________ the good idea first.
2. 他的钱昨天被偷了。
His money ________ ________ yesterday.
3. 我们应当阻止人们过度砍伐树木。
We should ________ people ________ ________ down too many trees.
4. 玛丽不仅会唱歌，还会跳舞。
Mary can ________ ________ sing ________ dance.
5. 体育明星总是受人仰慕。
Sports stars ________ always ________ ________ to.


Ⅴ. 短文填空
用所给词的正确形式填空。
We can see many inventions around us every day. Some of the inventions have already__1__ (change) our life and made our world more beautiful. Paper is a kind of__2__(use) invention. There was no paper for people to use a few thousand years ago. A lot of __3__(invent) in China wanted to find a new way for people to make a thing that could __4__(write) on. It must be cheap and light enough. A kind of paper had already been invented at the __5__(begin) of the Han Dynasty, but it was too thin and soft, so most authors would like __6__(use) the heavy bamboo.
At that time, there was a man __7__(call) Cai Lun. He was very familiar with the technique and then he made a new kind of paper which was based on that. This new kind of paper __8__(make) of wood, used cloth and something that was very cheap and quite easy to get. As a result, people now in the world __9__(be) still __10__(use) the paper which is made by the way that Cai Lun began to use.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________　
4. ________ 5. ________　6. ________　
7. ________　8. ________ 9. ________　
10. ________


































单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. The little boy fell into a hole and r________ there for two hours yesterday afternoon.
2. The food that my mother is cooking s________ nice. I can't wait to eat it.
3. No one will d________ him because he is such an honest boy.
4. If you know the meaning, you don't need to t________ these sentences into Chinese.
5. —Thank you for helping me clean the house.
—My p________.
6. What's your ________(day) work? Can you tell me?
7. Can you see the ________(music) notes clearly?
8. Those basketball stars are ________(hero) in my heart.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 有道理　____________
2. 当然 ____________
3. 偶然；意外地 ____________
4. less than ____________
5. 发生；出现 ____________
6. 毫无疑问；的确 ____________
7. at a low price ____________
8. 突然；猛地 ____________
9. 错误地；无意中 ____________
10. in the end ____________
11. 把……分开 ____________
12. at the same time ____________
13. 不但……而且…… ____________
14. the number of ____________
15. 钦佩；仰慕 ____________
16. come up with ____________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. ——算盘是什么时候被发明的？
——它是在六世纪被发明的。
— ________ was the abacus invented?
—It ________ ________ in the sixth century.
2. ——它们是被用来做什么的？
——它们是被用来舀水的。
—________ are they________ ________？
—They're used for scooping water.
3. 你应当阻止你爸爸喝太多的白酒。
You should ________ your father ________ ________ too much wine.
4. 人们认为， 历史上的第一届世界杯足球赛是在1930年举行的。
It's________ ________ the first Football World Cup competition in history was played in 1930.
5. 王梅不仅会唱歌而且会弹钢琴。
Wang Mei can ________ ________ sing ________ ________ play the piano.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
把下列句子改为被动语态
1. Bell invented the telephone in 1876.
The telephone________ ________ ________ Bell in 1876.
2. Jack drank the milk just now.
The milk ________ ________ by Jack just now.
3. We saw a stranger enter the hall.
A stranger ________ ________ ________ enter the hall.
4. The police caught Bill because of his drunk driving.
Bill________ ________ ________ the police because of his drunk driving.
5. My students always share ideas in class.
Ideas ________ always ________ by my students in class.
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
动词的时态及语态， not only ... but also ...与其他连词的辨析，动词短语辨析，系动词smell以及My pleasure.或With pleasure.在交际中的运用。
1. (2015·青岛)At school, we are taught ________ knowledge ________ how to behave well.
A. neither; nor B. either; or
C. not only; but also D. not; but
2. (2015·南京)Pukou Railway Station ________ in 1911 and it has become a filming location for films and TV plays in recent years.
A. build B. is built
C. built D. was built
3. (2015·连云港)In the past few years, great changes ________ in Lianyungang.
A. take place B. took place
C. have taken place D. have been taken place
4. (2015·荆州)—What do you think of the dish I cooked for you?
—I haven't had it yet. However, it ________ good.
A. tastes B. smells
C. sounds D. feels
5. (2015 ·黄冈)—Could you please sweep the floor? I'm going to cook dinner.
—________. I'll do it at once, Mom.
A. I'm afraid not B. You're kidding　
C. It's a shame D. With pleasure


阶段检测卷(Unit 6)
(时间：60分钟　分值：100分)


Ⅰ. 单项选择(每小题2分，共20分)
1. Mom is making dinner. It ________ so nice!
A. smells B. tastes C. feels D. sounds
2. The police found the lost car ________.
A. with mistake B. by accident
C. by mistakes D. in accident
3. Not only my parents but also my uncle ________ my grandparents once a week.
A. visit B. visits
C. are visiting D. go to visit
4. The girl has a boyfriend ________ Bill.
A. call B. called
C. is called D. is calling
5. —What kinds of potato chips do you like?
—I like ________ ones because they are hard, dry and easily broken.
A. crispy B. sweet C. soft D. sour
6. ________is believed that Edison invented the light bulb.
A. It B. That C. This D. He
7. —________ is the population of your city?
—There are about four ________.
A. What; million
B. What; millions
C. How many; million
D. How many; millions
8. The number of books in the bookshop ________ about 10，000 and a number of them ________ about science.
A. is; are B. is; is C. are; is D. are; are
9. —Thanks for supporting the volunteer project!
—________．
A. All right B. My pleasure
C. Never mind D. It doesn't matter
10. —Mike, I looked for you everywhere last night.
—Oh, I ________ to the party.
A. am invited B. invited
C. invite D. was invited
Ⅱ. 完形填空(每小题2分，共20分)
James Dyson is a famous British inventor. One of his well-known inventions is the bagless vacuum cleaner(真空吸尘器). He __1__ it in 1978. Today Dyson still _2__ that day. “... I was the only man in the world with a bagless vacuum cleaner！”he said.
Dyson, 65, wasn't a(n) __3__ at first. When he studied art at the Royal College of Art in London, he began to show an interest in design. There he invented his first product, the Sea Truck. It was a boat for __4__ anything between islands.
Then he started his first company to make and sell __5__ invention, the Ballbarrow, a kind of vehicle(交通工具). But later Dyson left his __6__. He didn't agree with his partners.
After that Dyson began to improve on the vacuum cleaner. In 1985, Dyson took his product to Japan and __7__ the Japanese to sell it. However, he didn't make much money. Several years later Dyson decided to __8__ and sell the machine himself. By 2005, Dyson had controlled both the European and American __9__.
__10__ the way, Dyson discovered the secret of success, “People buy products if they're better.”
1. A. discovered B. invented
C. produced D. found
2. A. remembers B. forgets
C. notices D. tastes
3. A. engineer B. director
C. listener D. soldier
4. A. taking B. fetching
C. carrying D. bringing
5. A. other B. the other
C. another D. others
6. A. company B. circle
C. country D. research
7. A. didn't allow B. made
C. allowed D. didn't make
8. A. produce B. divide
C. create D. throw
9. A. baskets B. markets
C. websites D. organizations
10. A. Below B. In
C. Towards D. To
Ⅲ. 阅读理解(每小题2分，共10分)
Nobody knows who invented the pencil or when it was invented. A Swiss described a pencil in a book in 1565. He said it was a piece of wood with lead(铅) inside it. Pencils weren't popular at that time, and people continued to write with pens. In 1795, someone started making pencils from graphite(石墨) and they became very popular. Today, people make pencils in the same way. They put it inside a piece of wood. One pencil can make a line as long as 55 kilometers.
When people wrote with pens, they had to put the penpoint into ink after writing every few letters. Later someone invented a fountain pen(自来水笔) and this kind of pen could hold ink inside it. A fountain pen can write several pages before you have to fill it again.
Two brothers, Ladislao and Georg Biro, invented the ballpoint pen that we all use today. They left their country Hungary and started producing ballpoint pens in England in 1943 during World War Ⅱ. Later, a French company called Bic bought the Biro brothers' company. Someone calls ballpoint pens bics. Australians call them biros. Whatever they are called, we use them every day.
1. When was the pencil invented according to the passage?
A. In 1565. B. In 1795.
C. In 1943. D. Before 1565.
2. What do people use to make pencils today?
A. Graphite. B. Steel.
C. Stone. D. Ink.
3. What does the underlined word “penpoint” mean in Chinese?
A. 笔杆 B. 笔帽 C. 笔尖 D. 笔筒
4. Where were Ladislao and Georg Biro from?
A. America. B. Australia.
C. England. D. Hungary.
5. What is the passage mainly about?
A. Some famous inventors.
B. The invention of pencils and some other kinds of pens.
C. Who invented the pencil.
D. Which kind of pen is the most useful.
Ⅳ. 根据句意及汉语提示完成单词(每小题2分，共10分)
1. The bank has lots of ________(客户).
2. I ________(怀疑) if he is right.
3. He bought the car at a ________(低的) price.
4. I don't like the ________(款式) of the shoes.
5. You didn't ________(提到) the girl.
Ⅴ. 完成句子(每小题2分，共10分)
1. 爸爸把比萨分成了四份。
Dad ________ the pizza ________ four parts.
2. 毫无疑问，他是我教过的最聪明的学生。
________ ________， he is the cleverest student I have ever taught.
3. 突然，灯熄灭了。
________ ________ ________ ________， the lights went off.
4. 我梦想有一天能周游世界。
I ________ ________ traveling around the world one day.
5. 人们非常仰慕这位年轻的英雄。
People ________ ________ ________ the young hero very much.
Ⅵ. 短文填空(每小题1分，共10分)
从方框中选词并用其适当形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
front, instrument, pleasure, return, list, lock, doubt, help, nearly, sudden
I am Professor Smith. I have just invented a(n) __1__ that allows people to travel into the past or the future for five hours.
I thought I would have a great __2__ of seeing what my father was like when he was young.
I made a __3__ of what I should take and put these things into a bag. I wrote the words“1964, 11 Niven Road, Singapore” and then touched the button(按钮) ... In a moment, I was in __4__ of the house where my father used to live in.
I saw four children looking for a lost dog. They were
my father, my uncle Kelvin, my aunts Peek and Janet. I
__5__ them look for their lost dog, Blackie.
We climbed a hill and tried to find Blackie. __6__ we heard a dog barking(吠叫). “Blackie！” my father shouted. We saw a dog chained(用锁链拴住) to a tree beside a house. The door of the house was __7__.
A man opened the door. We asked him to __8__ Blackie to us. My father called out Blackie's name and the dog was happy to hear his voice. Without __9__ it was Blackie.
My five hours were __10__ used up. What an interesting experience!
1．________　2. ________　3. ________　
4. ________ 5．________　6. ________　
7. ________　8. ________ 9．________　10.________
Ⅶ. 书面表达(共20分)
电视是一项伟大的发明，它丰富了我们的生活，开阔了我们的视野，也能使我们放松疲惫的身躯……电视对我们的学习、工作和生活都有帮助。但是，看电视太多对我们的健康、学习和生活也有负面影响。请你写一篇80～100词的短文，谈谈你对电视的看法。
提示词：enrich(使丰富), relax, open one's eyes and minds, be useful to, sight, do one's lessons

Unit 6　When was it invented?

Section A (1a－2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. shoes with special heels　 2. ……的风格/样式　3. 想起　4. 当然了，很愿意　5. daily lives　6. have a point
Ⅱ. 1. When was; invented; was invented in　
2. What are; used for; used for seeing　
3. such a great
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①is used for cutting/is used to cut　②is used to make
2. [探究总结] 人；物
[对点训练] ①D　②D
3. [对点训练] ①C　②hearing
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. daily　2. pleasure　3. meeting　
4. making 5. was built
Ⅱ. 1－5 DBDAD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. style　2. mentions　3. project　
4. pioneers　5. websites
Ⅱ. 1. Were; invited　2. cutting　3. the most useful 4. pleasure　5. heels
Ⅲ. 1－5 CBAAC
Ⅳ. 1. When was; invented　2. Who was; invented by 3. What are; used　4. was built　5. wasn't written
Ⅴ. 1. with　2. Who　3. were　4. for　
5. changing 6. invented　7. seeing　
8. hot　9. scooping　10. sounds
Ⅵ. 1. C　细节理解题。根据文章第一段“Have you seen Monster Hunt? It's a popular 3D movie, and you may have to wear 3D glasses to see it.”可知选C。
2. B　细节理解题。根据文章第一段“The 3D glasses make the images from the movie look as if they were coming straight towards you.”可知选B。
3. D　细节理解题。根据文章第二段第二句“Some say that 3D TV sets will come into our homes in the near future.”可知选D。
4. B　细节理解题。根据文章第三段第一句“When we look at an object, each eye sees it at a different angle and send the two images to our brain, and the brain puts them together.”可知选B。
5. A　细节理解题。根据文章第三段第四句“3D glasses allow us to see a different image in each eye.”可知选A。
Section A (3a－4c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. by accident　2. 掉进　3. 少于　
4. take place 5. ……的受欢迎程度　
6. without doubt　7. 以低价
8. all of a sudden
Ⅱ. 1. It is said that; called　
2. were grown; to make tea
3. is believed that; was brought　
4. When was; drunk
5. advised; not to go
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①It is reported that　②It's known that
2. [对点训练] ①pleasant smell　②B
3. [对点训练] C
[语法聚焦]
　[对点训练] ①C　②C　③B
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. national　2. was discovered　3. said　4. ruler　5. musical
Ⅱ. 1—6 DACBDA
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. boil　2. lock　3. translate　4. fridge　
5. earthquake
Ⅱ. 1. suddenly　2. national　3. called　
4. popularity 5. to get
Ⅲ. 1—6 AADCDB
Ⅳ. 1. all of a sudden　2. without doubt　
3. by accident 4. take place　5. advised; not to go　6. at a low price
Ⅴ. 1－5 BFAED
Section B (1a－1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. sweet　2. salty　3. sour　4. crispy
Ⅱ. 1. by mistake　2. thin enough　3. make; happy 4. in the end
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①by mistake　②make mistakes in
2. [对点训练] ①In the end　②at the end of
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. sweet　2. called　3. mistakes　4. salty　5. thin
Ⅱ. 1－5 ACDAB
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. sour　2. instrument　3. crispy　
4. mistake　5. customers
Ⅱ. 1－5 BBBDB
Ⅲ. 1. make; unhappy　2. weren’t salty enough　
3. put; on 4. didn't; until　5. In the end
Ⅳ. 任务一 1. Hamburg; Seymour
2. pork; instead
任务二 Fletcher Davis'/Old Dave's/ Davis'/ Fletcher's
任务三 B
任务四 Every year/Once a year
Section B (2a－2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. more than　2. divide ... into　　3. 同时　4. 梦想…… 5. ……的数量　6. look up to　
Ⅱ. 1. It is believed that; was played　
2. was invented; named　3. stop; from getting　4. not only; but　 5. encourage; to work hard
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] B
2. [对点训练] ①playing　②stop/prevent/keep; from staying
3. [探究总结] (1)单数　(2)复数
[对点训练] ①The number of　②A
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. is　2. named　3. Canadian　
4. including　5. crying
Ⅱ. 1－5 DABCB
Ⅲ. 1. look up to　2. It is believed that　
3. encourage; to go
4. more than　5. dreams of
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. divided　2. heroes　3. professional　
4. Canadian　5. basket
Ⅱ. 1－5 BACBD
Ⅲ. 1. for fun and exercise　2. divided into　
3. dream of becoming　4. at the same time　
5. It is believed that
Ⅳ. 1－5 GCDBA
Ⅴ. 1－5 CBACB
Section B (3a－Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. doubt　2. inventor　3. used　
4. website
Ⅱ. 1. take notes　2. was invented　3. It is often difficult to decide　4. whether; came up with
【课堂合作探究】
[写作指导]
　One possible version：
About two thousand years ago, there was no paper in the world. People used to carve characters in stone, wood or bamboo slips. The rich people wrote on silk or sheep skin.
A great inventor named Cai Lun tried his best to invent and improve paper. He taught people to make paper with waste materials like barks, used cloth and fishing nets. Finally, paper of good quality was invented. It could be used for writing.
After the invention, books became more and more popular all over the world. The invention of paper is very important in the development of human civilization. We will remember Cai Lun, one of the greatest inventors, for ever.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. inventor　2. to play　3. was used　
4. personal 5. to listen
Ⅱ. 1－5 ACBDA
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. invention　2. created　3. risen　
4. divided　5. believed
Ⅱ. 1－5 BBCAA
Ⅲ. 1. When were; invented　
2. Who was; invented by 3. What are; used for　
4. What do you think 5. was built
Ⅳ. 1. came up with　2. was stolen　
3. stop/prevent/keep; from cutting　4. not only; but　5. are; looked up
Ⅴ. 1. changed　2. useful 3. inventors　
4. be written 5. beginning　6. to use　
7. called　8. was made　9. are 10. using
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. remained　2. smells　3. doubt　
4. translate　5. pleasure 6. daily　
7. musical　8. heroes
[短语速译]
1. have a point　2. of course　3. by accident　
4. 少于 5. take place　6. without doubt　
7. 以低价　8. all of a sudden　9. by mistake　10. 最后　11. divide ... into　12. 同时　
13. not only ... but also ...　14. ……的数量　
15. look up to　16. 想出
[句型闯关]
1. When; was invented　2. What; used for　
3. stop; from drinking　4. believed that　
5. not only; but also
[语法专练]
1. was invented by　2. was drunk　3. was seen to 4. was caught by　5. are; shared
[真题演练]
1. C　考查连词短语辨析。neither ... nor ...“既不……也不……”，否定双方；either ... or ...“或者……或者……”，选择一方；not only ... but also ...“不仅……而且……”，肯定双方；not ... but ...“不是……而是……”，肯定后者。由常识可知，在学校老师不仅教知识，而且还教如何做到举止得体。故选C。
2. D　考查被动语态的用法。根据句意“浦口火车站建造于1911年， 最近几年它已经成为电影和电视剧的拍摄基地了。”可知用一般过去时的被动语态。故选D。
3. C　考查时态及语态。由状语in the past few years可知本句须用现在完成时；take place是不及物短语，不可以用于被动语态。故选C。
4. B　考查系动词的用法。taste“尝起来”；smell“闻起来”；sound“听起来”；feel“感觉”。根据句意“——你觉得我为你做的菜怎么样？——我还没有吃呢，但是，它闻起来很好。”可知用smells。故选B。
5. D　考查情景交际。 I'm afraid not“恐怕不行”； you're kidding“你是在开玩笑吧”； it's a shame“真遗憾”；with pleasure“愿意效劳”。根据答语“我会立刻去做，妈妈”，所以应该是“愿意效劳”。故选D。

阶段检测卷(Unit 6)
Ⅰ. 1. A　考查系动词辨析。smell“闻起来”；taste“品尝起来”；feel“感觉起来”；sound“听起来”。根据句意“妈妈正在做饭，饭菜闻起来是那么香！”可知用smells。故选A。
2. B　考查固定搭配。by accident意为“偶然；意外地”；by mistakes、with mistake和in accident均为错误用法。根据题意，警察应是意外地找到了丢失的车。故选B。
3. B　考查主谓一致。not only ... but also ...意为“不但……而且……”，连接两个主语时，谓语动词的使用遵循“就近原则”，根据my uncle可知谓语动词用单数形式。故选B。
4. B　考查过去分词的用法。called Bill为过去分词短语作定语，修饰前面的名词boyfriend。故选B。
5. A　考查形容词词义辨析。由答语中的“因为它们硬、干、容易碎”可知应该是喜欢“脆的”薯片，故选A。
6. A　考查固定句型。It is believed that ...是固定句型，其中it是形式主语，that从句是真正的主语。
7. A　考查固定句式和数词的用法。询问“某地的人口是多少？”用“What's the population of ...？”句式；表示确切数字时，million用单数形式。故选A。
8. A　考查主谓一致。the number of ...“……的数量”，修饰名词作主语时，谓语动词用单数；a number of“若干；一些；许多”，修饰名词作主语时，谓语动词用复数，故选A。
9. B　考查情景交际。当接受别人的感谢时，应该回答“不客气”，故选B。
10. D　考查被动语态的用法。根据句意“——迈克，昨天晚上我到处找你。——噢，我被邀请去参加晚会了。”可知用一般过去时的被动语态。故选D。
Ⅱ. 1. B　discover“发现”；invent“发明”；produce“生产”；find“发现”。根据语境可以判断“他在1978年发明了真空吸尘器”。故选B。
2. A　remember“记得”；forget“忘记”；notice“注意”；taste“品尝”。根据句意“现在戴森仍然记得那一天。”可以判断用remembers。故选A。
3. A　engineer“工程师”；director“导演”；listener“倾听者”；soldier“士兵”。和发明机器最靠近的职业应该是工程师。故选A。
4. C　carry意为“搬运”，符合语境“在岛之间搬运东西”。故选C。
5. C　another表示“另外一个”，后面跟可数名词的单数形式。根据invention为单数形式可以判断用another。故选C。
6. A　根据语境可以判断他之前建立了公司，但是由于和合伙人不和，他离开了公司。故选A。
7. C　make后面应该跟动词原形作宾补；allow后面跟动词不定式作宾补。根据语境可以判断用allowed，表示他允许日本人销售他的产品。故选C。
8. A　produce“生产”；divide“分开”；create“创建”；throw“扔”。根据句意“几年后戴森决定自己生产并销售这种机器。”可以判断用produce。故选A。
9. B　basket“篮子”；market“市场”；website“网址”；organization“组织”。根据句意“到2005年，戴森已经控制了欧美市场。”可以判断用markets。故选B。
10. B　in the way意为“通过这种方式”，符合句意。故选B。
Ⅲ. 1. D　细节理解题。根据第一段第二句话“A Swiss described a pencil in a book in 1565.”可知1565年以前就有了铅笔。故选D。
2. A　细节理解题。根据第一段中“In 1795, someone started making pencils from graphite(石墨) and they became very popular. Today, people make pencils in the same way.”可知，人们现在仍旧用石墨制造铅笔。故选A。
3. C　词义猜测题。 根据句意“用钢笔写字时，每写完几个字母后，人们不得不把钢笔的笔尖放在墨水里蘸一下。”可知penpoint意为“笔尖”。故选C。
4. D　细节理解题。根据最后一段第二句话“They left their country Hungary and started producing ballpoint pens in England in 1943 during World War Ⅱ.”可知他们来自Hungary。故选D。
5. B　主旨大意题。本文主要讲了铅笔和另外几种笔的发明历史。故选B。
Ⅳ. 1. customers　2. doubt　3. low　
4. style　5. mention
Ⅴ. 1. divided; into　2. Without doubt　
3. All of a sudden 4. dream of　5. look up to
Ⅵ. 1. instrument　2. pleasure　3. list　
4. front　5. helped 6. Suddenly　7. locked　8. return　9. doubt　10. nearly
Ⅶ. One possible version：
　The TV is a great invention. It is very popular around the world. It can enrich our life and help us relax. By watching TV, we can learn a lot and see the world without going out. The TV helps to open our eyes and minds. We can learn ways of studying, working and living. I can say for certain that the TV is useful to us. But when we spend too much time watching TV, it will be bad for us. Watching TV too much makes us lose our good sight. Because of watching TV too much, we don't have enough time to do our lessons or have a good rest. The TV should be used properly.

Unit 7　Teenagers should be allowed to choose their own clothes.
Section A (1a—2d)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. no way　　　　　　____________
2. 被允许做某事 ____________
3. 担心 ____________
4. 驾照 ____________
5. part-time job ____________
6. 打耳洞 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 不应该允许青少年抽烟。
Teenagers ________ ________ ________ ________ to smoke.
2. ——我认为不应该允许十六岁的青少年开车。
——我赞同。他们不够稳重。
—I don't think sixteen-year-olds ________ ________ ________ to drive.
—I ________. They aren't ________ ________.
3. 他应该停止戴那个傻里傻气的耳环。
He should ________ ________ that silly earring.
4. 他好像没有很多朋友。
He doesn't ________ ________ ________ many friends.
5. 看毕加索的著名的绘画作品我真的感到很兴奋。
I'm really ________ ________ seeing the famous paintings by Picasso.


1. sixteen-year-olds n. 十六岁的青少年

阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Sixteen-year-olds should be allowed to drive.
应该允许十六岁的青少年开车。(教材第49页)
My pen pal is a sixteen-year-old boy.
我的笔友是个十六岁的男孩。
My sister is sixteen_years_old．
我的妹妹十六岁了。

(1)sixteen-year-olds “十六岁的青少年”，是________(名词/形容词)，相当于sixteen-year-old boys and girls。
(2)sixteen-year-old “十六岁的”，是复合________(名词/形容词)，在句中通常作前置定语，修饰名词。
(3)sixteen years old “十六岁”，用来描述人的年龄，常在句中作表语。

①______should be allowed to do the homework themselves.
A. Sixteen-year-old B. Sixteen years old
C. Sixteen-year-olds D. Sixteen-years-old
②My friend is an________girl.
A. eight-years-old B. eight year old
C. eight-year-olds D. eight-year-old


阅读下面句子，思考并体会句中画线部分的用法
Students should not be_allowed_to_have part-time jobs.
不应该允许学生做兼职。(教材第49页)
Please allow_me_to_introduce myself.
请允许我做一下自我介绍。
We don't allow_smoking in public places.
我们不允许在公共场所吸烟。
　allow的用法
allow及物动词，意为“允许；准许”，常用于以下两种结构：
(1)allow sb. to do sth. “允许某人做某事”，其被动语态为sb. be allowed to do sth.意为“某人被允许做某事”。
(2)allow doing sth.意为“允许做某事”。

①酒后驾驶是不被允许的。
Driving after drinking ________ ________.
②我的父母允许我周末看电视。
My parents ________ me ________ ________ TV on weekends.
③They don't allow ________(talk) loudly in the library.


阅读下面句子，思考并体会句中画线部分的用法
Sixteen-year-olds should be allowed to get_their_ears_pierced．
应该允许十六岁的青少年打耳洞。(教材第49页)
I will have_my_TV_repaired．
我将找人修理我的电视机。

“get/have＋宾语＋过去分词”结构意为“使某事被做”或“让某人做某事”。过去分词表示的动作往往是别人做的，与句中的主语无关。
【点拨】
have sb. do意为“让某人做某事”，其中宾语sb.与动词原形do之间存在主动关系。

①—Tom, why are you in such a hurry?
—Oh, my bike is broken. I'm going to get it ________．
A. repairing B. to repair
C. repaired D. repair
②My mother always has me ________(clean) my room, but I really hate doing the chores.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Does your mother allow you ________(take) the mobile phone to school?
2. My car is too dirty. I'll get it ________(clean) right now.
3. We care about your health and ________(safe)．
4. They seem ________(go) on vacation today.
5. We all need ________(exercise) every day. Health is the most important.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. I think ________ should be allowed to drive in our country.
A. fifteen-year-old
B. fifteen-years-olds
C. fifteen-years-old
D. fifteen-year-olds
2. Don't fight. It ________．
A. allows B. doesn't allow　
C. is allowed D. isn't allowed
3. —Can I watch TV before doing my homework?
—________. You should finish your homework first.
A. OK B. Sure
C. No way D. That's all right
4. Stop ________. It's time to sleep.
A. talk B. talking
C. to talk D. to talking
5. I don't think you are ________ to drive a car.
A. enough young B. young enough
C. enough old D. old enough


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. —Where is my driver's l________？
—It's in your desk.
2. —Can I s________ here?
—Sorry, you can't. Smoking is not allowed in the library.
3. I want to find a ________(兼职的) job and save some money.
4. Where did you buy that ________(耳环)?
5. It's too dark in the room. You should use the ________(闪光灯) if you take photos.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. You will have nothing if there isn't ________(safe).
2. His mother is ________(worry) about his study because he plays computer games all day and all night.
3. Wait a minute. I need some time ________(sweep) the floor.
4. —Do they allow ________(smoke) here?
—I don't think so.
5. Our car is broken. We are having it ________ (repair)．
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. You may be allowed to stay here if you ________ any noise.
A. won't make B. don't make
C. didn't make D. aren't make
2. ________ should find a job to make money.
A. Twenty-year-old B. Twenty-years-old
C. Twenty-year-olds D. Twenty-years-olds
3. I don't think teenagers are ________ to drive.
A. too serious B. so serious
C. serious enough D. enough serious
4. The students shouldn't ________ to stay up late and watch TV.
A. allows B. allowed
C. be allowed D. allow
5. —Dirty water shouldn't be poured into rivers.
—________. It will cause pollution.
A. I agree with you B. Never mind　
C. I disagree D. That's all right
Ⅳ. 句型转换
1. I think we can leave for home now. (改为否定句)
I ________ ________ we can leave for home now.
2. I don't agree with you. (改为同义句)
I ________ ________ you.
3. It seems that she is happy today. (改为同义句)
She ________ ________ today.
4. You must look after her well. (改为被动语态)
She must ________ ________ ________ well.

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. Why do you think so?
B. The teacher shouldn't allow us to sleep in class.
C. I don't think I can do well in school.
D. Why not have a talk with the head teacher?
E. I think we should be allowed to have more free time.
F. I think we can have more time to do our homework.
G. I don't get enough sleep.
A: What school rules do you think should be changed?
B: __1__
A: __2__
B: We stay at school and study all day. And we're so tired.
A: I agree with you.
B: __3__ I can't stop sleeping in class.
A: That's a problem.
B: If anything is not changed, __4__
A: __5__
B: That sounds like a great idea!
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________ 5. ________
Ⅵ. 任务型阅读
(2015·绥化)Do you obey the rules in your school? How do you like your school rules? A lot of school rules are similar around the world, but some are different. Every school has their own rules.
There are some rules in Japanese schools. The students are not allowed to dye(染) their hair and should keep the hair Japanese black color. They are not allowed to wear earrings, either. Almost all schools required students to wear uniforms in the past but now half of the schools require uniforms. The students feel happy to wear all kinds of clothes. The students mustn't be late for school. If they are late, they can't get into the school gate because the school gate is closed. In Japan, students are not allowed to have part－time jobs because they may not concentrate on their study.
American schools have their own rules. For example, in Morton High School, students are not allowed to choose their own clothes. They must get to school and leave school on time. They must wear sports shoes in gym class. They should keep quiet in the school bus. In America, the students can have part-time jobs in their free time.
根据短文内容，回答下列问题。
1. Are you allowed to wear earrings if you are a student in Japan?
____________________________________________
2. Why are the students not allowed to have part－time jobs in Japan?
____________________________________________
3. Japanese schools and Morton High School don't have the same rule, do they?
____________________________________________
4. What must the students in Morton High School wear in gym class?
____________________________________________
5. There must be some rules in your school. Give one example, please.
____________________________________________


Section A (3a—4c)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. make sure　____________
2. 给某人一个拥抱 ________ sb. ________
3. 回嘴；顶嘴 ____________
4. think back ____________
5. be late for ____________
6. 自己做决定 ________ one's ________
7. learn from ____________
8. 避免接近；远离 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 我7岁时，咳嗽得厉害，她说不给我吃冰激凌了。
When I was seven ________ ________， she said no ice-cream ________ me.
2. 我不应被告知该做什么！我现在已经17岁了！
I ________ ________ ________ ________ what to do! I'm seventeen now!
3. 我后悔(跟妈妈)顶嘴，没有听妈妈的话。
I regret ________ ________， not ________ ________ Mom.
4. 妈妈最了解(孩子)，她只是想怎样对我最好！
Mom ________ ________， and ________ me she wanted only the best!
5. 那就是许多中国人成年后仍继续和父母住在一起的原因。
That is why many Chinese adults ________ ________ ________ with their parents.


1. regret v. & n. 感到遗憾；懊悔

阅读下面句子，思考并体会句中画线部分的用法
I regret_talking back, not listening to Mom.
我后悔(跟妈妈)顶嘴，没有听妈妈的话。(教材第51页)
I regret_to_tell you that you have been dismissed.
我很遗憾地告诉你，你被解雇了。
I regret_that I am unable to accept your kind invitation.
很遗憾，我不能接受你的友好邀请。
I regret_what I said.
我后悔说了那些话。
I feel_regret_for my past behavior.
我对我过去的行为感到懊悔。
To_my_regret,_he gave up his plan.
令我遗憾的是，他放弃了他的计划。
　regret的常见用法
动词
regret doing sth. 后悔做了某事(已做)
regret to do sth. 遗憾要去做某事(未做)
regret that/what从句
名词
feel regret for为……感到后悔
to one's regret令某人后悔/遗憾的是

① I regret ________ so many mistakes in the exam.
A. make B. to make
C. making D. made
②你对你所做的事后悔吗？
Do you ________ ________ you did?
③令她遗憾的是，没有人能回答那个问题。
________ ________ ________， no one can answer that question.
2. manage v. 完成(困难的事)；应付(困难局面)

阅读下面句子，思考并体会句中画线部分的用法
This way, when they start working they can manage their own lives.
这样，当他们开始工作时，就能应付自己的生活。(教材第52页)
I am not sure how we will manage it.
我不确定我们将如何去完成这件事。
The shirt was very dirty, but he managed_to_clean it.
这件衬衫很脏，但他设法把它清洗干净了。
The boy tried_to_move the stone but failed.
这个男孩尽力移动这块石头，但失败了。

(1)manage意为“完成；应付”，其后可接名词、代词或动词不定式。
(2)manage to do sth. 与try to do sth. 的用法辨析
manage to do sth.
设法做某事，强调结果，表示“设法做成了某事”
try to do sth.
尽力做某事，表示“尽力做，设法做”，强调过程，结果未知

①He managed ________(finish) the work on time that day.
②我将尽力按时赶到那里。
I'll try ________ ________ there on time.

　

I don't think sixteen－year－olds should_be_allowed to drive.
我认为不应该允许十六岁的孩子开车。(教材第52页)
Teenagers should_not_be_allowed to have part－time jobs.
不应该允许青少年做兼职。
Can the word be_used in this way?
这个单词可以这么用吗？
Who should_be_sent to have the meeting?
谁应该被派去参加会议呢？
　
(1)结构：情态动词＋be＋及物动词的过去分词
(2)句式：
肯定句
主语＋情态动词＋be＋及物动词的过去分词＋...
否定句
问句
主语＋情态动词＋not＋be＋及物动词的过去分词＋...
情态动词＋主语＋be＋及物动词的过去分词＋...？
特殊疑问词＋情态动词(＋主语)＋be＋及物动词的过去分词＋...？
【点拨】
含有情态动词的主动句变被动句时，谓语部分改为“情态动词＋be＋及物动词的过去分词”结构。

①—It's difficult to get to the other side of the river.
—I think a bridge ________ over the river.
A. should be built
B. should build
C. will build
D. has built
②Wood ________ to make paper.
A. can't be used B. be used for
C. can be used D. was used

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Lily manages ________(work) out the math problem.
2. I regret ________(be) late again.
3. We should make our own ________(decide)．
4. They always encourage us ______(work) harder.
5. The trees must ________(water) every day.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. The food there is ________ and I don't want to go there again next time.
A. delicious B. good
C. awful D. healthy
2. You should protect these students and keep them away ________ danger on the school trip.
A. to B. from
C. with D. for
3. I am old enough. I should not ________ what to do anymore.
A. tell B. told
C. be tell D. be told
4. You can't run after ________ so much food.
A. eat B. eating
C. to eat D. ate
5. Li Ming plays basketball well, but I play it ________.
A. good B. bad
C. nice D. badly


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母提示完成单词
1. —Why did the little boy c________？
—He couldn't find his parents.
2. Do you r________ not listening to your parents when you were a child?
3. If you have a c________ to learn English in America, you should take it.
4. Although there are many difficulties, I should m________ to finish the work.
5. The weather is very hot today, but many farmers are still working in the f________.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. We should encourage the children ________(eat) more fruit and vegetables.
2. Mr. Li thinks teenagers should ________(educate) to take care of themselves.
3. Although they were very tired, they continued ________(walk) after having a rest.
4. —Why are you coughing ________(bad)?
—I have a cold.
5. My mother lets me make a ________(decide) by myself this time.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. Her parents regret ________ her advice at that time. In fact, the advice is very good.
A. taking B. to take
C. took D. to taking
2. —How often do I need to feed the bird?
—They ________ food every day, or they will be hungry.
A. must give
B. mustn't give
C. must be given
D. mustn't be give
3. There aren't many tickets left for the concert. You'd better ________ that you get one today.
A. be sure of
B. make a decision
C. make sure
D. make plans
4. Mike's father often ________ when he was young.
A. lifted up him
B. lift him up
C. lifted him up
D. lift up him
5. Tom is very impolite. He often ________ to his mother.
A. talks with B. talks about
C. talks quietly D. talks back
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 如果我生病了，妈妈会待在我的身旁。
If I am ill, my mom will stay ________ ________ ________.
2. 这段时间汤姆从工作中学到了很多知识。
Tom has ________ ________ ________ ________ working these days.
3. 你应当让儿子远离网吧。
You should ________ your son ________ ________ the Internet bar.
4. 没有人告诉我们该做什么。
Nobody told us ________ ________ ________.
5. 回想起童年的时候，他感到非常幸福。
He feels happy when ________ ________ to his childhood.

Ⅴ. 完形填空
My mother's loving hands
(2015·福州改编)Night after night, she came to help me sleep, even long after my childhood years.
I don't remember __1__ it first started making me a little angry—my mom's hands pushing my hair that way. But it really made me uncomfortable, for they __2__ rough(粗糙的) against my young skin. Finally, one night, I __3__ her, “Don't do that any more. Your hands are too rough！” She didn't say anything, __4__ she never did it again.
Years later, I missed my mother's __5__ and her goodnight kiss on my face. I'm not a little girl any more. My mom is __6__ her mid-seventies, and her rough hands are still doing things for my family and me.
Now my own children have __7__. It was late on Thanksgiving Eve. As I slept in my bedroom, a familiar hand ran across my __8__ to push the hair from my head. Then a kiss, ever so softly, touched my brow(额头).
Taking my mom's hand, I told her how __9__ I was for that night I shouted at her. But my mom didn't know what I was talking about. She had forgotten it long ago.
That night, I __10__ with a new appreciation(感激) for my mother's caring hands. And the guilt(内疚) that I had carried around for so long was nowhere to be found.
1. A. when B. where
C. why D. how
2. A. looked B. sounded
C. seemed D. felt
3. A. nodded at B. shouted at
C. laughed to D. smiled at
4. A. so B. or
C. but D. because
5. A. hands B. words
C. smiles D. hair
6. A. on B. in
C. at D. with
7. A. stayed up B. woken up
C. picked up D. grown up
8. A. nose B. face
C. mouth D. hands
9. A. sorry B. tired
C. relaxed D. happy
10. A. left home B. kept working
C. fell asleep D. woke up

























Section B (1a—1e)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. finish a test early　　____________
2. worry about ____________
3. 考试及格 ________ the test
4. fail a math test ____________
5. 对某人严格 be ________ ________ sb.
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 你曾经上课迟到过吗？
Do you ever ________ ________ ________ ________？
2. 应该允许彼得补考。
Peter should be allowed to ________ ________ ________ ________.
3. 父母不应该对青少年要求过严。
Parents should not ________ too ________ ________ teenagers.


　

阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
Parents should not be too strict_with teenagers.
父母不应该对青少年要求过严。(教材第53页)
Our teacher is very strict with us in our studies.
我们的老师在学习上对我们要求很严格。

(1)be strict with sb. 意为“对某人要求严格”。
(2)be strict in/about (doing) sth. 意为“在(做)某事/某方面严格要求”。

①我们必须对自己要求严格。
We must ________ ________ ________ ourselves.
②父亲对他的工作要求很严格。
Father ________ ________ ________ his work.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. He often ________(study) with his friends on the weekend.
2. I ________(allow) to take the test later. I feel happy. I will try to pass it.
3. Daming worries about ________(fail) the following exam.
4. You ________(get) to class late if you don't leave home now.
5. You need ________(practice) speaking English with your foreign teacher.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —I think my parents are strict ________ me. I don't like that.
—Oh, but it's good for you.
A. with B. to C. for D. that
2. I don't like this pair of glasses, ________.
A. too B. neither C. either D. also
3. Unluckily, I fail ________.
A. the English exam B. to pass the English exam
C. in the English exam D. A、B and C
4. He ________ to drive the car last year.
A. is allowed B. is allow
C. wasn't allowed D. weren't allowed
5. —What are you going to do tomorrow?
—I ________ a book.
A. buy B. bought　
C. am buy D. am going to buy


Ⅰ. 从方框中选词并用其正确形式填空

1. Do you ever ________ school late?
2. Miss Yang is a kind teacher. ________ she plays games with us.
3. I think some of the school rules are ________．
4. I'm afraid I will ________ the test this time.
5. As a student, you ________ to work hard at your lessons.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. The people who are more confident have more ________ to make themselves successful.
A. education B. chances
C. pride D. excuses
2. If you want to take care of your health, you should ________ junk food.
A. keep away from B. look forward to
C. get along with D. make friends with
3. —Sixteen-year-olds ________ to drive in China.
—But in America, they can.
A. is allowed B. is not allowed
C. are allowed D. are not allowed
4. I think that half the class will ________ with you.
A. share B. refuse C. agree D. start
5. Our English teacher is very strict ________ us and he is strict ________ his teaching.
A. with; at B. in; at
C. with; in D. in; in
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 我有时上课迟到。
I sometimes ________ ________ ________ ________．
2. 你担心考试不及格吗？
Do you ________ ________ ________ a test?
3. 你曾经考试早交过卷吗？
Do you ever ________ ________ ________ ________？
4. 你被允许参加补考吗？
Are you allowed to ________ ________ ________ ________？
5. 家长不应该对孩子太严厉。
Parents shouldn't ________ too ________ ________ their children.

Ⅳ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. After the meal, don't leave at once.
B. Could you please help me?
C. What rules do they have in Britain?
D. But I'm a bit nervous.
E. I'm very excited.
F. Thank you very much.
G. You must be strict with yourself.
A: You must be really excited about leaving for London tomorrow, Judy!
B: Yeah. __1__
A: Nervous about what?
B: I don't know many of the customs and manners in the UK. __2__
A: Sure.
B: __3__
A: Well, it's important to be on time when you're invited for dinner. It's impolite to arrive late. The British expect their guests to be on time.
B: Then how long may I stay there?
A: __4__ Or you seem to have come only for the meal. When your friends seem to be getting sleepy and running out of things, it's time to leave. The next day，call or write a thank-you note to say how much you enjoyed the evening.
B: __5__
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________ 5. ________
Ⅴ. 阅读理解
(2015·益阳改编)Mobile phone has become a problem for middle schools. Some middle schools in Australia don't allow students to carry mobile phones during school hours.
Mobile phone use among children has become a problem for schools. Several children have got mobile phones from parents and friends as Christmas gifts, and more students will want them.
Lucy Bluett, an expert, said mobile phone use was a distraction(分心的事) to students during school hours. Teachers were also saying that sometimes students might use phone messages to cheat during exams.
She said some schools had tried to ban mobile phones. Some parents felt unhappy because they couldn't call up their children.
Many teachers said students should not have mobile phones at school, but if there was a good reason, they could leave their phones at school office.
Many people say that they understand why parents would want their children to have phones, but they think schools should let the students know when they can use their mobile phones.
1. Some middle schools in Australia don't allow students to carry mobile phones ________．
A. when they are at home
B. when they are free
C. when they have a school trip
D. when they are at school
2. We know from the passage that some children get mobile phones from ________.
A. the makers and sellers
B. the passers-by and strangers
C. their parents and friends
D. their teachers
3. What does the underlined word “cheat” mean in the passage?
A. Behave dishonestly. B. Behave honestly.
C. Behave correctly. D. Help each other.
4. Some parents felt unhappy because they couldn't ________ during school hours.
A. use their mobile phones
B. call up their children
C. help the teachers with their work
D. get on well with their children
5. The passage tells us that ________.
A. students shouldn't have mobile phones at school except for some special reasons
B. many people can't understand why parents would want their children to have phones
C. all parents felt unhappy because they couldn't use their phones at school
D. we should allow students to take mobile phones to school




























Section B (2a—2e)



Ⅰ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 许多青少年都有爱好，但有时这些(爱好)会妨碍他们的学业。
Many teenagers have hobbies. But sometimes these can ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ their schoolwork.
2. 他在校队里，总想长大后做一名职业赛跑运动员。
He is on his school team and has always wanted to be a ________ ________ when he ________ ________.
3. 我们不反对(他)跑步！
We ________ ________ ________ running!
4. 我对跑步是认真的。
I'm ________ ________ running.
5. 只有那样我才会有机会实现我的梦想。
Only then will I ________ ________ ________ ________ achieve my dream.
Ⅱ. 阅读2b部分，判断正(T)误(F)，了解文章大意
(　　)1. Liu Yu is a running star.
(　　)2. His parents allow him to train at night.
(　　)3. Liu Yu thinks he should be allowed to decide for himself.
(　　)4. Liu Yu's parents don't love him at all.


1. get in the way of 挡……的路；妨碍

阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的含义
But sometimes these can get_in_the_way_of their schoolwork.
但有时这些(爱好)会妨碍他们的学业。(教材第54页)
Please move the chair. It's in_the_way.
请搬走这把椅子。它挡路。
Bill is on_the_way_to school now.
现在比尔在去上学的路上。
By_the_way,_where is the bank?
顺便问一下，银行在哪里？

　由way构成的常用短语


①Some parents might worry that children's hobbies can ________ their schoolwork.
A. get the way of B. get on the way of
C. get on well with D. get in the way of
②顺便问一下，你完成作业了吗？
________ ________ ________， have you finished your homework?
③他在去医院的路上捡了一个钱包。
He found a wallet ________ ________ ________ to the hospital.


阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的含义及用法
We have_nothing_against running!
我们不反对(他)跑步！(教材第54页)
All the people in the world are_against wars.
全世界人民都反对战争。
They are_for building a new bridge over the river.
他们支持在河上建一座新桥。

(1)have nothing against 意为“毫不反对”，against是介词，后接名词、代词或 ________(动词不定式/动名词)。
(2)be against意为“反对”，其反义词组是be for，意为“支持”。

①Most people are ________ building a paper factory near here. They worry that the river will get polluted.
A. for B. with
C. against D. like
②我们不反对在这里建一所新学校。
We ________ ________ ________ building a new school here.


阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
I think I should be allowed to make this choice myself.
我认为应该允许我自己做这个决定。(教材第54页)
There's not much choice in the shops.
这些商店中没有多少可挑选的东西。
I have_no_choice_but_to_finish the work.
除了完成这份工作我别无选择。
　choice的用法
(1)choice用作可数名词，意为“选择”，常用短语make a/the choice意为“做选择”。
(2)choice用作不可数名词，表示供选择的种类或范围，以及选择权或选择的可能性等。
(3)have no choice but to do sth.意为“除了做某事外别无选择”。

①He has made a good ________(choose)．
②你除了离开别无选择。
You have no choice but ________ ________.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. I believe your ________(choose) is right.
2. I think he has made a good ________(decide).
3. The little boy wants to be a ________(run) star when he grows up.
4. We have nothing against ________(watch) TV, but you can't watch too much.
5. I can't play basketball on weekdays. I think it's ________(fair)．
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. For students, playing computer games too much can get ________ of their study.
A. on the way B. in the way
C. by the way D. in a way
2. Teenagers ________ to practice their hobbies as much as possible.
A. should allow B. be allowed
C. should be allowed D. is allowed
3. Being a volunteer, I'll try my best to offer ________ help as I can to the old people.
A. so much B. as many
C. as much D. so many
4. You have no choice but ________ smoking.
A. give up B. giving up
C. to give up D. gave up
5. We'll play basketball ________ Class 3 tomorrow.
A. over B. for
C. to D. against


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. Will your parents s________ you if you want to be a singer?
2. —What do you want to do after you leave this school?
—I want to e________ university.
3. I hope you can become a great professional r________ in the future.
4. I don't think her ________(选择) is right.
5. Do you think your English teacher is too ________(严格的) with you?
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. I am serious about ________(say) sorry to you.
2. Some ________(hobby) can bring you great ________(successful)．
3. Perhaps it's a difficult dream ________(achieve) but you shouldn't give up.
4. You have to learn to make your own ________ (decide) and shouldn't always depend on your parents.
5. There are some more serious rules against ________ (drive) after drinking.

Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. The young man ________ more people in need if he has lots of money.
A. helps B. helped
C. will help D. has helped
2. Don't watch TV too much. You need ________ time ________ your schoolwork.
A. spend; on B. to spend; on
C. spend; in D. to spend; in
3. He likes soccer and is ________ the school team.
A. for B. at C. on D. with
4. I failed in the final exam last term and only then ________ the importance of study.
A. I realized B. did I realize
C. do I realize D. I had realize
5. I couldn't get through the door because there was a big box ________.
A. on the way B. by the way
C. in the way D. out of the way
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 你同意我的建议吗？
Do you ________ ________ me?
2. 成为一个专业的舞蹈演员很难。
________ difficult ________ ________ a professional dancer.
3. 我想尽可能多地进行篮球训练。
I want to practice basketball ________ ________ ________ I can.
4. 我不反对和你一起去。
I ________ ________ ________ going with you.
5. 不要让你的爱好妨碍你的学习。
Don't let your hobby ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ your study.
6. 如果你能坚持跑步，我相信你将会成为一名职业跑步运动员。
If you can persist in running, I think you will ________ ________ ________ a professional runner.

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. But we are old enough.
B. I think your mother is right.
C. Wow, how kind your father is!
D. What rules do you have at home?
E. But sometimes our parents don't understand us.
F. My father doesn't allow me to go out with friends on weekends.
G. My parents don't allow me to make friends with any boys, either.
A: Hi, Wang Li! You look unhappy. What's wrong?
B: __1__
A: I don't think that's a good idea. We need to spend time with friends.
B: That's right. __2__
A: Really? But my father asks me to make friends with all of my classmates.
B: __3__
A: But my mother doesn't let me play computer games for long.
B: __4__ We should not spend too much time playing computer games.
A: __5__
B: You are right. I think we need to talk to our parents and make them understand us.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________ 5. ________
Ⅵ. 短文填空
从方框中选择适当的词补全短文，使短文完整、通顺。
take, alone, passed, must, unless,
to, license, drive, oldest, school
In Britain you aren't allowed to drive a car until you are seventeen. You have to get a special driver's license before you can __1__. When you are learning, someone with a full __2__ always has to be in the car with you. You aren't allowed to drive the car on the road __3__.
You don't have to go to a driving __4__. A friend can teach you. The person who teaches you isn't allowed to take money for the lessons __5__ he has got a driving teacher's license.
You have to take a driving test __6__ have a full license. If you don't pass the test, you are allowed to __7__ it again a few weeks later if you want to. In 1970, a woman passed her fortieth test after 212 driving lessons! When you have __8__ your test, you are allowed to go on driving as long as you like, if you are healthy. Britain's __9__ driver was a man who drove in 1974 at the age of 100. Before 1904, everyone was allowed to drive, even children. Then from 1904 car drivers __10__ have licenses.
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________　6.________　7.________　8.________ 9．________　10.________

Section B (3a—Self Check)



Ⅰ. 选词填空，了解本课重点短语

1. You must be serious ________ your training.
2. I often play soccer and I am ________ a school team.
3. I don't agree ________ what you said just now.
4. Your mobile phones should be kept ________ during the meeting.
5. I believe all the problems can be solved ________ the end.
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 无论我们有多少困难，我相信所有的问题最终都能解决。
________ ________ how many difficulties we have, I believe all problems can be solved in the end.
2. 在会议期间移动电话应该被关闭。
Mobile phones should ________ ________ ________ during the meeting.
3. 不允许十八岁以下的青少年吸烟、喝酒。
________ ________ ________ must not be allowed to smoke or drink.



本单元以“规则”为话题，围绕这一话题谈论在学校、家等不同的场合下允许做的事情、应该遵守的规则， 并发表自己的观点和看法。而最能全面体现本单元话题及语言运用能力的话题作文是“谈论规章制度”。

最近学校号召同学们远离网吧。你班召开了以“如何看待上网”为主题的班会，在会上同学们对上网的利弊争论不休。作为班长，请你根据以下要点，z做总结发言。



少数同学
多数同学
课余时间可以在家上网
上网浪费金钱和时间
通过网络可获得国内外最新信息；交流方便
许多人上网是玩游戏而不是学习
丰富业余生活
个别同学为上网而逃学
注意：
1. 词数：80～100。
2. 发言稿开头已给出，不计入总词数。
Attention, please! I'm going to give you a summary of today's discussion.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1. 人称：第一人称和第三人称。
2. 时态：一般现在时。
3. 结构提纲：
(1)开篇点题：点明发言的目的。
(2)谈论观点：从正反两方面谈论上网的利与弊。
(3)回扣主题：提倡适度上网。
4. 语句储备：
(1)... should be allowed to ...
(2)On the other hand ...
(3)In a word ...

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Li Lei ________(allow) to go out with his friends on weekends.
2. They would like ________(visit) the Great Wall this weekend.
3. They make a good ________(choose) this time.
4. Although there are many ________(difficult) to finish the work, we'll try our best.
5. Your clothes mustn't ________(put) on the chair.
Ⅱ. 将下列句子改为被动语态
1. You should finish the work at the end of the week.
The work should ________ ________ at the end of the week.
2. You must send your sister to hospital at once.
Your sister must ________ ________ to hospital at once.
3. You must clean your bedroom every day.
Your bedroom must ________ ________ every day.
4. The boy should hand in his homework on time.
The boy's homework should ________ ________ ________ on time.
5. Bill should water the tree today.
The tree ________ ________ ________ by Bill today.


Ⅰ. 选择方框内合适的词填空

1. If you try your best, I believe you can ________ your dream.
2. You can make a ________ between him and me.
3. Teenagers should not be allowed to ________ their ears pierced.
4. Teenagers under 16 shouldn't be allowed to do ________ jobs.
5. Look at the sign. It's not allowed to ________ photos here.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. You'll ________ the test if you don't study hard.
A. take B. pass C. fail D. succeed
2. I want to be a basketball player, but I can't practice ________ it as ________ as I can.
A. to play; many B. to play; much
C. playing; many D. playing; much
3. —Will your dream ________？
—Yes, I think so.
A. come B. come true
C. achieve D. come to achieve
4. —Why are you against ________ the park?
—Because I ________ there twice.
A. visit; have gone
B. visit; have been
C. visiting; have gone
D. visiting; have been
5. —I think students can go out alone on school nights.
—________. They may meet some bad people.
A. I hope so B. I don't think so
C. I'm afraid so D. I agree with you
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 你肯定对去美国很兴奋吧。
You must ________ ________ ________ ________ for America.
2. 回想起这次事故，我仍然感到害怕。
________ ________ ________ the accident, I still feel afraid.
3. 医生警告爷爷要远离甜食。
The doctor warned my grandfather to ________ ________ ________ sweet food.
4. 父母应该鼓励孩子多读书。
Parents should ________ their children ________ ________ more books.
5. 这个女孩太小了，不能自己做决定。
The girl is too young to ________ ________ ________ ________.
6. 当你父母离开时，你应该照顾好自己。
You should ________ good ________ ________ yourself when your parents are away.

Ⅳ. 任务型阅读
Honesty of American students
(2015·张家界)When I first arrived in America, I was surprised by the honesty of my classmates. Over my first month at school, I didn't see or hear anyone cheating. I found two reasons for this.
First, if any student cheats, he or she will get punished. My school has a rule called the Honor Code. It asks students not to steal, lie or cheat. If someone goes against the code, he or she will have to leave the school. During my first year in the school, seven students left the school because of cheating.
Second, American students don't care about scores as much as Chinese students do. They know that colleges will look at their all-round abilities instead of only scores. So they have fewer reasons to cheat.
根据短文内容，回答下列问题。
1. The writer didn't see or hear anyone cheating when she first arrived in America, did she?
____________________________________________

2. What is the Honor Code about?
____________________________________________
3. What will happen if students go against the code?
____________________________________________
4. Who does the writer think care more about scores, American students or Chinese students?
____________________________________________
5. Do American colleges think all-round abilities are important for students?
____________________________________________





单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. I want to learn English in the USA, but I don't have a c________.
2. I believe my parents will s________ me if I want to join the English club.
3. —Do you r________ not studying hard when you were a child now?
4. As a parent, you should ________(教育) your son to do things politely.
5. Our nation pay more attention to the ________(safe) of food.
6. You are coughing ________(bad), so you should take some medicine.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 没门　____________
2. 驾照 ____________
3. 确保 ____________
4. 回嘴；顶嘴 ____________
5. 回想 ____________
6. 自己做决定 ____________
7. 避免接近；远离 ____________
8. fail the test ____________
9. be strict with ____________
10. 挡……的路；妨碍 ____________
11. grow up ____________
12. have nothing against __________
13. end up ____________
14. be serious about ____________
15. care about ____________
16. make a choice ____________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 我认为不应该允许十六岁的青少年喝酒。
I don't think sixteen-year-olds ________ ________ ________ to drink wine.
2. ——你认为应当鼓励学生每天去清洁公园吗？
——我不同意这个观点。那会影响他们的学习。
—Do you think students ________ ________ ________ to clean up the park every day?
—No, I ________ ________ ________ this. It will influence their study.
3. 你不知道她有多么喜欢唱歌。
You don't know ________ ________ she ________ ________.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
1. —How often do I need to check the list?
—It ________ every five minutes.
A. must check B. must be check
C. must be checked D. must be checking
2. Should a teenager ________ to get a driver's license?
A. be allow B. allow
C. be allowed D. allowed
3. —If we take a shower instead of a bath, more water ________.
—I agree with you.
A. has saved B. can save
C. can be saved D. be saved
4. Boys and girls, the books in the library should ________ good care of.
A. be taken B. take
C. are taking D. takes
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
含有情态动词的被动语态，类似sixteen-year-olds的名词，单词smoke、 regret、decision和choice的辨析及用法。
1. (2015·遵义)No way! I don't think ________ should be allowed to drive. I am worried about your safety.
A. fifteen years old B. fifteen-year-olds
C. fifteen-years-old
2. (2015·漳州)When seeing Sign ________， we shouldn't smoke.
A. B. C.
3. (2015·襄阳)—Did you talk back to your mother when you were a child?
—Yes. But now I realize I was wrong. I really regret ________ that silly thing to my mum.
A. do B. to do C. doing D. did
4. (2015·荆门)—Would you like to go to the space museum?
—I'd love to, but I haven't made (a) ________. I'll think about it.
A. progress B. mistake C. mess D. decision
5. (2015 ·泉州)—We have missed the last bus. What shall we do?
—Let's take a taxi. We have no other ________ now.
A. reason B. habit C. choice
6. (2015·株州)Hurry up! The exam must ________ in 100 minutes.
A. finish B. be finished
C. is finished


阶段检测卷(Unit 7)
(时间：60分钟　分值：100分)


Ⅰ. 单项选择(每小题2分，共20分)
1. Trees ________ in winter but in spring.
A. cannot plant B. can be not planted
C. cannot be planted D. can plant
2. Please be quiet. We are not allowed ________ much noise in the reading room.
A. to make B. make
C. making D. to making
3. —I think English is more useful than Chinese.
—I don't ________ you. They are both useful.
A. get on well with B. catch up with
C. talk with D. agree with
4. —Excuse me, you get ________ of my passing through.
—I'm sorry.
A. on the way B. in the way
C. out the way D. off the way
5. Our teacher is friendly to us. But he is strict ________ us, too.
A. to B. in C. on D. with
6. Anna is ________ to drive a car.
A. serious enough B. enough serious
C. too serious D. serious too
7. She managed ________ the problem for the old man.
A. solve B. solves
C. to solve D. solving
8. Lily wants to get her ears ________. But her mother doesn't allow her to do that.
A. pierce B. pierced
C. to pierce D. piercing
9. I have no chance ________ the matter with her.
A. discuss B. discussing
C. to discuss D. discusses
10. Only by studying hard ________ improve your English soon.
A. you can B. you did
C. can you D. did you
Ⅱ. 完形填空(每小题2分，共20分)
(2015·黔南)When you're teenagers, it seems that every time you say, “I want to ...”， your parents answer, “No, you can't.”
Young people further complain that their parents do not __1__ them. When something goes wrong, most parents just don't believe __2__ their children. Without asking why, they think their kids are wrong. And not many parents allow their kids __3__ for themselves.
Yes, __4__ is true that your parents sometimes treat you as a little child. But remember that not long ago you were really a child. Your parents still remember the childish(幼稚的) __5__ you used to make. They want to protect you __6__ you don't want them to do so.
So, if you want to get __7__ freedom(自由), please try to understand your parents and don't lie to them. Try a friendlier way. If you want them to __8__ you to stay out late, don't just say, “All __9__ kids can stay out late.” Tell them as much as you can about what you want to do and where you'll be and how important it is __10__ you to stay out late. Then they just might say, “Yes.”
1. A. enjoy B. prefer C. understand D. decide
2. A. at B. in C. on D. for
3. A. to cry B. to laugh C. to sleep D. to choose
4. A. it B. this C. that D. one
5. A. uses B. differences
C. minds D. mistakes
6. A. if B. though C. because D. since
7. A. most B. least C. more D. less
8. A. allow B. hope C. wish D. ask
9. A. another B. others
C. the others　 D. the other
10. A. for B. of C. to D. with
Ⅲ. 阅读理解(每小题2分，共10分)
(2015·呼和浩特改编)A group of reporters asked a group of 4-to-8-year-old children this question, “What does love mean？” The answers were surprising. The children would answer like they did below.
Rebecca—age 8　“When my grandmother hurt her knees, she couldn't bend(弯腰) over and paint her toenails(脚趾甲) any more. So my grandfather would do it for her all the time, even when his hands hurt, too. That's love.”
Samantha—age 6　“Love is when someone hurts you, and you get so mad but you don't shout at her because you know it would hurt her feelings.”
Terry—age 4　“Love is what makes you smile when you're tired.”
Bethany—age 4　“I let my big sister pick on(捉弄) me because my Mum says she only picks on me because she loves me. So I pick on my baby sister because I love her.”
Lauren—age 4　“I know my elder sister loves me because she gives me all her old clothes and has to go out and buy new clothes.”
Elaine—age 5　“Love is when Mummy gives Daddy the best piece of chicken.”
Jessica—age 8　“You really shouldn't say ‘I love you’ unless you mean it. But if you mean it, you should say it a lot. People forget.”
1. The passage mainly tells us about ________.
A. what “life” means to children
B. what “family” means to children
C. what “friendship” means to children
D. what “love” means to children
2. Who told us the love between Mum and Dad?
A. Jessica. B. Elaine.
C. Rebecca. D. Lauren.
3. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Rebecca's grandmother ever couldn't bend over.
B. Bethany wants to be picked on by any other person.
C. If Samantha becomes angry, she will not shout at others.
D. Lauren prefers to wear her sister's old clothes.
4. What does Jessica mean about love?
A. Too much love is no love.
B. You should say love more often.
C. You mean what you think.
D. Say love more often if you have it.
5. What is love according to Terry?
A. Love is the care between husband and wife.
B. Love is a rest when you are tired.
C. Love is what cheers you up when you are tired.
D. Love is a kiss from parents.
Ⅳ. 根据句意及汉语提示完成单词(每小题2分，共10分)
1. I think your ________(选择) is very good.
2. Our teachers often ________(教育) us to study hard for our future.
3. He saw his son and ________(举起) him up.
4. Look! A baby is ________(哭).
5. I ________(后悔) giving up the plan.
Ⅴ. 完成句子(每小题2分，共10分)
1. 我们必须远离因特网吗？
Must we ________ ________ ________ the Internet?
2. 我们不反对跑步，但是你必须努力学习。
We ________ ________ ________ running, but you must study hard.
3. 我认为我们应该被允许在这儿拍照。
I think we should ________ ________ to take photos here.
4. 我的老师很关心我。
My teacher ________ ________ me a lot.
5. 我对这次会议是认真的。
I'm ________ ________ the meeting.
Ⅵ. 短文填空(每小题1分，共10分)
从方框中选词并用其适当形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
happy, close, angry, parent, listen，
make, if, long, but, important
Are you the only child in the family? If so, you are the most __1__ in your family. __2__ are the closest people to you in the world. But a lot of middle school students have a problem. They feel they're not as __3__ to their parents as before. They even think their parents are unfair to them.
Some students complain that their parents say a lot to them, but never __4__ to them. Some of them even say it __5__. “My parents don't allow me to play computer games, __6__ other students are doing that.”
Others say, when they're __7__ phone calls to friends, their parents like to ask if they're speaking to a boy or a girl. These make them very __8__. Some students even decide to leave home. But they don't know running away may bring them some more problems. Show your parents you're growing up. Then they'll feel you're no __9__ a small child.
__10__ you follow the advice, you'll have a happy life and never think of running away.
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________　6.________　7.________　8.________ 9．________　10.________
Ⅶ. 书面表达(共20分)
假如你叫张健， 是一名中学生。父母和老师对你要求非常严格。你有很多家规和校规。请写一篇80词左右的短文，简要介绍一下你的家规和校规，并且谈一下你的看法。
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________



Unit 7　Teenagers should be allowed
to choose their own clothes.

Section A (1a－2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 没门　2. be allowed to do sth.　
3. be worried about　4. driver's license　
5. 兼职工作　6. get ears pierced
Ⅱ. 1. should not be allowed　
2. should be allowed; agree; serious enough　
3. stop wearing　4. seem to have 5. excited about
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] (1)名词　(2)形容词
[对点训练] ①C　②D
2. [对点训练] ①isn't allowed　②allow; to watch　③talking
3. [对点训练] ①C　②clean
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to take　2. cleaned　3. safety　4. to go
5. exercise/to exercise
Ⅱ. 1－5 DDCBD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. license　2. smoke　3. part-time　
4. earring　5. flash
Ⅱ. 1. safety　2. worried　3. to sweep　
4. smoking　5. repaired
Ⅲ. 1－5 BCCCA
Ⅳ. 1. don't think　2. disagree with　3. seems happy 4. be looked after
Ⅴ. 1－5 EAGCD
Ⅵ. 1. No, I'm not.
2. Because they may not concentrate on their study.
3. Yes, they do.
4. They must wear sports shoes.
5. You must be quiet if you enter into the school building. (答案不唯一)
Section A (3a－4c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 确保　2. give; a hug　3. talk back　
4. 回想　5. 迟到 6. make; own decision　7. 向……学习　8. keep ... away from
Ⅱ. 1. coughing badly; for　2. should not be told　
3. talking back; listening to　 4. knows best; for　5. continue to live
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①C　②regret what　③To her regret
2. [对点训练] ①to finish　②to get
[语法聚焦]
　[对点训练] ①A　②C
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to work　2. being　3. decisions　
4. to work 5. be watered
Ⅱ. 1－5 CBDBD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. cry　2. regret　3. chance　4. manage　5. field
Ⅱ. 1. to eat　2. be educated　3. walking　
4. badly　5. decision
Ⅲ. 1－5 BCCCD
Ⅳ. 1. by my side　2. learned a lot from　3. keep; away from　4. what to do　5. thinking back
Ⅴ. 1－5 ADBCA　6－10 BDBAC
Section B (1a－1e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 早交卷　2. 担心　3. pass　
4. 数学考试不及格 5. strict with
Ⅱ. 1. get to class late　2. take the test later
3. be; strict with
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
　 [对点训练] ①be strict with　②is strict in/about
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. studies　2. am allowed　3. failing　
4. will get 5. to practice
Ⅱ. 1－5 ACDCD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. get to　2. Sometimes　3. strict　
4. fail 　5. need
Ⅱ. 1－5 BADCC
Ⅲ. 1. get to class late　2. worry about failing　
3. finish a test early　4. take the test later　
5. be; strict with
Ⅳ. 1－5 DBCAF
Ⅴ. 1－5 DCABA
Section B (2a－2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. get in the way of　
2. professional runner; grows up
3. have nothing against　4. serious about
5. have a chance to
Ⅱ. 1－4　TFTF
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①D　②By the way　③on his way
2. [探究总结] 动名词
[对点训练] ①C　②have nothing against
3. [对点训练] ①choice　②to leave
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. choice　2. decision　3. running　4. watching　5. unfair
Ⅱ. 1－5 BCCCD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. support　2. enter　3. runner　4. choice　
5. strict
Ⅱ. 1. saying　2. hobbies; success　3. to achieve 4. decision　5. driving
Ⅲ. 1－5 CBCBC
Ⅳ. 1. agree with　2. It's; to become　3. as much as 4. have nothing against　5. get in the way of　6. end up as
Ⅴ. 1－5 FGCBE
Ⅵ. 1. drive　2. license　3. alone　4. school　
5. unless 6. to　7. take　8. passed　
9. oldest　10. must
Section B (3a－Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. about　2. on　3. with　4. off　5. in
Ⅱ. 1. No matter　2. be kept off　
3. Teenagers under eighteen
【合作探究·破疑难】
[写作指导]
One possible version：
Attention, please! I'm going to give you a summary of today's discussion.
Most students think it costs a lot of money and that it is a waste of time to surf the Internet. Many students get online only to play computer games. Some students are even absent from school for days to go online.
On the other hand, a few students think they should be allowed to go online at home in their spare time because they can get the latest information at home and abroad through the Internet. And it is a most convenient way for them to communicate with each other.
In a word, the Internet can make our lives more colorful, but it is bad for our eyes to play computer games for a long time. Therefore, we should use the Internet properly.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. is allowed　2. to visit　3. choice　
4. difficulties 5. be put
Ⅱ. 1. be finished　2. be sent　3. be cleaned　
4. be handed in 5. should be watered
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. achieve　2. choice　3. get　
4. part-time　5. take
Ⅱ. 1－5 CDBDB
Ⅲ. 1. be excited about leaving　2. Thinking back to　3. keep away from　4. encourage; to read　
5. make her own decision　6. take; care of
Ⅳ. 1. No, she didn't.
2. It asks students not to steal, lie or cheat.
3. They will have to leave the school.
4. Chinese students.
5. Yes, they do.
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. chance　2. support　3. regret　4. educate　
5. safety 6. badly
[短语速译]
1. no way　2. driver's license　3. make sure　
4. talk back　5. think back　
6 . make one's own decision　7. keep ... away from　
8. 考试不及格　9. 对……要求严格　
10. get in the way of　11. 长大　12. 不反对　
13. 最终成为；最后处于　14. 对……认真　
15. 关心　16. 做出选择
[句型闯关]
1. should be allowed　
2. should be encouraged; don't agree with　
3. how much; loves singing
[语法专练]
1－4　CCCA
[真题演练]
1. B　考查复合名词的用法。fifteen years old意为“十五岁的”，常作表语；fifteen-year-olds意为“十五岁的青少年”，可作主语；fifteen-years-old为错误用法。结合句意可知选B。
2. C　考查常见标志。根据常识可知C选项为严禁吸烟标志。
3. C　考查非谓语动词。regret to do 对要做的事遗憾(未做)；regret doing 对做过的事遗憾、后悔(已做) 。根据句意可知是做过的事。
4. D　考查名词词义辨析。progress“进步”；mistake“错误”；mess“混乱”；decision“决定”。根据答语后句可知，还没做决定，故选D。
5. C　考查名词词义辨析。reason“原因”；habit“习惯”；choice“选择”。应该是没有别的选择，故选C。
6. B　考查被动语态。题干中exam与finish之间为被动关系，故用被动语态，而空格前有情态动词must，其后跟动词原形，故选B。

阶段检测卷(Unit 7)
Ⅰ. 1. C　考查被动语态。主语trees与谓语plant存在被动关系，且根据句意可知应用情态动词can的否定形式。故其结构为“情态动词＋not＋be＋及物动词的过去分词”。
2. A　考查allow的用法。allow sb. to do sth.的被动语态结构为be allowed to do sth.。
3. D　考查固定词组。答语意为“我不同意你的观点”。“赞同某人”用agree with sb.表达。
4. B　考查固定短语。get in the way of 意为“挡……的路；妨碍”。
5. D　考查固定词组。be strict with sb. 意为“对某人要求严格”。
6. A　考查enough的用法。enough修饰形容词serious须后置，后常跟动词不定式。
7. C　考查manage的用法。manage to do sth.表示“设法完成某事”。
8. B　考查非谓语动词。get sth. done为固定搭配，意为“使某物被做”。故选B。
9. C　考查固定搭配。have no chance to do sth.“没有机会做某事”。
10. C　考查倒装句。only＋介词短语放于句首作状语时，主句要用部分倒装结构，排除A、B两项；D项时态不对，故选C。
Ⅱ. 1. C　enjoy“喜欢”；prefer“更喜欢”；understand“理解”；decide“决定”。根据下文“父母不相信孩子，不问为什么”可推测出是不理解。故选C。
2. B　由词组believe in可知答案。故选B。
3. D　cry“哭”；laugh“笑”；sleep“睡觉”；choose“选择”。根据句意“没有很多的父母允许他们的孩子为他们自己选择”可知选D。
4. A　由句型it is＋adj.＋that ...可知选A。
5. D　use“使用”；difference“不同”；mind“智力”；mistake“错误”，make mistakes“犯错”。故选D。
6. B　if“如果”；though“尽管”；because“因为”；since“自从”。根据句意“他们想保护你，尽管你不想他们那样做”可知选B。
7. C　most“最多”；least“最少”；more“更多”；less“更少”。根据句意可知是想得到更多的自由。故选C。
8. A　allow“允许”；hope“希望”；wish“祝愿”；ask“问”。根据句意“如果你想他们允许你在外待得晚”可知是允许。故选A。
9. D　another“另一个”；others“别的人或物”；the others“其余的人或物”；the other“其余的”。由kids可知此处要用形容词，排除B和C；结合句意可知选D。
10. A　It's ＋adj. ＋for sb. ＋to do sth. 为固定句式结构。故选A。
Ⅲ. 1. D　主旨大意题。本文讲述了一群记者询问一群四至八岁的孩子“爱意味着什么”的问题。根据主题句“What does love mean？”可知选D。
2. B　细节理解题。题干意为：谁告诉我们妈妈和爸爸之间的爱？根据短文中Elaine—age 5 “Love is when Mummy gives Daddy the best piece of chicken.” 可以判断选B。
3. B　推理判断题。根据短文中Bethany的回答可知她只是让她的姐姐捉弄”，B项表述与此不符。故选B。
4. D　细节理解题。根据短文最后一句话“But if you mean it, you should say it a lot. People forget.”可以判断“如果你心里真的那样想你应当经常说‘我爱你’”。故选D。
5. C　推理判断题。根据文中Terry的回答“Love is what makes you smile when you're tired.”可以判断“爱是在你疲劳的时候能让你开心的东西。”故选C。
Ⅳ. 1. choice　2. educate　3. lifted　4. crying　
5. regret
Ⅴ. 1. keep away from　2. have nothing against 3. be allowed　4. cares about　
5. serious about
Ⅵ. 1. important　2. Parents　3. close　
4. listen　5. angrily 6. but　7. making　
8. unhappy　9. longer　10. If
Ⅶ. One possible version：
My name is Zhang Jian. I am a middle school student. My parents and teachers are very strict with me. I have many rules. I have to get up early and wear school uniforms at school. My parents don't allow me to watch TV in the evening. I am not allowed to study at a friend's house. On weekends I have too much homework. I have to spend most time on it. I feel tired every day. I think I should be allowed to have some time to relax and do what I like to do. I should be allowed to get up late on weekends so that I can have a good rest.

Unit 8　It must belong to Carla.
Section A (1a—2d)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 属于　　　　　　____________
2. 在野餐中 ____________
3. 流行音乐 ____________
4. hair band ____________
5. attend a concert ____________
6. pick up ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. ——这是谁的排球？
——它肯定是卡拉的。她喜欢排球。
—________ volleyball is this?
—It ________ ________ Carla's. She loves volleyball.
2. 这个人或许是去我们学校。
The person ________ ________ to our school.
3. 你的书包里有贵重的东西吗？
Do you have ________ ________ in your schoolbag?
4. 我的书包不可能被偷。
My schoolbag ________ ________ ________．
5. 我现在就给他们打电话，看看是否有人捡到了它。
I'll call them now ________ ________ ________ anybody has it.




阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Whose volleyball is this?
这是谁的排球？(教材第57页)
Whose notebook is this？＝ Whose is this notebook?
这是谁的笔记本？
　
询问物品的主人时，常用“Whose＋________＋一般疑问句”或“________＋一般疑问句”的结构。其回答常用名词所有格、名词性物主代词或短语动词belong to。

①—________ is this bike?
—It's Tom's.
A. Who B. Whose
C. Whom D. What
②这是谁的篮球？
________ ________ is this?


阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
The hair band must belong_to Linda.
这条发带一定属于琳达。 (教材第58页)
These clothes belong_to_me．
＝ These clothes are mine.
这些衣服是我的。
It must be_Mary's. (教材第57页)
它一定是玛丽的。
　
(1)belong to没有被动语态，也不能用于进行时态。其中to为介词。
(2)belong to 与be 的用法辨析
belong to
后常跟名词或代词宾格，表示“属于……”；其后不能跟名词性物主代词或名词所有格
be
后接名词性物主代词或名词所有格形式，表示某物所属
【点拨】
belong to常与名词性物主代词或名词所有格进行句型转换。

①—Whose CD is this?
—It might ________ Amy. She likes listening to music.
A. belong to B. belong
C. be D. is
②The basketball must ________ Robert's. Look! It has his name on it.
A. belong B. belong to
C. be D. is
③The beautiful skirt might be Mrs Wang's. (改为同义句)
The beautiful skirt might ________ ________ Mrs Wang.


阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
I'll call them now to check if anybody has it.
我现在就给他们打电话，看看是否有人捡到了它。(教材第58页)
I didn't know anybody in this class.
我不认识这个班里的任何人。
Did you meet anybody_interesting there?
你在那里遇见有趣的人了吗？
If anybody knows his address, please tell me.
如果有人知道他的地址，请告诉我。

(1)anybody不定代词，相当于anyone。常用于________(肯定/否定)句和疑问句；用于肯定句时，意为“任何人；随便哪个人”。
(2)当有形容词修饰时，形容词要放在它的________(前面/后面)。
(3)anybody作主语时，谓语动词用________(单数/复数)形式。

①—Do you want ________ to help you with the work?
—No, I can do it myself.
A. everybody B. anybody
C. somebody D. nobody
②Did ________(somebody/anybody) like going there?

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. —________(who) bike is this?
—It's mine.
2. The new tennis rackets must belong to ________(she)．
3. The ping-pong bats might be ________(they).
4. Parents are always ________(worry) about their children too much.
5. Did ________(somebody) know where Li Lei was?
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Mona is the only girl ________ the picnic.
A. at B. on
C. for D. with
2. This CD belongs to ________. It isn't ________．
A. Tom; Sam B. Tom; Sam's
C. Tom's; Sam D. Tom's; Sam's
3. —Must I finish the work today, Mom?
—No, you ________. You can do it tomorrow.
A. mustn't B. can't
C. needn't D. might
4. Don't worry about the box. There isn't ________ in it.
A. valuable something
B. something valuable
C. valuable anything
D. anything valuable
5. The rest of the boys ________watching TV now.
A. is B. are
C. was D. were


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. —Did you a________ the meeting yesterday?
—No, I didn't. I went to Shanghai on business.
2. —W________ toy car is this?
—It's my brother's.
3. —What animals does little Tom like?
—He likes ________(兔子).
4. —What shall we do this Sunday?
—Let's go to the park to have a ________(野餐)．
5. She never buys anything ________(贵重的). She wants to save money for his son's education.
Ⅱ. 从下列方框中选择合适的情态动词填空

1. The photo ________ be Li Ming's. Those are his parents.
2. The homework ________ be Carol's. She isn't at school today.
3. The French book ________ be Li Ying's. She's the only one who is studying French.
4. I can't find my backpack. It ________ still be at school.
5. —Who is that man? Is he our math teacher?
—It ________ be him. He has gone to visit his parents.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. It is raining heavily. I can't see ________ outside.
A. somebody B. nobody
C. anybody D. everybody
2. —________ model plane is this?
—I think it's Jim's. Look! His name is on it.
A. Who B. What
C. Whose D. Where
3. —Where is my hat? I can't find it anywhere.
—It ________ because no one would want it.
A. must steal B. must be stolen
C. can't steal D. can't be stolen
4. Here are some books. These two are for you, and the rest of them ________ for my brothers.
A. are B. is
C. were D. was
5. —________ the little boy? Why is he crying?
—He can't find his brother. He is lost.
A. What's matter to B. What's wrong to
C. What's matter with D. What's wrong with
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 她是野餐中唯一的学生。
She is the only student ________ ________ ________.
2. 今天的会议有重要的事情吗？
Is there ________ ________ in today's meeting?
3. 他记得他在回家的路上带着书包。
He remembers that he ________his schoolbag ________him on the way home.
4. 一些男孩在打篮球，其余的男孩在踢足球。
Some boys are playing basketball, and ________ ________ ________the boys ________ playing football.
5. 地上有一只钢笔，汤姆捡起了它。
There is a pen on the floor. Tom ________ ________ ________．

Ⅴ. 根据句意和首字母提示填空，补全对话。
A: Look! There are so many t__1__ in the lost and found case.
B: Yes. W__2__ notebook is this?
A: It must b__3__ to Carla. Look! Her name is on it.
B: Yes. W__4__ does this soccer ball belong to?
A: It m__5__ be Li Lei's or Tom's. They both like to play football.
B: Look at the red sweater. Whose is it?
A: I t__6__ it can't belong to Lisa. She doesn't have a red sweater. She likes blue and yellow.
B: Whose guitar is this？Is it John's?
A: M__7__ it's his. He likes to p__8__ the guitar.
1. ________　2.________　3.________
4.________ 5．________　6.________　7.________　8.________
Ⅵ. 阅读理解
Whose watch is it?
A tall Frenchman was staying in a small English town with his wife. One night, he was walking in a street when suddenly a short Englishman quickly walked past him. Just then the Frenchman found that his watch was lost. He thought that the Englishman must have taken his watch. He caught up with him and took hold of him, and then he put his fist(拳头) in front of the Englishman's face, pointed to the watch and shouted at him. They couldn't understand each other's language. So the Englishman thought that the Frenchman wanted to have his watch and gave his watch to him.
The Frenchman returned to his room and told his wife what had happened. His wife pointed to the table. To his surprise, he saw his watch on the table. Now he knew what he had done.
The Frenchman and his wife didn't know what they could do next. They were so sad that they didn't sleep that whole night.
1. The Frenchman was ________ and the Englishman was ________.
A. tall; short B. short; tall
C. tall; small D. tall; fat
2. The Frenchman put his ________ in front of the Englishman's ________.
A. hand; waist B. hand; neck
C. fist; face D. arm; face
3. The Englishman was ________.
A. unlucky B. strong
C. a robber D. a thief
4. The Frenchman's watch was ________ in fact.
A. lost
B. on the table
C. stolen by the Englishman
D. gone
5. The Frenchman must be very ________ at last.
A. happy B. sorry
C. glad D. angry


Section A (3a—4c)



Ⅰ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 它过去非常安静。
It ________ ________ ________ very quiet.
2. 我妻子认为它可能是一只动物，但是朋友们和我都认为那肯定是在玩耍的青少年。
My wife thinks that it ________ ________ an animal, but my friends and I think it ________ ________ teenagers ________ fun.
3. 这个地区的一位女士看到某个东西逃跑了。
One woman in the area ________ something ________ ________.
4. 一定有什么东西闯入了我们小区的住宅内，但那会是什么呢？
________ ________ ________ something ________ the homes in our neighborhood, but what is it?
5. 我听到浴室里水在流淌。
I ________ water ________ in the bathroom.
Ⅱ. 阅读教材3a，判断下列句子正(T)误(F)
(　　)1. Every night Victor heard strange noises inside his window.
(　　)2. The woman thought it was too big to be a dog.
(　　)3. Everyone in the town is feeling easy.
(　　)4. Strange happenings in the town make people nervous.




阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Every night we hear strange noises outside our window. 每晚我们都听到窗户外面有奇怪的声音。 (教材第59页)
Don't make so much noise. The baby is sleeping.
不要发出这么多的噪音。孩子正在睡觉。
I seemed to hear the sound of rain.
我似乎听到了雨声。
The singer is famous for her sweet voice．
这位歌手以她甜美的嗓音而出名。
　
(1)noise意为“声音；噪音”，既可用作可数名词也可用作不可数名词。其形容词形式为noisy。make a noise意为“出声；制造噪音”。
(2)noise, sound与voice的用法辨析
________
指听起来令人不舒服的“噪音”

________
指自然界的一切“声音”

________
指人或动物的“说话声或嗓音”


选词填空

①When the teacher came into the classroom, our monitor(班长) spoke in a loud ________，“Stand up！”
②Light travels much faster than ________.
③We were woken up by the ________ in the night.


阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
There_must_be_something_visiting the homes in our neighborhood, but what is it?
一定有什么东西闯入了我们小区的住宅内，但那会是什么呢？(教材第59页)
There_might_be something wrong with the computer.
这台电脑可能出毛病了。
　
(1)“there＋________ ＋be”结构是there be句型与情态动词连用，表示对现有情况的肯定推测，意为“一定/可能/或许/……有……”。
(2)“there＋情态动词＋be＋名词＋ ________”表示“有……正在做……”。

—Can you hear strange noises outside the room?
—Yeah. I think there ________ some children ________ fun.
A. might be; have　　　　B. might; having
C. be; having D. might be; having


阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的词性及用法
Whenever I try to read this book, I feel sleepy．
无论我什么时候读这本书，我都感到困倦。(教材第60页)
Tom was too excited to fall asleep last night.
汤姆昨天晚上太兴奋了，都无法入睡。
The mother is looking at the sleeping baby in her arms. 母亲正在看着怀中熟睡的婴儿。
　sleepy, asleep与 sleeping的用法辨析
sleepy
形容词，意为“困倦的；瞌睡的”，既可以作定语，也可以作表语
asleep
形容词，意为“睡着的”，可作表语，不能作定语。fall asleep意为“入睡”
sleeping
形容词，意为“睡着的；正在睡觉的”，可以作定语，也可以作表语

选词填空

①She feels ________ while watching TV.
②Keep quiet. Don't wake up the________baby.
③The teacher was so tired that he fell ________ at his desk.



阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的语气及用法
It must be Carla's. 它一定是卡拉的。(教材第60页)
It could be Mei's hair band. Or it might belong to Linda. 它可能是梅的发带。或者它可能属于琳达。(教材第60页)
It can't be Tom's schoolbag.
那不可能是汤姆的书包。
Tom might be playing basketball now because his basketball isn't in his schoolbag. 汤姆现在可能在打篮球，因为他的篮球不在书包里。
　
1. 情态动词概述
情态动词表示说话者的语气和情态，无人称和数的变化；本身虽有一定的意义，但不能独立作谓语，后接动词原形，一起构成谓语。
2. 情态动词表示推测的注意事项
(1)表示肯定推测时，________ 语气最强，指很大的可能性，意为“一定”。 could、might语气依次减弱，意为“可能；或许”。
(2)表示有把握的否定推测，应用________，意为“不可能”。
(3)表示对目前事情的推测常用“情态动词＋动词原形“结构。
(4)表示对正在发生的事情的推测用“情态动词＋
be＋________”结构。
【注意】
must在表示肯定推测时意为“一定”，但是用于否定句时，mustn't却表示“不能；禁止”。

用must、could、might、can't填空
①Whose earrings are these? They ________ be Mary's. She never wears earrings.
②Gina ________ come to the party tonight, but I'm not sure.
③I saw Tom going shopping just now. He ________ be at home.
④—Is this Lan Qiang's boxing glove?
—Yes, it ________ be his. There is his name on the back.
⑤You'd better take an umbrella. It ________ rain this afternoon.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. We all felt ________(sleep) after working so long.
2. —Why do you think he is ________(usual)?
—Because he has won many games.
3. Look, there are so many ________(policeman) over there. What's happened?
4. Listen, there must be someone ________(sing) in the music room.
5. They had great fun ________(play) by the sea yesterday.

Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —I won first prize in the dancing competition.
—I think you ________ be very happy.
A. can B. need
C. must D. can't
2. I saw many students ________ clean the street when I passed by.
A. helped B. to help
C. helping D. are helping
3. —Is there ________ in the movie?
—No, there isn't.
A. something strange
B. strange something
C. anything strange
D. strange anything
4. —I think this pair of shoes ________ belong to Jack. He likes this kind of shoes.
—It ________ be his, it's too small for him.
A. can't; must B. can't; might
C. might; can't D. might; can
5. —What do you think of his ________？
—Of course it's very nice. After all, he is a famous singer.
A. voice B. noise C. sound D. noisy


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. Don't make a n________. We are trying to prepare for the English test.
2. The boy looks s________. He should go to bed at once.
3. You'd better put on your ________(外套). It's a little cold today.
4. The boy wants to be a ________(男警察) when he grows up.
5. —Where is our teacher?
—Maybe he is in the ________(实验室).
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. There are a lot of birds ________(sing) in the trees.
2. Many sheep were killed by ________(wolf) last night.
3. I felt ________(easy) when I was interviewed by the reporter.
4. Did you have fun ________(climb) the mountain last Sunday?
5. There are a few strange ________(happen) in the neighborhood these days.
6. When I walked past the playground, I saw some boys ________(play)football on the playground.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. You can read today's newspaper, because there is ________ in it.
A. something interesting B. anything new　
C. interesting something D. nothing special
2. The street ________ very quiet in the past, but now it is very busy every day.
A. is B. used to be
C. was used to be D. used to being
3. My father likes to eat fruit and vegetables, but sometimes he ________ eats junk food.
A. too B. either
C. neither D. also
4. —Where is Miss Li? Everyone is looking for her.
—________. She has gone to England this morning.
A. She must be in the classroom
B. I have no idea
C. She can't be in the office
D. She may be in the office
5. There ________ someone visiting our school today because we can see many cars in the school.
A. has B. is
C. must be D. must have
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 这个村子里几乎每个人都相互认识。
Almost everyone in the village ________ ________ ________.
2. 你已经报警了吗？
Have you ________ ________ ________？
3. 除了钓鱼你们在那里还做其他事情了吗？
Did you do ________ ________ besides going fishing there?
4. 无论干什么，我们都要全力以赴。
________ ________ ________，we should try our best.
5. 你知道他发生了什么事吗？
Do you know ________ ________ ________ him?

Ⅴ. 短文填空
用所给词的正确形式填空。
Miss Li is a teacher in a middle school. She works hard and is very busy all day. Her students all like her classes because her classes are very __1__(interest). She is also __2__(help) and kind to her students. They all like to make __3__(friend) with her. But now she is very __4__(worry) because she can't find her keys. Mr. Wang thinks maybe she left the keys at home, but Miss Li says the keys __5__(can) be at home, because she used one of the keys to lock the bike when she got to school this morning. Miss Li doesn't know what __6__(do). If she has no keys, she can't open the door and enter the house. She has to get her son who __7__(be) in a nearby primary school. __8__(final), one of her students, Ma Mei brings her keys to her. Miss Li __9__(leave) the keys on the __10__(teacher) desk when they had math class in the afternoon. Miss Li is very thankful and hurries to go home with the keys in her bag.
1． ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________ 5．________　6. ________　
7. ________　8. ________ 9．________　
10. ________

























Section B (1a—1d)



Ⅰ. 选词填空，了解本课重点词汇

1. I saw a(n) ________ flying in the sky.
2. Look ! A policeman is ________ after a thief.
3. The plane is ________ on the land.
4. Mr. Wang is wearing a ________ today. He is very handsome.
5. We use a ________ to take photos.
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 他们看到一个人正在跑。
They ________ a man ________.
2. 他可能要上班迟到了。
He ________ ________ ________ ________ work.
3. ——你认为那个人为什么在跑？
——他可能在跑步锻炼身体。
—________ do you think the man ________ ________？
—He ________ ________ ________ for exercise.
4. 他跑可能是为了赶公共汽车上班。
He might be running ________ ________ ________ ________ to work.




阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
No, he's wearing a suit．
不，他穿着西服。(教材第61页)
The dress suits_her_fine. 这条裙子她穿着很合适。
　suit的两种词性
(1)名词，意为“西服；套装”。
(2)动词，意为“适合”。常用短语suit sb. fine/well，意为“很合某人的意；很适合某人”。

我想星期二对我更合适。
I think Tuesday ________ me ________.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Today my teacher is wearing a ________(suit)．
2. That tiger might be running ________(catch) a deer.
3. Something interesting is ________(happen) in our class.
4. I hate the man who ________(make) the noise.
5. I saw a boy ________(run) away from school while I was waiting for a bus.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. ________ UFO landed and ________ alien came out from it.
A. A; a B. A; an
C. An; a D. An; an
2. —Why do you get up so early?
—I get up to run ________ exercise.
A. on B. for
C. with D. in
3. The girl ________ long black hair is from another school.
A. with B. has
C. have D. wears
4. Look at the man ________ on the street.What's happening?
A. lie B. lies
C. lying D. to lie
5. —What are the children doing there?
—They ________ games, I guess.
A. must playing B. must be play
C. could be playing D. might playing


Ⅰ. 单项选择
1. They are walking in a hurry. They might be hurrying ________ a bus.
A. catch B. catches
C. to catch D. catching
2. －Do you know the woman ________ a beautiful bag?
－Yes, she is my aunt.
A. of B. with
C. on D. has
3. There must be ________ in this little village.
A. something strange
B. anything strange
C. strange something
D. strange anything
4. —Where's my watch? I can't find it anywhere.
—It ________ in your bag or under these books.
A. might be B. must be
C. mustn't be D. can be
5. This pair of shoes ________ Deng Hua's. They're too big for her.
A. might be B. could be
C. must be D. can't be
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 他看起来很担心，他可能要上学迟到了。
He looks worried. He ________ ________ late for school.
2. 在乡下的晚上，你可以看到天空中的繁星。
You can see many stars ________ ________ ________ when you are in the countryside at night.
3. 王刚没在教室里，他肯定在操场上打篮球。
Wang Gang isn't in the classroom. He ________ ________ ________ basketball on the playground.
4. 他跑得太快了，我追不上。
He runs so fast that I can't ________ ________ him.
5. 他来这里看望他的爷爷奶奶。
He came here ________ ________ his grandparents.

Ⅲ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. Why do you think so?
B. It can't be her.
C. Then let's visit her when she is back.
D. What's the meeting about?
E. Who is she?
F. Where did she go?
G. Let's go there together.
A: Hi, Jenny. Look at the woman standing at the school gate. __1__
B: It must be our teacher, Mrs. Smith.
A: No. __2__
B: __3__
A: Because she has gone to Shanghai for a meeting.
B: __4__
A: It might be about the change of textbooks.
B: When could she come back?
A: She could be back the day after tomorrow.
B: __5__
A: OK.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________　
4. ________ 5. ________
Ⅳ. 阅读理解
There is a small school near our village. There are twenty students in the school. Because the village is far away from the town, the children can't go to school in town. So the government opened this small school. Mr. Zhang is head teacher of the school. He and another teacher, Mr. Li, work in the school. They work very hard and are very busy every day. Although there are only twenty students in the school, they are in different grades.
It is winter now and the weather is very cold. Today is Monday. When people wake up, they see everything is white. There was a heavy snow last night. After breakfast, all the students get to school. They all think they should spend much time cleaning up the snow in the schoolyard. But to their surprise, they find the schoolyard is very clean and tidy. There is no snow in the schoolyard. The road from the school to the village is clean. So who did this? No one knows.
Wang Xue says that it must be their head teacher, Mr. Zhang. He is such a kind man that all the students love him. He is very friendly and helpful. If any kid has trouble, he can ask him for help. He is always the first one to get to school. Li Mei says that it might be Mr. Li who cleaned up the snow. He is from a rich family in a big city. He is a volunteer teacher. He is very young. All the children say he is likean elder brother to them. Maybe he gets up early to clean up the snow. But when the children ask Mr. Zhang and Mr. Li about this, they both say they don't know who did this. Perhaps some villagers did it. But no one knows. Can you guess?
根据短文内容，判断正(T)误(F)。
(　　)1. The village is small but the school is very big.
(　　)2. The two teachers are very busy although there are only twenty students in the school.
(　　)3. Although it is winter, the weather is a little warm.
(　　)4. Mr. Zhang is very serious and strict with the children.
(　　)5. Mr. Li is from a big city. He is a volunteer.


Section B (2a—2e)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. 不但……而且……　　　　　　____________
2. 同时；一起 ____________
3. 历史古迹 ____________
4. communicate with sb. ____________
5. point out ____________
6. shine into ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 每年它都接待750 000多名游客。
Every year it ________ ________ ________ 750,000 visitors.
2. 巨石按某种方式堆放在一起。
The large stones were put together ________ ________ ________ ________.
3. 其他的人相信这些石头有医疗作用。
Other people believe the stones have a ________
________.
4. 他们认为这些石头能预防疾病并能使人们健康。
They think the stones can ________ ________ and ________ people ________.
5. 其他人认为建造它是为了庆祝战胜敌人。
Others think it was built ________ ________ a ________ ________ an enemy.




阅读下面句子，完成后面的探究总结
Every year it receives more than 750，000 visitors.
每年它都接待750 000多名游客。 (教材第62页)
I received his invitation but I didn't accept it.
我收到了他的邀请，但没有接受。
　receive与accept的用法辨析
________
“收到”，强调客观上收到这一事实，不表示是否愿意接受此物
________
“接受”，主动地或自愿地接受,带有满意、同意、答应、认可等意味。其反义词为refuse
【助记】

receive　　　　　　　　accept
(客观上)收到　　　　　(主观上)接受

昨天我收到了玛丽的鲜花，然后高兴地收下了。
I ________ some flowers from Mary yesterday and I ________ them happily.


阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
They think the stones can prevent illness and keep people healthy.
他们认为这些石头能预防疾病并能使人们健康。(教材第62页)
He prevented the boy from_climbing the tree.
他阻止那个男孩爬树。
　
prevent 及物动词，后可直接跟名词，表示阻止、禁止某人、某物或某事。常用短语prevent sb./sth. from doing sth. 意为“阻止某人/某物做某事”，from可省略。被动语态中from不可省略。

①什么都不能阻止我们这个周末去购物。
Nothing can ________ us ________ ________ shopping this weekend.
②(2015·襄阳)—Can you tell me ________(游客是否应被阻止踩踏草地) in the park?
—Yes, I think they should.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Their teacher is a famous ________(history)．
2. A ________(medicine) team came here quickly after the earthquake.
3. Teenagers have much ________(energetic)．
4. Not only ________ he ________(come), but also he helped us out of the trouble.
5. The sun shines ________(direct) into the room. It's so warm.
6. The UFO is one of the greatest ________(mystery) in the world.
7. The old woman is the ________(lead) of the company.
8. We should try to prevent him from ________(spend) all his time on the computer games.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Do you like your new dress?
—Yes, not only I but also my sister ________ it.
A. likes B. like
C. doesn't like D. liked
2. I don't know when the building ________.
A. builds B. built
C. is built D. was built
3. They ________ Guangzhou by plane that day.
A. got B. arrived in
C. arrived at D. reached to
4. Mary ________ my invitation, but she ________ to come to the party.
A. accepted; refused
B. received; refused
C. received; accepted
D. accepted; received
5. In order to show his ________ to his dead parents, he often put some flowers in front of their burial place.
A. honor　 B. importance
C. energy　 D. purpose


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母提示完成单词
1. Did you r________ many gifts on your last birthday?
2. I was so nervous that I didn't know how to e________ my meaning.
3. We should exercise every day to p________ illness.
4. The young man is full of e________ and he is active in everything.
5. —What's his p________ to come here?
—He wants to borrow your car.

Ⅱ. 用方框内所给单词的适当形式填空

1. Our team ________ encouraged us to go on moving.
2. You should have a ________ examination twice a year.
3. There are lots of ________ all over the world.
4. Beijing is a very famous ________ place.
5. The bad weather prevented us from ________ on a picnic.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. Not only all the students but also the teacher ________ going to the zoo tomorrow.
A. are B. is
C. am D. were
2. ________ the boy is young, ________ he can cook delicious food.
A. Though; but
B. But; though
C. Though; /
D. But; /
3. —Would you please see the movie Iron Man 3 with me tonight, Kate?
—I'd love to, but I've ________ Linda's invitation to dinner.
A. suffered
B. earned
C. received
D. accepted
4. Mr. Smith arrived ________ America last week.
A. in B. at
C. with D. to
5. Exercise more and eat less, and then you can ________.
A. keep healthy B. keep health
C. prevent ill D. keep illness
6. We should prevent people ________ wild animals.
A. be killed B. kill
C. killing D. to kill
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 我们不知道它是用来干什么的。
We don't know what it ________ ________ ________.
2. 我认为你应该经常跟父母交流。
I think you should often ________ ________ your parents.
3. 他们看到太阳正在东方冉冉升起。
They ________ the sun ________ in the east.
4. 它可能是一种植物。
It ________ ________ a kind of plant.
5. 他们要在那里待很长一段时间。
They will stay there for ________ ________ ________ of time.
6. 上节课老师帮我指出作业里的许多错误。
The teacher helped me ________ ________ many mistakes in my homework last class.

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. Don't worry.
B. Let's look for it together.
C. What's the matter?
D. Whose backpack is this?
E. It can't be mine.
F. You are welcome.
G. I think I might have left it in the reading room.
A: Anna, you look worried. __1__
B: I can't find my backpack anywhere. Where can it be?
A: __2__ Let's see where it might be.
B: __3__ But it isn't there.
A: What color is your backpack? __4__
B: It's black and white.
A: Oh, look! Is this one yours?
B: No. __5__ Mine is newer than this one.
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________
Ⅵ. 根据句意和首字母提示填空，完成短文
Tom, Jim and Sam were on the w__1__ to their school. Suddenly they saw a schoolbag on the road. Tom picked it u__2__ and opened the bag. There was a soccer ball, a s__3__ and a math book in the bag. W__4__ bag is it? Tom said the bag must belong to a boy. Only boys like to play football. But Jim didn't a__5__. He thought that boys don't like to w__6__ a scarf. Tom said that the scarf m__7__ be a present for the boy's mother. Sam said n__8__ but took out the math book. Then he said to Tom and Jim, “Don't a__9__ with each other. The bag m__10__ be John's because his name is on the math book. Let's go and find him.” “OK, let's go，” Tom and Jim answered happily.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________ 5. ________　6. ________　
7. ________　8. ________ 9. ________　
10. ________
Ⅶ. 阅读理解
Peter is a naughty boy. He is fourteen years old now. He doesn't like to study hard. He is good at some of his subjects. But he doesn't do well in the others. He likes to play sports with his friends. He also likes to spend time with his friends.
It was Friday yesterday. Peter didn't get home until eight o'clock. His parents were very anxious and angry. His father thought he must have gone somewhere and played computer games with his friends because he likes them so much. On weekends, Peter often spends too much time on the games. But his parents don't let him play too much. They allow him to play for only one hour every day. So Peter is unhappy about this. Peter's mother thought he might have gone to the movies with his friends because he also likes to see movies. His favorite movies are thrillers and action movies. But if he went to do these things, he should call his mother and tell her that. Why didn't he tell her? Was there anything wrong with him?
At eight ten, Peter came back home. He told his parents the story. On his way home, he found a wallet. He picked it up and saw much money and other things in it. Somebody must have dropped it when he or she passed by. But who was it? He or she must be very worried and looking for it everywhere. So Peter stood there and waited for the owner for a long time. At last, a young woman came and Peter gave the wallet to her.
1. Peter likes ________ at school.
A. all the subjects
B. to play sports
C. English and math
D. to watch TV
2. Why were Peter's parents so angry yesterday?
A. Because he failed the test.
B. Because he wasn't good at his schoolwork.
C. Because he didn't get home before eight o'clock.
D. Because he didn't bring the wallet home and get the money for his family.
3. Does Peter have a mobile phone?
A. Yes, he does.
B. No, he doesn't.
C. He has two.
D. We don't know.
4. Peter has ________ friends at school.
A. no B. few
C. little D. many
5. Peter's parents must be ________ after they heard the story.
A. happy
B. unhappy
C. angry
D. worried


Section B (3a—Self Check)



完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 我还在等车，可能要晚一点到达聚会。
I'm still ________ ________ the bus, so I ________ ________ a bit late for the party.
2. 她是唯一一个穿着如此鲜艳衣服的人。
She's the only one who wears ________ ________
________.
3. 我刚刚跟她通过电话，她现在正在上班。
I just talked to her ________ ________ ________， and she's ________ ________ right now.



本单元写作以“谈论物品所属”为话题，围绕这一话题提出假设，使用表示推测的情态动词must、may、could、might、can't等得出推论。

假设你们班上有位同学捡到一个书包，请你根据所提供的信息，进行全面客观的分析，看书包可能是谁的。提示线索如下：
1. There is a photo of Jay Chou in the schoolbag.
2. There is a hair band in the schoolbag.
3. There is a baseball in the schoolbag.
Li Shan
Liu Fang
likes Jackie Chan very much
likes Jay Chou very much
short hair
long hair
favorite sport is basketball
favorite sport is baseball
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1. 人称：主要用第三人称。
2. 时态：一般现在时。
3. 结构提纲：
(1)引入话题：以我的观点，这个书包属于……
(2)谈论观点：根据表格内容，推测书包的主人。
(3)回扣主题：做出判断，确定书包的主人。
4. 语句储备：
(1)the schoolbag might belong to ...
(2) ... must have a ...
(3)The schoolbag must be ...
(4)It can't be ...

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Ⅰ. 选择括号内合适的词填空
1. The basketball ________(must/can't) be Jack's. He never plays sports.
2. He ________(must/might) be unhappy today. His pet dog died yesterday and he loved her very much.
3. There is ________(strange something/something strange) in our class and we are all worried.
4. Whose ________(run/running) shoes are these?
5. The old woman likes to wear ________(color/ colorful) clothes.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Fifty dollars for such a blouse! You ________ be joking.
—I'm serious. It's made of silk.
A. must B. can
C. may D. need
2. Look at the students. They might ________ for
exercise.
A. to run B. be running
C. running D. are running
3. The photo belongs to ________. This is her uncle.
A. her B. hers
C. Alice's D. his
4. I like to listen to her songs. Her ________ is very sweet.
A. noise B. noisy
C. sound D. voice
5. —Is this coat your mother's?
—No, it isn't. She doesn't like ________.
A. so color clothes
B. such color clothes
C. so colorful clothes
D. such colorful clothes


Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Forests can help prevent water from ________(run) away.
2. In the past ten years, there were many ________ (wolf) in the mountains.
3. Scientists didn't find anything ________(value) in this area last year.
4. Mike can't find his watch. It might ________ (steal)．
5. The boy is so ________(sleep) that he falls asleep in class.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —Did you ________ a letter from your parents yesterday?
—No, but I got a letter from my friend.
A. reach B. catch
C. receive D. accept
2. The dictionary ________ be Ann's. Look! Her name is on the cover.
A. could B. must
C. might D. need
3. —Does ________ know the answer to the question?
—I think Li Feng may know.
A. everybody B. anybody
C. somebody D. nobody
4. —________ bookcase is this?
—It might be ________.
A. Who's; Tom B. Who's; Tom's　
C. Whose; Tom's D. Whose; Tom
5. The girl is talented in ________ singing ________ dancing, so she was chosen to perform at the Spring Festival Gala.
A. either; or B. not only; but also
C. neither; or D. either; nor
6. She always talks to her mother ________ the phone.
A. in B. with
C. at D. on
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 她不可能正在等你。
She ________ ________ ________ for you.
2. 你不应该晚上从家里跑出来。
You shouldn't ________ ________ ________your home at night.
3. 在中国，聚会晚到一会没关系。
In China, it's OK if you arrive ________ ________ ________ for the party.
4. 走了那么长的路，你一定饿了。
You ________ ________ ________ after your long walk.
5. 你最好去问问那位警察，他一定知道去邮局的路。
You'd better ask the policeman. He ________ ________ the way to the post office.
Ⅳ. 句型转换
1. Not only he but also his parents went to England last summer. (改为同义句)
________ he ________ his parents went to England last summer.
2. He was late for school because his bike broke down. (改为同义句)
His bike broke down, ________ he was late for school.
3. Those clothes are Jim's. (对画线部分提问)
________ clothes ________ ________？
4. He put all his books in the bag. (改为被动语态)
All his books ________ ________ in the bag by him.
5. These are shoes that are used for running. (改为同义句)
These are ________ shoes.

Ⅴ. 根据对话情景，用适当的情态动词填空
A: I __1__ find my sweater!
B: Don't worry! Let's go to the lost and found.
(At the lost and found)
C: Hello, boys！What __2__ I do for you?
A: My sweater is missing. Are there any sweaters here?
C: Let me see. Oh, there are two sweaters here. What color is yours?
A: Red.
C: This one__3__ belong to you. It's red. Please have a look.
A: Oh, yes, it's mine. Thank you.
C: You're welcome. By the way, whose is the black one? Do you know?
B: It __4__ be Tom's. He likes to wear a yellow sweater.
A: Then it __5__ be David's. He often wears black clothes.
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________







单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. Did you a________ Linda's birthday party last night?
2. —Look, there's a big dog over there.
—No, I don't think it's a dog. Maybe it's a w________.
3. I'll write a letter to e________ my thanks to Mr. Zhang because he has helped me a lot.
4. He beat her on p________.
5. I can't visit you these days. I'll stay in Beijing for a long p________ of time.
6. We wonder ________(who) new car this is.
7. I stayed up late to watch the basketball match last night. I feel ________(sleep) now.
8. The famous doctor is a member of the _______
(medicine) team.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 属于　____________
2. 发带 ____________
3. 捡起 ____________
4. 彼此 ____________
5. 逃跑 ____________
6. 玩得开心 ____________
7. 追逐；追赶 ____________
8. catch a bus ____________
9. not only ... but also... ____________
10. 同时；一起 ____________
11. point out ____________
12. in a certain way ____________
13. shine into ____________
14. prevent illness ____________
15. keep healthy ____________
16. be used for ____________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 那辆自行车一定是我叔叔的。
That bike ________ ________ my uncle's.
2. ——这是谁的笔记本？
——可能是贝蒂的。
—________ notebook is this?
—It ________ ________ Betty's.
3. 看！有人在浇花。
Look! ________ ________ someone ________ the flowers.
4. 现在他不可能在工作。
He ________ ________ ________ now.
5. 他不仅在学校教书，而且还写小说。
________ ________ ________ he teach at school, ________ he writes novels.
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
用must、might、could或can't填空
1. The dictionary ________ be Jim's. I can see his name on it.
2. This model plane ________ be John's. I know he has one.
3. The black car ________ belong to Mr. Green or Mr. Brown. They both have black cars.
4. The man ________ be our math teacher. He is much taller.
5. Tom is free now. He ________ help you with your math.
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
情态动词表示推测，whose、anybody和sleepy的用法及辨析等。
1. (2015·北京)—________ T-shirt is this?
—I think it's Tom's.
A. Whose B. Which C. What D. Who
2. (2015·绥化)The room is empty. I can't find ________ in it.
A. somebody B. nobody
C. anybody
3. (2015·连云港)—Why are you looking ________ in class all day?
—Because I can't finish my homework until eleven every night.
A. awake B. asleep
C. sleeping D. sleepy
4. (2015·杭州)Harry's been driving all day—he ________ be tired.
A. need B. can C. shall D. must
5. (2015·安徽)—Do you have any plans for this Sunday?
—I'm not sure. I ________ go to the countryside to see my grandmother.
A. can B. must C. may D. need
6. (2015·天津)—Is that man Mr. Smith?
—It ________ be him. He has gone to New York on business.
A. may not B. needn't
C. can't D. mustn't


阶段检测卷(Unit 8)
(时间：60分钟　分值：100分)


Ⅰ. 单项选择(每小题2分，共20分)
1. —________ father took part in the charity activity in the neighborhood yesterday?
—Peter's.
A. Whose B. What C. Which D. Who
2. —I have been to the moon twice.
—You ________ be joking! It's impossible!
A. can B. can't C. must　 D. need
3. Look at the man. He might ________ to catch a bus.
A. to run B. be running
C. running D. are running
4. The girl ________ a schoolbag is from another school.
A. with B. in C. have D. has
5. The hair band belongs to ________. Her mother bought it for her.
A. is B. hers C. Jane's D. her
6. Please don't make so much ________. Your sister is sleeping.
A. noise B. noisy C. sound D. voice
7. —Look! Mr. Hu is on the other side of the street.
—It ________ be him. He has gone to Lanzhou.
A. mustn't B. can't
C. shouldn't D. won't
8. —Why are you late ________ work again?
—I am late ________ the bad weather.
A. to; because B. to; because of
C. for; because　 D. for; because of
9. We called the police, but they didn't find ________．
A. strange something B. strange anything
C. anything strange D. something strange
10. The cleaners in the mountains must ________ rubbish to keep the mountains clean.
A. turn up B. pick up
C. give up D. set up
Ⅱ. 完形填空(每小题2分，共20分)
Last Sunday, we had a class trip to enjoy ourselves. Our head teacher took us to the beach for a __1__. When we arrived there at 9:00 a.m. by bus, we heard a big __2__. It was made by wind and waves(海浪). It sounded like they were playing wonderful symphony(交响乐). Right away, we sat down and __3__ to enjoy our picnic. We told jokes, sang and played games while eating sandwiches, chocolate and other snacks.
In the afternoon, some students ran __4__ each other in the water and swam for fun. Alice and I tried to __5__ fish in the water. Some students helped the cleaners __6__ up the rubbish. Others played cards and chess. Everyone looked extremely __7__.
At 4:30 p.m., we had to go back to school, __8__ we wanted to spend some more time on the beach. Just then, I found a blue hair band on the sand. At first I thought it __9__ be Alice's, because she is the only girl who likes the blue color. Then I thought it __10__ belong to her because I saw her wearing a yellow one. At last, we knew it was Cindy's. We went back to school at 5:45 p.m. The picnic came to an end, but we'll always remember the good time we had.
1. A. picnic B. camp C. sport D. party
2. A. accident B. sound
C. story D. problem
3. A. regretted B. refused
C. started D. agreed
4. A. at B. with C. on D. after
5. A. bring B. catch C. buy D. lift
6. A. take B. turn C. pick D. look
7. A. happy B. modest
C. worried D. sad
8. A. because B. although
C. unless D. when
9. A. can't B. can C. must D. may
10. A. must B. mustn't C. could D. couldn't
Ⅲ. 阅读理解(每小题2分，共10分)
Do you think there is a ghost in the world? More than 20 years ago, a student jumped from the top of the clock tower in the University of Birmingham. He did this only because he failed his final exam.
After his death, a superstition(迷信) began: Anyone who walks under the clock tower will have bad luck in his exam. Years later, students there still remembered the story of the tower. Although Birmingham is the second largest city in Britain, the university is green and quiet. The grass around the tower has been worn(磨损) away by the feet of students who refuse to pass underneath(在……之下) the tower.
The university had to pave(铺) extra paths, so students could walk to their classrooms without passing under the most terrible area. But, one day just before an important exam, a top student in the university walked under the clock tower because he was lost in thought. However, he got high marks in the exam the next day. Quickly students all knew about it. Then they realized that the most important thing is working hard.
Whenever I go under the clock tower, I will tell myself, “Working hard is the key to success.”
1. Why did the student jump from the top of the tower?
A. Because he saw a ghost there.
B. Because he was very careless.
C. Because he didn't pass his final exam.
D. Because there was no risk.
2. The University of Birmingham lies in ________.
A. the largest country
B. the middle of America
C. the largest city in Britain
D. the second largest city in Britain
3. The grass around the tower has been worn away by the students who ________.
A. think the grass is really beautiful and like to walk on it
B. think they will fail exams if they walk under the tower
C. believe anyone who walks under the tower will die
D. know there is a ghost in the tower and are afraid of it
4. What did the university do with the problem?
A. It paved other roads for the students.
B. It ordered students to walk under the tower.
C. It moved the clock tower away at last.
D. It didn't do anything for the students.
5. What's the writer's opinion in the passage?
A. He thinks it's dangerous to risk walking under the clock tower.
B. He doesn't believe the story is true.
C. He thinks the story is interesting.
D. Working hard is important to success.
Ⅳ. 用所给词的正确形式填空(每小题2分，共1分)
1. Today I saw some ________(policeman) in the street.
2. Have you ever seen ________(wolf)?
3. I don't like math. So I often feel ________(sleep) in math classes.
4. Who is your ________(lead) in the company?
5. My brother wants to go to a ________(medicine) school when he grows up.
Ⅴ. 完成句子(每小题2分，共10分)
1. 不要担心期末考试，因为你已经尽力了。
Don't ________ ________ ________ the final exam, because you have tried your best.
2. 我很累，但同时我也很高兴。
I am tired, but I also feel happy ________ ________ ________ ________．
3. 那边有人在打架。
________ ________ some people ________ over there.
4. 那个人一定在跑步去上班。
The man ________ ________ ________ to work.
5. 在上学日，不要让学生们看电视。
________ the students from ________ TV on weekdays.
Ⅵ. 补全对话(每小题2分，共10分)
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. Our English teacher always wears them.
B. You are right.
C. Who is that man over there?
D. He always listens to old music.
E. He has gone to Shanghai on business.
F. The soccer ball might be John's.
G. It can't be Mr. Wang, either.
A: Look! ____1____
B: It can't be Mr. Zhang. ____2____
A: He might be Mr. Wang.
B: No. ____3____ Mr. Wang has long hair, but his hair is short.
A: Oh, he must be our English teacher. Look at his black coat and blue trousers. ____4____
B: Yes. ____5____
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________
Ⅶ. 书面表达(共20分)
下午放学后，吉姆、迈克和玛丽在走廊里发现了一个书包，里面有一个足球、一张光盘、一个黄色T恤衫和一个发带。他们三人根据这些东西在猜测书包的主人。请根据提示写一篇80词左右的短文。
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________





Unit 8　It must belong to Carla.

Section A (1a－2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. belong to　2. at the picnic　3. pop music　
4. 发带 5. 参加一场音乐会　6. 捡起
Ⅱ. 1. Whose; must be　2. might/could go　
3. anything valuable　4. can't be stolen　5. to check if
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] 名词；Whose
[对点训练] ①B　②Whose basketball
2. [对点训练] ①A　②C　③belong to
3. [探究总结] 否定；后面；单数
[对点训练] ①B　②anybody
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. Whose　2. her　3. theirs　4. worried　
5. anybody
Ⅱ. 1－5 ABCDB
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. attend　2. Whose　3. rabbits　
4. picnic　5. valuable
Ⅱ. 1. must　2. can't　3. must　
4. might/could　5. can't
Ⅲ. 1－5 CCDAD
Ⅳ. 1. at the picnic　2. anything important　
3. had; with 4. the rest of; are　5. picks it up
Ⅴ. 1. things　2. Whose　3. belong　4. Who　
5. might 6. think　7. Maybe　8. play
Ⅵ. 1－5 ACABB
Section A (3a－4c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. used to be　2. could be; must be; having　3. saw; running away　4. There must be; visiting　 5. hear; running
Ⅱ. 1－4　FTFT
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] noise; sound; voice
[对点训练] ①voice　②sound　③noise
2. [探究总结] (1)情态动词　(2)动词-ing形式
[对点训练] D
3. [对点训练] ①sleepy　②sleeping　③asleep
[语法聚焦]
　[探究总结] (1)must　(2)can't　(4)动词-ing形式
[对点训练] ①can't　②could/might　③can't　④must　⑤could/might
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. sleepy　2. unusual　3. policemen　
4. singing　5. playing
Ⅱ. 1－5 CCCCA
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. noise　2. sleepy　3. coat　
4. policeman　5. laboratory
Ⅱ. 1. singing　2. wolves　3. uneasy　
4. climbing 5. happenings　6. playing
Ⅲ. 1－5 ABDCC
Ⅳ. 1. knows each other　2. called the policemen 3. anything else　4. Whatever we do　5. what happened to
Ⅴ. 1. interesting　2. helpful　3. friends　
4. worried　5. can't　6. to do　7. is　
8. Finally　9. left　10. teacher's

Section B (1a－1d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. alien　2. running　3. landing　4. suit　
5. camera
Ⅱ. 1. see; running　2. could/might be late for　
3. Why; is running; could be running　
4. to catch a bus
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
　[对点训练] suits; better
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. suit　2. to catch　3. happening　
4. makes/is making 5. running
Ⅱ. 1－5 BBACC
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1－5 CBAAD
Ⅱ. 1. might/could be　2. in the sky　
3. must be playing　 4. run after　5. to see
Ⅲ. 1－5 EBADC
Ⅳ. 1. F　细节理解题。根据第一段第一句话“There is a small school near our village.”可以推知答案。
2. T　细节理解题。根据第一段最后两句话可以判断答案。
3. F　细节理解题。根据第二段第一句话“It is winter now and the weather is very cold.”可以推知答案。
4. F　推理判断题。根据第三段可以推知答案。
5. T　细节理解题。根据第三段中“He is from a rich family in a big city. He is a volunteer teacher.”可以判断答案。
Section B (2a－2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. not only ... but also...　2. at the same time　3. historical place　4. 和某人交流　
5. 指出　6. 照进
Ⅱ. 1. receives more than　2. in a certain way
3. medical purpose
4. prevent illness; keep; healthy
5. to celebrate; victory over
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] receive; accept
[对点训练] received; accepted
2. [对点训练] ①prevent; from going　②if/whether (the) visitors/travelers/tourists should be prevented from walking/stepping on the grass
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. historian　2. medical　3. energy　
4. did; come 5. directly　6. mysteries　
7. leader　8. spending
Ⅱ. 1－5 ADBBA
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. receive　2. express　3. prevent　
4. energy　5. purpose
Ⅱ. 1. leader　2. medical　3. mysteries　
4. historical　5. going
Ⅲ. 1—6 BCDAAC
Ⅳ. 1. is used for　2. communicate with　
3. saw; rising 4. might/may/could be　
5. a long period　6. point out
Ⅴ. 1－5 CAGBE
Ⅵ. 1. way　2. up　3. scarf　4. Whose　
5. agree　6. wear　7. might　8. nothing　
9. argue　10. must
Ⅶ. 1－5 BCBDA
Section B (3a－Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
1. waiting for; might be
2. such colorful clothes
3. on the phone; at work
【合作探究·破疑难】
[写作指导]
One possible version：
In my opinion, the schoolbag might belong to Liu Fang. First, Liu Fang likes Jay Chou very much, so she might put a photo of Jay Chou in the schoolbag, but Li Shan likes Jackie Chan. Then, Li Shan has short hair while Liu Fang has long hair. So Liu Fang must have a hair band but Li Shan can't have one. Last, Liu Fang's favorite sport is baseball, but Li Shan's favorite sport is basketball. So the schoolbag must be Liu Fang's. It can't be Li Shan's.
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. can't　2. must　3. something strange　
4. running 5. colorful
Ⅱ. 1－5 ABADD
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. running　2. wolves　3. valuable　
4. be stolen　5. sleepy
Ⅱ. 1—6 CBBCBD
Ⅲ. 1. can't be waiting　2. run away from
3. a bit late　4. must be hungry
5. must know
Ⅳ. 1. Both; and　2. so　3. Whose; are those　
4. were put 5. running
Ⅴ. 1. can't　2. can　3. could/might　4. can't　
5. could/might
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. attend　2. wolf　3. express　4. purpose　5. period 6. whose　7. sleepy　8. medical
[短语速译]
1. belong to　2. hair band　3. pick up　
4. each other 5. run away　6. have fun　
7. run after　8. 赶公交车　9. 不但……而且……　10. at the same time　
11. 指出　12. 以某种方式　13. 照进　
14. 预防疾病　15. 保持健康　16. 被用来
[句型闯关]
1. must be　2. Whose; might/could be　
3. There is; watering　4. can't be working　
5. Not only does; but
[语法专练]
1. must　2. might/could　3. could/might　
4. can't 5. could/might
[真题演练]
1. A　考查疑问词辨析。句意：——这是谁的T恤衫？——我想这是汤姆的。从答句可知，问句是对物品所属进行提问，应用whose，故选A。
2. C　考查不定代词辨析。句意：这个房间空着，我在里面找不到任何人。somebody用于肯定句；nobody不符合语意；anybody用于否定句和疑问句。故选C。
3. D　考查形容词辨析。句意：——你为什么整天在课堂上看起来很困？——因为我每天晚上直到十一点才能完成作业。此处look是系动词，意为“看起来”，后接形容词sleepy作表语，意为“困倦的；瞌睡的”。故选D。
4. D　考查情态动词的用法。句意：哈里开了一整天车，他一定累了。本题考查情态动词表示猜测的用法， must表达语气较为肯定的推测。故选D。
5. C　考查情态动词的用法。句意：——这个周日你有计划吗？——我不确定。我可能要去乡下看望我祖母。can“能”；must“一定”；may“或许；可能”；need“需要”。既然没有确定这个周日的计划，那么去看望祖母也只是“可能”的事情。故选C。
6. C　 考查情态动词辨析。句意：——那个人是史密斯先生吗？——不可能是他。他去纽约出差了。根据题干中has gone to“去了某地还没回来”可知，答语应该为“不可能是他”，表示否定推测要用can't。故选C。

阶段检测卷(Unit 8)
Ⅰ. 1. A　考查疑问词辨析。句意：——昨天谁的爸爸在附近参加慈善活动了？——彼得的爸爸。由答语可知，问句是对所有格进行提问，故用whose表示“谁的”。故选A。
2. C　考查情态动词的用法。根据句意“——我去过月球两次了。——你肯定是在开玩笑！那是不可能的！”可以判断用must表示肯定的猜测。故选C。
3. B　考查情态动词的用法及时态。情态动词后面跟动词原形；根据“Look at the man.”可以判断“他可能在跑步赶公交车”，所以用be running。故选B。
4. A　考查介词的用法。 with意为“具有；带着”，with a schoolbag“背着书包的”，表示随身携带，故选A。
5. D　考查单词的用法。belong to后面跟名词或人称代词的宾格而不跟物主代词或名词所有格。故选A。
6. A　考查名词辨析。noise“噪音”；noisy“吵闹的”；sound“声音”；voice“嗓音”。根据后面的“你妹妹正在睡觉”可以判断用noise。故选A。
7. B　考查情态动词的用法。根据“He has gone to Lanzhou.”可以判断“不可能是他”。故选B。
8. D　考查固定搭配。be late for意为“迟到”，表示原因时，because后面跟从句，而because of后面跟名词或代词。故选D。
9. C　考查形容词修饰不定代词。 形容词修饰不定代词时要后置。在否定句中，用anything而不用something。故选C。
10. B　考查动词短语辨析。turn up “调高”； pick up “捡起；拾起”；give up “放弃”；set up “建立”。故选B。
Ⅱ. 1. A　根据下文“...we sat down and ...enjoy our picnic.”可判断此处指“野餐”。
2. B　根据后面一句“It was made by wind and waves. It sounded like they were playing wonderful symphony.”可判断此处指声音。
3. C　start to do sth.“开始做某事”，符合语境。
4. D　run after “追逐”符合语境。
5. B　catch fish“抓鱼”。
6. C　pick up the rubbish “捡垃圾”。
7. A　结合语境可理解为“每个人看起来都玩得极其高兴”。
8. B　由句子前后关系可判断此处应理解为“尽管我们还想在沙滩上多玩一会，但是我们必须要回学校”。故用although。
9. C　由空格后的句意“因为她是唯一一个喜欢蓝色的女孩”可判断此处表示有把握的推断，故用must。
10. D　由后句“... I saw her wearing a yellow one.”可知不可能是艾丽斯的发带。
Ⅲ. 1. C　细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句“He did this only because he failed his final exam.”可以判断答案为C。
2. D　细节理解题。根据第二段中“Although Birmingham is the second largest city in Britain, the university is green and quiet.”可以判断伯明翰是英国第二大城市。故选D。
3. B　推理判断题。 根据第二段可以判断“学生之所以走草坪是因为他们认为从塔下走会考试不及格。”故选B。
4. A　细节理解题。根据第三段第一句“The university had to pave extra paths, so students could walk to their classrooms without passing under the most terrible area.”可以判断“学校为了不让学生走草坪，又为学生铺设了其他的路。”故选A。
5. D　推理判断题。根据最后一段可以判断作者认为努力学习才是通往成功的钥匙。故选D。
Ⅳ. 1. policemen　2. wolves　3. sleepy　4. leader　5. medical
Ⅴ. 1. be worried about　2. at the same time
3. There are; fighting　4. must be running　
5. Prevent; watching
Ⅵ. 1－5 CEGAB
Ⅶ. One possible version：
Jim, Mike and Mary are on duty today. They are cleaning the classroom. When they leave the classroom, they find a schoolbag. There is a soccer ball, a CD, a yellow T-shirt and a hair band in the schoolbag. Whose schoolbag is this? Jim says it must be Tom's because he is the only one in their class who owns CDs. But Mike says it can't be Tom's because there is a hair band in it. He says it might belong to Alice. She likes to play soccer and she has a yellow T-shirt, too. Mary says that she saw Alice buy a CD at the mall yesterday. So it must belong to Alice and she can take the bag to her because they are neighbors.

Unit 9　I like music that I can dance to.
Section A (1a—2d)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. great lyrics　　____________
2. 连同……一起； 伴随着 ____________
3. electronic music ____________
4. smooth music ____________
5. 空闲时间 ____________
6. 既然那样；假使那样的话 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 我喜欢能随之跳舞的音乐。
I like music that I can ________ ________.
2. 我喜欢不太吵的音乐。
I like music that ________ ________ ________.
3. 你喜欢什么类型的音乐？
________ ________ ________ music do you like?
4. 卡门喜欢演奏不同种类音乐的音乐家。
Carmen likes musicians who ________ ________ ________ ________ music.
5. 我更喜欢能让我思考的电影。
I prefer movies that________ me something ________ think about.




阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的结构和用法
I prefer_music that has great lyrics.
我更喜欢歌词优美的音乐。(教材第65页)
I prefer_tea_to_coffee．
比起咖啡，我更喜欢茶。
He prefers_swimming_to_skating．
他喜欢游泳胜过滑冰。
We prefer you to_stay for dinner.
我们更希望你留下来吃晚饭。
I prefer_to_read at home rather_than_hang_out．
我宁愿在家看书也不愿去闲逛。
　
prefer 意为“更喜欢”，相当于like ... better，其常见搭配如下：
(1)prefer＋n./pron.　更喜欢……
(2)prefer A to B　与B相比更喜欢A
(3)prefer doing sth. to doing sth.　比起做某事更喜欢做某事
(4)prefer(sb.) to do sth.　更喜欢(某人)做某事
(5)prefer to do sth. rather than do sth.　宁愿做某事也不愿做某事

①—Which do you like better, pop music or classical music?
—I prefer pop music ________ classical music.
A. than B. to
C. from D. with
②I prefer ________ her some presents ________ her some money.
A. to buying; to giving B. to buy; to give
C. buy; give　　　　　 D. buying; to giving
③—How about going shopping this weekend?
—Sorry. I prefer ________ rather than ________.
A. to stay at home; go out
B. to go out; stay at home
C. staying at home; go out
D. going out; stay at home


阅读下面句子，思考并体会下面的探究总结
I suppose I'll just listen to this new CD I bought.
我想我只会听我买的这张新光盘。(教材第66页)
Many people suppose_him_to_be over 50.
许多人认为他已经50多岁了。
You are_(not)_supposed_to_bow when you meet someone for the first time.
你第一次见到某人时(不)应该鞠躬。
The train was_supposed_to_arrive half an hour ago.
火车本应在半小时之前到达。

suppose动词，意为“推断；料想”，其具体用法如下：
(1)suppose＋that从句，表示“猜测；假定”，that可省略。
(2)suppose＋名词/代词＋to be ... ，表示“认为……是……”。
(3)be supposed to ... 意为“被期望……；该……”，其后要跟动词原形，相当于should。

①What are you supposed ________(do) if you don't know the way?
②You are ________ to do your homework quickly so that you can go to bed early.
A. suggested B. supported
C. taught D. supposed
3. spare adj. 空闲的；不用的　v. 抽出；留出

阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
Well, if you have spare time, do you want to watch a movie with me? 那么，如果你有空闲时间，你想和我一起看电影吗？(教材第66页)
Can you spare me five minutes?
你能挤出5分钟时间给我吗？
　spare的两种词性
(1)spare用作________(形容词/动词), 意为“空闲的；不用的”，相当于free。常见短语in one's spare time，意为“在某人的空闲时间里”。
(2)spare用作________(形容词/动词)，意为“抽出；留出”。spare sb. time 意为“为某人挤出时间”，相当于spare time for sb.。

①在空闲时间，我总是在家看书。
________ ________ ________ ________， I always read books at home.
②我可以给你留出半个小时的时间做演讲。
I can ________ half an hour ________ you to give a speech.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. I prefer ________(stay) at home rather than go out because of the hot weather.
2. You are supposed ________(meet) her at nine o'clock at the bus stop.
3. The old woman is an ________(Australia) singer.
4. He is the ________(direct) of the famous movie.
5. The room is too ________(noise). Let's go out and talk about it.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Can you ________ some time for me？I want to have a talk with you.
A. prevent B. receive
C. attend D. spare
2. —I like music that I can dance ________.
—But I like music that I can sing along ________.
A. to; on B. to; with
C. at; on D. at; with
3. —Do you like music ________ great lyrics?
—Yes, I do.
A. that has B. that have　
C. who has D. who have
4. —I don't like to go there by bike.
—________，let's go there by bus.
A. In that case B. At the same time
C. What's happening D. Without doubt
5. I prefer ________ to music to ________ in the street.
A. listening; hanging out
B. to listen; hang out
C. listening; hang out
D. to listen; hanging out


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母或汉语提示完成单词
1. —Which shirt do you like better, the red one or the yellow one?
—I p________ the red one.
2. What do you often do in your s________ time?
3. —What are you going to do this Sunday?
—I s________ I'll go to climb the mountains.
4. The girl likes the music that has great ________(歌词).
5. Do you know that man？He is a famous ________ (导演).
Ⅱ. 选择方框内合适的词填空

1. There are many students ________ like sports in our class.
2. You'll pass the exam ________ you work hard from now on.
3. ________ kind of music do you like best?
4. I like music ________ sounds relaxing.
5. —________ dictionary is this?
—It might be Li Lei's.
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. This is the best movie ________ we have seen this year.
A. when B. what
C. who D. that
2. The music is wonderful because we can ________ it.
A. dance B. dancing
C. to dance D. dance to
3. Her skin is as ________ as silk.
A. smooth B. great
C. beautiful D. kind
4. They preferred ________in bed rather than ________ horses.
A. to lie; to ride B. lying; ride
C. to lie; ride D. lying; to ride
5. The girls are singing along ________ the music.
A. to B. for
C. on D. with
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 既然那样，我拒绝回答你的问题。
________ ________ ________，I refuse to answer your question.
2. 这个图书馆里有不同种类的科学书籍。
There are ________ ________ ________ science books in the library.
3. 这本书能给我们一些思考的东西。
The book can give us something ________ ________ ________.
4. 她更喜欢有优美歌词的音乐。
She prefers music that ________ ________ ________．
5. 听音乐能帮助我放松。
Listening to music can ________ ________ ________.

Ⅴ. 阅读理解
(2015·宜宾)For some people, music is no fun at all. About 4% of the population is what scientists call “amusic”. People who are amusic are born without the ability to enjoy musical notes. Amusic people often cannot tell the differences between two songs.
As a result, songs sound like noise to an amusic. Many amusics compare the sound of music to pieces of metal hitting each other. Life can be hard for amusics. In fact, most people cannot understand what it feels like to be amusic. Just going to a restaurant or a shopping center can be uncomfortable or even painful. That is why many amusics have to stay away from places where there is music. However, this can result in social loneliness. “I used to hate parties，”says Margaret, a seventy-year-old woman who only recently discovered that she was amusic. By studying people like Margaret, scientists are finally learning how to identify(辨别) this unusual condition.
Scientists say that the brains of amusics are different from those of people who can enjoy music. The difference is complex(复杂的), and it is not connected with poor hearing. Amusics can understand other
non－musical sounds well. They also have no problems understanding common speech. Scientists compare amusics to people who just can't see certain colors.
Many amusics are happy when their condition is finally diagnosed(诊断). For years, Margaret felt embarrassed about her problem with music. Now she knows that she is not alone. That makes it easier for her to explain. “When people invite me to a concert, I just say ‘No, thanks. I'm amusic，’” says Margaret.
1. Amusics are the people who ________．
A. like music
B. have poor listening
C. don't like music
D. are born unable to enjoy music
2. Life is hard for amusics mainly because ________.
A. music seems noise for them
B. people don't understand amusics
C. amusics try to stay at places full of music
D. amusics hate parties, restaurants or shopping centers
3. Scientists identify amusics by ________．
A. studying different kinds of music
B. going to parties regularly
C. studying amusic people
D. comparing music to colors
4. What causes amusics different from most people according to scientists?
A. Their brains.
B. Their poor hearing.
C. Their lack of colors.
D. Their problems with speech.
5. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Amusics' strange behaviors.
B. Musical ability.
C. Some people's inability to enjoy music.
D. Identification and treatment of amusic.


Section A (3a—4c)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. feel like doing sth.　____________
2. 坚持；固守 ____________
3. depend on ____________
4. try one's best ____________
5. 大量；充足 ____________
6. 关闭；停止运转 ____________
7. in time ____________
8. 偶尔地；间或 ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 当我心情不好或疲惫时，我更爱看那些能使我高兴起来的电影。
When I'm down or tired, I ________ movies ________ can ________ me ________.
2. 喜剧片像《黑衣人》或卡通片像《功夫熊猫》都有有趣的对话，并且通常有一个愉快的结尾。
Comedies like Men in Black or cartoons like Kung Fu Panda have funny dialog and usually ________ ________ ________ ________．
3. 笑两个小时是一种放松的好方式！
________ for two hours ________ a good way ________ ________！
4. 我喜欢看恐怖电影。
I like to watch movies ________ ________ ________.
5. 我总是带一个不害怕这类电影的朋友，就不再感觉那么恐怖了。
I always bring a friend ________ ________ ________ ________ these kinds of movies, and it ________ feel so scary ________.




阅读下面句子，体会句中画线部分的用法
What do you feel_like_watching today?
今天你想看什么？(教材第67页)
They made me feel_like one of the family.
他们使我感到我像是这个家庭中的一员。
It feels_like rain. 天好像要下雨。
This kind of brick feels_like wood.
这种砖摸起来像木头。
　
(1)feel like后可接名词、代词或动词-ing形式，表示“想要某物”或“想要做某事”相当于want to do sth. 或would like to do sth.。
(2)feel like 还有“感到像……；摸起来像……”的意思。

①Why don't you feel like ________(eat) anything?
②它摸起来像土豆。
It ________ ________ a potato.
n. 枯枝；拐杖

阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
While some people stick_to only one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day.
虽然有些人坚持只看一种类型电影，但我喜欢看不同类型，这取决于我当天的心情。 (教材第67页)
It's rude to stick your chopsticks into your food.
把筷子插入食物中是粗鲁的。
He picked up some sticks to make a fire.
他捡了一些枯枝来生火。
　stick的用法小结
(1)用作________(名词/动词), 意为“粘贴；将……刺入”，常构成短语stick to，意为“坚持；固守”；stick ...into ...意为“把……插入……”。
(2)用作________(可数/不可数)名词，意为“枯枝；拐杖”。

我不喜欢听他的话，因为他从不坚持自己的观点。
I dislike listening to him, because he never ________ ________ his own opinion.


阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分后接名词的形式
Documentaries like March of the Penguins which provide plenty_of information about a certain subject can be interesting ...
像《帝企鹅日记》这样提供了关于某一题材的大量信息的纪录片会很有趣……(教材第67页)
There are plenty_of eggs in the market.
市场上有很多鸡蛋。
He put a_great_deal_of money in the bank.
他把许多钱存入了银行。
A_great_many animals are in danger.
很多动物处于危险之中。
　plenty of，a great deal of与a great many的用法辨析
plenty of
“大量；充足”，用来修饰可数名词复数和________(可数/不可数)名词，同义短语为a lot of 或 lots of
a great
deal of
“许多”，通常修饰________(可数/不可数)名词
a great
many
“许多”，修饰________(可数名词复数/不可数名称)

①I need plenty of ________(time) to finish the work.
②There is lots_of rain this year.
A. a number of B. a great many
C. plenty of D. a few



阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的用法
I like music that I can dance to.
我喜欢能随之跳舞的音乐。(教材第65页)
... I'll ask someone who likes serious movies.
……我将邀请喜欢严肃的电影的人。(教材第66页)
I prefer movies that/which give me something to think about. 我更喜欢能让我思考的电影。
This is the book about which they are talking.
这就是他们正在谈论的那本书。
Is there anyone in our class whose father is a doctor? 我们班有谁的父亲是当医生的吗？
　
一、含义
在复合句中，修饰某一名词或代词的从句叫定语从句。被修饰的名词或代词叫先行词，定语从句一般放在先行词的后面。
二、作用
定语从句在复合句中对先行词起着修饰、限定的作用，相当于汉语中的“……的”结构。
三、定语从句的引导词
1. 种类：定语从句的引导词有关系代词that、which、 who(宾格whom、所有格whose)等；关系副词where、when、why等。
2. 位置：关系代词和关系副词放在先行词及定语从句之间起连接作用，同时又作定语从句的重要成分。
3. 关系代词的选用
关系代词
指代
在定语从句中所作的成分
that
人或物
作主语或宾语
which
物
作主语或宾语
who
人
作主语或宾语
whom
人
作宾语
whose
人或物
作定语
【拓展】
关系副词when、where和why引导定语从句在句中分别指代时间、地点和原因。
四、关系代词只能用that的情况
1. 先行词既包括人又包括物时。
2. 先行词被序数词或形容词最高级以及the only、the very、the same、the last、little、few 等词修饰时。
3. 先行词为all、any、much、many、everything、 anything、none、the one等不定代词时。
五、关系代词只用which 的情况
1. 关系代词前有介词时，一般用which而不用that。
2. 引导非限制性定语从句(主句和从句之间用逗号隔开)，用which而不用that。
六、其他注意事项
1. 关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，定语从句中的谓语动词要与先行词在人称和数上保持一致。
2. 关系代词在定语从句中作宾语时可省略，作主语时，则不可省略。
巧记that, which作关系代词的用法
that、which可互换，下列情况是例外：
先行若是不定代，that就把which踹；
先行词前被限制，千万不要用which；
要用which莫着急，介词提前要隔离。



选词填空

①The first thing ________you must do is to have a meal.
②April 1st is the day ________is called April Fool's Day in the West.
③The family ________had lost everything in a big fire got lots of help from their friends.
④The house ________we live in is very old.
⑤Didn't you see the man ________I talked with just now?

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. The movie has a happy ________(end)．
2. Students should try their best ________(study) well.
3. After ________(watch) the TV play, I couldn't fall sleep.
4. Eating more vegetables ________(be) good for your health.
5. I don't feel like ________(go) hiking today.
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 我将坚持我的决定。
I shall ________ ________ my decision.
2. 小孩依赖他们的父母供给衣食。
Children ________ ________ their parents for food and clothing.
3. 我有很多朋友，并且我喜欢朋友们的陪伴。
I have ________ ________ friends, and I enjoy the company of my friends.
4. 飞机起飞之前你必须关闭手机。
You must ________ ________ your mobile phone before the plane takes off.
5. 汤姆偶尔去探望他们。
Tom went to see them _______ _______ _______ ________.


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母提示完成单词
1. Don't s________ the knife into the desk. It's not allowed.
2. The girl was d________ because her pet dog died just now.
3. Don't s________ the computer. I'll use it.
4. Open your books and make a d________ with your partner.
5. —What kinds of movies do you like?
—I like d________.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Why don't you feel like ________(eat) lunch?
2. Does the story have a happy ________(end)?
3. I felt relaxed after ________(listen) to music.
4. Don't make me ________(practice) the guitar all day. I should have some time to relax.
5. —Why are there so many people in the supermarket?
—Because the things in it are ________(expensive).
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. The woman ________ is waiting for a bus is my aunt.
A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
2. There is ________ of food in the fridge. You needn't go shopping.
A. plenty B. a few
C. many D. a great many
3. I don't like music that ________ too long.
A. is B. are C. do D. does
4. —Do you want to go to the movies with us tomorrow?
—It depends ________ I feel.
A. in what B. on what
C. in how D. on how
5. The music is ________ loud for me ________ hear you clearly.
A. so; that　 B. too; to
C. such; that　 D. so that; to
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 在周末我经常去钓鱼，偶尔去爬山。
I often go fishing on weekends, and ________ ________ ________ ________ I climb the mountains.
2. 外出度假前请一定要关掉家里的煤气和电源。
Please make sure to ________ ________ the gas and electricity in the house before leaving for holiday.
3. 我不知道如何才能让她高兴起来。
I don't know how to ________ ________ ________.
4. 我将尽我最大努力解决这个问题。
I'll ________ ________ ________ to solve this problem.
5. 以后他们再也不来这里旅游了。
They ________ travel here ________ in future.

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话。
A. But you can't sing well.
B. No one enjoys your pictures.
C. I think music is more interesting than art.
D. They're both important.
E. I prefer art to music.
Jim: Which do you prefer, art or music?
Kate: I prefer music. __1__
Jim: Really? I can't agree with you. Art is more interesting than music. __2__
Kate: No. Music is much more popular. I don't think art is as interesting and popular as music.
Jim: __3__ Perhaps nobody likes to listen to you when you sing.
Kate: But you draw badly. __4__
Mom: Oh, my children, stop talking like that, please.
__5__ They can both make our life more interesting.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________　
4. ________ 5. ________






















Section B (1a—1d)



情景对话，明确本课重点句型
A: Hello, Ben. You look cool.
B: Thanks.
A: What kinds of clothes do you like?
B: I like clothes that are u__1__.
A: What kinds of movies do you like?
B: I like movies __2__ are sad. I love Titanic.
A: Oh, I don't. I like movies that __3__ scary. I r__4__ like comedies.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________




阅读下面句子，思考并完成下面的探究总结
He likes clothes that are unusual．
他喜欢与众不同的衣服。 (教材第69页)
He is an unusual boy. 他是个不寻常的男孩。
　
(1)unusual由un-＋________(寻常的)构成。un- 为________(否定/肯定) 前缀，意为“不；非”。
(2)un-＋形容词，表示“相反”的状态。例如：unlucky、unhappy、unhealthy等。
【拓展】
un-＋动词，表示“相反”的动作。例如：unlock(开锁)、unpack(打开)等。

①Unlike others, he likes ________(usual) dances.
②He doesn't feel happy because he has no friends here. (改为同义句)
He feels ________ because he has no friends here.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. —Why do you think the little girl is ________ (usual)?
—Because she could speak three languages at the age of five.
2. He likes writers who ________(explain) things well.
3. We like movies that ________(be) about life in the future.
4. The nurse who ________(look) after my brother now is very kind.
5. I ________(real) like the famous player.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. That's the man ________ house was destroyed in the storm.
A. that B. whose C. who D. which
2. Is that the person ________ helped us a lot after the earthquake?
A. whose B. which
C. when D. who
3. We should not eat too much food ________ is fried, like French fries.
A. that B. what C. it D. /
4. —________？
—It's too scary.
A. How do you think of the movie
B. What do you like about the movie
C. What do you think of the movie
D. How much do you like the movie
5. I'm sleepy. I prefer ________ at home to going out for a walk.
A. sleeping B. to sleep
C. slept D. sleep


Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Some singers can't sing the words ________(clear)．
2. I like movies that give me something ________ (have) fun.
3. It is really ________(usual) for him to come late. He always comes on time.
4. I love movies that ________(be) about monsters.
5. I don't like documentaries. I ________(real) like cartoons.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. —What do you ________ Mo Yan's novels?
—I like them very much.
A. look at B. like
C. think over　 D. think of
2. Please hand in your homework ________．
A. at the same time B. in time
C. from time to time D. some time
3. I prefer ________ some shopping to ________ camping since the weather isn't lovely.
A. do; going B. doing; go　
C. do; go D. doing; going
4. —Hi, Kimmy. Do you know Jam Hsiao?
—Sure. He is a popular singer ________ comes from Taiwan.
A. who B. which C. whom D. what
5. —What kinds of movies do you like?
—I like movies ________ scary monsters.
A. which has B. that have　
C. what has D. why have
Ⅲ.完成句子
1. 我更喜欢色彩鲜艳的衣服。
I prefer the clothes ________ ________ ________．
2. 你认识那位穿西装的男士吗？
Do you know the man ________ ________ a suit?
3. 正和我爸爸谈话的那位女士是我的英语老师。
The woman ________ ________ talking with my father is my English teacher.
4. 我喜欢那些自己作词的音乐家。
I like the musicians that can ________ ________ ________ ________．
5. 我不喜欢悲伤的电影。
I ________ ________ movies that ________ sad.

Ⅳ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. Because her voice is wonderful.
B. Who is your favorite singer?
C. I prefer music that is quiet and gentle.
D. What kind of music do you like best?
E. Are there any new CDs?
F. Where is the music store?
G. Who does it belong to?
A: Li Lei, would you like to go to the music store now?
B: Yes, I'd love to. __1__
A: Of course. I heard that the owner of the shop bought some.
B: __2__
A: I like music that has great lyrics best. What about you?
B: __3__
A: __4__
B: Wang Fei.
A: Why?
B: __5__
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________　　　　　4. ________ 　5. ________
Ⅴ. 完形填空
(2015·衡阳改编)Molly's brother Sammy liked to play the guitar and sing. The __1__ made him happy. He wrote a lot of songs and played them for his family. There was __2__that Sammy wanted more to do.
But one day Sammy __3__ a tree. Unluckily he fell off and hurt his arm badly.
The doctor at the hospital told him his arm would never work again. It made him very __4__. His sister Molly felt sad too. She knew how down he was. She wished that she could __5__ him. She told him to be positive(积极的), and she would help him out.
Sammy smiled a bit, __6__ his sister seemed to care. She gave him her support and he was glad that she was there. When Sammy returned home from the hospital， he could not wait to __7__ his guitar and tried to play a small piece of music. But Sammy's arm did not work right, and it all __8__ wrong. He became so upset and threw his guitar away.
Then Molly ran __9__ and took Sammy's guitar out of the dirty old dustbin, and said, “Can you teach me to play？”So Sammy showed Molly __10__ that he knew about guitar, and before long she could play just like a superstar. Sammy smiled again.
Music is a miracle(奇迹) when things seem to go wrong.
1. A. tool B. music C. spirit D. sports
2. A. anything B. everything
C. something D. nothing
3. A. passed B. cut C. climbed D. planted
4. A. sad B. bored C. poor D. interested
5. A. teach B. help C. save D. laugh at
6. A. but B. and C. because D. so
7. A. put away B. take away
C. get up D. pick up
8. A. sounded B. felt C. smelt D. looked
9. A. down B. inside C. outside D. away
10. A. what B. all C. which D. nothing


Section B (2a—2e)



Ⅰ. 英汉互译，了解本课重点短语
1. look up　　　　　　　____________
2. make money ____________
3. continue to do sth. ____________
4. 到……末尾 ____________
5. 总共；合计 ____________
6. 不但……而且…… ____________
Ⅱ. 完成句子，明确本课重点句型
1. 那首用二胡演奏的乐曲尤其使我感动。
The piece ________ ________ ________ on the erhu especially moved me.
2. 它是我曾经听过的最动人的乐曲之一。
It was ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ of music that I've ever heard.
3. 这首曲子是阿炳写的，他是一位民间音乐家，于1893年出生于无锡市。
The music was written by Abing, a folk musician ________ ________ ________ in the city of Wuxi in 1893.
4. 阿炳因他的音乐才能而闻名。
Abing ________ ________ ________ his musical ability.
5. 他以这种方式表演了许多年。
He performed ________ ________ ________ for many years.
6. 遗憾的是，一共只有六首曲子被录了下来得以传世。
________ ________ ________ ________ that only six pieces of music in total were recorded for the future world to hear.




阅读下面句子，思考句中画线部分的词性及含义
He performed in this way for many years.
他以这种方式表演了许多年。(教材第70页)
His funny performance made us laugh.
他滑稽的表演让我们开怀大笑。
Who is the best performer?
谁是最佳表演者？
　与perform相关的词汇
perform
________(动词/名词)，意为“表演；执行”
performance
________(动词/名词)，意为“表演；表现”
performer
________(动词/名词)，意为“表演者”

①What do you think of her ________(perform)?
②All the ________(perform) did a good job.
2. pity n. 遗憾；怜悯　v. 同情；怜悯

阅读下面句子，体会句子中画线部分的用法
It is a pity that only six pieces of music in total were recorded for the future world to hear. 遗憾的是，一共只有六首曲子被录了下来得以传世。(教材第70页)
It's a pity to waste this food. 浪费这些食物真是可惜。
—I lost my wallet. 我把钱包弄丢了。
—Oh, what a pity! 哦，真可惜！
I listened to her story with pity.
我同情地听她的故事。
I don't pity the students who don't study hard.
我不同情那些不努力学习的学生。
　pity的常见用法
(1)pity用作可数名词，意为“遗憾；可惜”，其前通常加不定冠词a；用作不可数名词，意为“同情；怜悯”。其常见用法：
①It's a pity(that)．.. 很遗憾……
②It's a pity to do sth. 做某事真可惜
③what/that's a pity 真可惜
④with pity 同情地
(2)pity用作动词，意为“同情；怜悯”。

①遗憾的是，这次我没有见到李老师。
________ ________ ________ ________I couldn't see Mr. Li this time.
②It's a pity ________(miss) the early bus.

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. I love animals, ________(especial) pandas.
2. He can't forget the ________(beautiful) of that piece of music.
3. The woman didn't want to eat anything because of her ________(sad).
4. We want to read the ________(move) story again.
5. She doesn't want to talk about the ________(pain) experience.
6. The ________(perform) who plays the piano best in the talent show is our classmate.
7. I like the book ________(write) by Ba Jin.
8. Charlie Chaplin is ________(know) for his funny movies.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. Abing was a popular musician who could play ________ erhu very well.
A. a B. an
C. the D. /
2. The food made me ________.
A. wanted to leave B. angrily
C. feel hungry D. felt hungry
3. They hope to continue ________ after finishing school.
A. study B. studies
C. studied D. to study
4. How long have your parents ________？
A. married B. got married
C. been married D. marrying
5. The famous picture is one of China's ________.
A. nation treasure　　 B. nation treasures
C. national treasure　 D. national treasures
6. All the students ________ the sad story and they all cried.
A. moved to　　　　 B. moved by
C. were moved to　　 D. were moved by
7. As soon as we got to the village, we ________ the villagers' warmth and kindness.
A. stuck B. shut
C. entered D. sensed
8. —My favorite singer gave a concert in our city yesterday, but I missed it.
—________
A. What a pity！　　　 B. I'm glad to hear that.
C. With pleasure.　　 D. I hope so.


Ⅰ. 根据句意及首字母提示完成单词
1. I can s________ her happiness from the smile on her face.
2. The actor p________ very well in his last movie.
3. —I'm sorry I can't go to the zoo with you.
—What a p________！ There are many cute animals there.
4. Our teacher p________ her because of her good manners.
5. It's not easy to m________ a foreign language. You should try your best.
6. The moon was r________ on the river and was very beautiful.
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. He was ________(know) for his kindness.
2. His ________(ill) kept him in hospital for 6 weeks.
3. She didn't get ________(marry) until she was well into middle age.
4. Where are the ________(amaze) photos you mentioned?
5. He continued ________(write) his book after coming back from the USA.
6. Can you still remember the ________(pain) experience?
Ⅲ. 单项选择
1. Gina is an intelligent girl. She could ________ Beijing Opera when she was five years old.
A. speak B. perform
C. talk D. reflect
2. Dan was badly hurt in the car accident yesterday and he could hardly ________ what had happened.
A. remain B. remind
C. review D. recall
3. This is one of the most ________that I've ever read.
A. moving story　　　 B. moving stories
C. moved story　　　 D. moved stories
4. This is a sad movie ________ can ________ the hearts of people.
A. which; touch　　　　 B. which; see
C. who; touch　　　　　 D. who; see
5. Our English teacher is funny and friendly. ________ this reason, we all love to have his classes.
A. By　　 B. For C. With D. On
Ⅳ. 完成句子
1. 你可以在词典里查一查这些单词。
You can ________ ________ these words in the dictionary.
2. 我们班总共有12名女生。
There are twelve girl students in our class ________ ________.
3. 你没来听音乐会真是个遗憾。
________ ________ ________ ________ you didn't come to the concert.
4. 他通过在街上唱歌来赚钱。
He sings on the street ________ ________ ________.
5. 这项工作应该用这种方法做。
The work should be done ________ ________ ________.

Ⅴ. 补全对话
从方框中选择最佳选项完成对话，其中有两项多余。
A. That's true.
B. How did you like it?
C. The concert ended at 10:00 p.m.
D. I went there with my parents.
E. How did you go there?
F. It was called “Saving the Children”.
G. The concert was held for collecting money for poor children.
A: Hi, Kate. Did you go to the concert last night?
B: Yes. __1__
A: __2__
B: Wonderful. Many famous singers sang at the concert. __3__
A: What does it mean?
B: __4__You know many children in the world don't have enough food.
A: __5__
B: I think people all over the world should help them.
A: That's right.
1. ________　2. ________　3. ________
4. ________ 5. ________
Ⅵ. 短文填空
根据句意及首字母提示完成短文，使短文完整、通顺。
I am a boy. My name is Wang Wei. I like music. I think l__1__ to music can make me feel relaxed. I can also play many musical instruments. My father is a music teacher. He t__2__ me to play the piano, the guitar and the erhu when I was very young. Of the three instruments, I like erhu best. A piece of music c__3__ Erquan Yingyue is very beautiful. It was written by a musician who was a
blind man. His name is Abing. He was born in Wuxi, Jiangsu Province in 1893. He was k__4__ for his amazing musical ability. By the end of his life, he could play over 600 pieces of music. But only 6 pieces of music in total were recorded for the future world to hear. I think that's a p__5__.
1．________　2.________　3.________　4.________ 5．________
Ⅶ. 阅读理解
Different people like different kinds of songs and different musicians. I prefer songs that have great lyrics. I like these songs because I can sing along with them. I also like musicians who can write lyrics and music themselves. These musicians can also sing clearly. I enjoy listening to them.
My friend Wang Qian likes songs that are loud. She likes to dance very much. When she hears this kind of music, she can't help dancing. She also likes rock music. She thinks rock music can make her feel excited. But my parents like quiet and gentle music. They like to listen to traditional Chinese music. They think it's relaxing to listen to this kind of music. My father's favorite singer is Li Guyi. My mother's favorite singer is Guan Mucun. As for my grandfather, he loves Beijing Opera. He has a small radio and he listens to it every morning. He also watches it on TV. Mei Lanfang is my grandfather's favorite performer.
阅读短文，判断正(T)误(F)。
(　　)1. People often like the same music and musicians.
(　　)2. The writer likes songs that have great lyrics because she can dance to them.
(　　)3. Wang Qian likes dancing and rock music.
(　　)4. Li Guyi is the writer's father's favorite singer.
(　　)5. The writer's grandfather loves to listen to quiet music.


Section B (3a—Self Check)



Ⅰ. 选词填空，巩固本课重点语法

1. I visited a scientist ________ name is known all over the world.
2. Tomato is a kind of vegetable ________ is good for health.
3. The boy to ________ you talked just now is my brother.
4. The boy ________ speaks English very well is from America.
5. Where is the letter ________ came yesterday?
Ⅱ. 情景交际，明确本课重点句型
A: What k________ of music do you like?
B: I like loud music.
A: Who's your f________ singer?
B: My favorite singer is Lady Gaga.
A: W________ do you like her?
B: B________ she writes her own songs.
A: Well, I have many of her CDs, too.
B: S________ good. Could I borrow one?
A: Sure.



本单元以“音乐和电影”为话题，围绕这一话题就个人及他人的喜好展开论述，如喜欢什么样的音乐、歌手或者电影。而最能体现本单元话题及语言运用能力的话题作文是“谈论自己或他人的喜好”。 这也是单元测试和中考等试题中常考的话题作文之一。

假设你是李明，请根据提示，给你的笔友Jack发一封电子邮件，介绍一下你的喜好。
提示：
1. 你刚刚考完试，很高兴有时间给他发邮件，谈论自己的喜好。
2. 你喜欢舒缓的、传统的音乐及喜欢的理由。
3. 喜欢做运动。
4. 喜欢读科学书籍及喜欢的理由。
要求：
1. 包含以上所有要点，并可适当发挥。
2. 词数80左右(开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数)。
Dear Jack，
I have just finished the exams. __________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yours，
Li Ming

1. 人称：主要用第一人称。
2. 时态：一般现在时。
3. 结构提纲：
(1)引入话题：我刚刚考完试，所以有时间发邮件来谈论自己的喜好。
(2)阐明喜好：从各个方面逐一谈论。
(3)问题结尾：询问他人的喜好。
4. 语句储备：
(1)make sb. do sth.
(2)make sb.＋adj.
(3)I'd like to ...
(4)I prefer ...

____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________

Ⅰ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. I like to listen to ________(relax) music.
2. Spring Festival is a time for ________(meet) families and friends.
3. My father is too busy to have time ________(spend) with us.
4. The man is a teacher who ________(have) much teaching skills.
5. We must try ________(catch) the early bus in order not to be late.
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. I prefer music ________ art. I like to sing and listen to music after school.
A. with B. to C. than D. at
2. I like musicians ________ the songs clearly.
A. who sing　　　　 B. who sings
C. which sing　　　 D. which sings
3. I think it's very important to spend time ________ our family.
A. in B. on C. for D. with
4. I have a good friend ________ Alice. She is from the United States.
A. call B. to call C. named D. name
5. What a ________ ! His family was very poor at that time. So he couldn't go to college even though he was very clever.
A. pleasure B. pity　　
C. surprise D. noise


Ⅰ. 从方框内选择恰当的词并用其正确形式填空
perform, prefer, praise, direct, Australia
1. This doctor received high ________ from everyone.
2. The ________ told the actress to have a good rest.
3. Cindy is a(n) ________ girl. She is friendly to us.
4. Mike ________ some wonderful programs at the party yesterday.
5. Which do you ________，coffee or tea?
Ⅱ. 单项选择
1. His grandfather was dead, and he could not get away from his ________.
A. loneliness B. sadness　
C. inspiration　　 D. wound
2. Mobile phones should be ________ during the meeting.
A. cut off B. cut down
C. shut off　 D. shut down
3. My money is not the only thing ________ is missing.
A. who B. that C. whom D. whose
4. —Most of us think Class Five will win the basketball game.
—Maybe you are right, but I still ________ my point.
A. go on B. take up　
C. stick to D. keep on
5. —I like to sing ________ the music.
—Really? But I like music that I can dance ________.
A. along; to　 B. along; with
C. along with; to　 D. with; with
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 教我们语文的老师小提琴拉得非常棒。
The teacher who teaches us Chinese ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ playing the violin.
2. 我已经赔偿了两天前我丢失的那本书。
I've paid for the book ________ I ________ two days ago.
3. 警察抓到了一个人，这个人与布朗先生的描述相吻合。
The police have caught a man ________ ________ Mr. Brown's description.
4. 海伦就是那位想帮助我们的人。
Helen is the person ________ ________ to help us.
5. 这个屋子还有很多空间。
There is ________ ________ room in this room.

Ⅳ. 完形填空
I began playing the violin when I was in Grade 3 in my primary school and I fell in love with it at once. And then I __1__ to major in Violin Performance at university and be a violinist after graduation. I later did go to learn __2__ Performance at a university in New York. During the first year at university, I began teaching violin classes at a music center in my spare time. I quickly realized that I loved __3__ very much.
I used several __4__ books to teach my students. I thought it was very important to use different books for different students, so I spent a lot of time __5__ different books for my students. During the classes, I not only taught my students __6__ to play the violin, but also shared my love __7__ the violin with my students.
I believe that being good at __8__ musical instrument isn't enough for a music teacher. __9__ you want to be an excellent music teacher, you should make the music classes interesting and you should also __10__ the students to feel good about what they can do.
1. A. refused B. stopped
C. decided D. prevented
2. A. Piano B. Violin
C. Guitar D. Drum
3. A. reading B. learning
C. teaching D. writing
4. A. different B. similar
C. important D. same
5. A. giving up B. looking for
C. thinking up D. handing in
6. A. how B. what
C. which D. who
7. A. at B. on
C. with D. of
8. A. taking B. doing
C. playing D. making
9. A. Though B. Until
C. If D. Unless
10. A. make B. encourage
C. force D. let
Ⅴ. 阅读理解
(2015·济宁)No one knows exactly when jazz was invented, or by whom. But it is said that it began in the early 1900s. Jazz was a new kind of music, for America and the world, and New Orleans was its birthplace.
Who were the jazz pioneers? Most were blacks. This music was not written down, and at first only blacks played it. It was hard for white musicians to learn the new style. But soon they, were playing jazz, too.
The popularity of this music spread. From New Orleans, it traveled up the Mississippi to Chicago, then to Kansas City and New York. By the 1920s, there were many jazz musicians, both black and white. Many of them were famous. One man was better than the rest. His name was Louis Armstrong.
Louis Armstrong was a born musician. He was not only talented but also hard-working. He also had a good sense of humor and a big good-natured smile. These personal qualities were valuable in his rise to fame. After he became famous, he traveled around the world. It seemed that everyone wanted to hear Louis play. But life was not always easy, especially at the beginning.
Louis Armstrong was born in 1900 in New Orleans. His father never went to school and his mother could hardly read. When Louis was still a kid, his parents separated, and Louis lived with his mother. How hard their life was can readily be imagined. And yet Louis smiled through everything. He later wrote, “My whole life has been happiness. Life was there for me and I accepted it. Whatever happened has been beautiful to me. I love everybody.”
1. What can we know exactly from the first paragraph?
A. Who invented jazz.
B. When jazz was invented.
C. Where jazz was invented.　
D. Why jazz was invented.
2. The underlined word “they” in Paragraph 2 refers to(指) ________.
A. new styles B. jazz pioneers
C. black musicians D. white musicians
3. What made Louis Armstrong become the best jazz musician?
A. His family background.
B. His talent and hard work.
C. His good sense of humor.
D. His big good-natured smiles.
4. Which of the following best expresses Louis Armstrong's attitude(态度) to life?
A. He laughs best who laughs last.
B. Failure is the mother of success.
C. When you smile, the world smiles back.
D. Without music, life is a journey through a desert.
5. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The development of jazz.
B. The influence of jazz on Americans.
C. The achievements of Louis Armstrong.
D. The development of jazz and its best musician.





单词活用——必考单词，灵活运用
1. Does your teacher p________ you for your good grades?
2. It's not easy to m________ a foreign language well in a short time.
3. —Which do you p________，basketball or soccer?
—I like soccer better.
4. —Where is Lin Tao? Do you know?
—I s________ he must be reading in the school library.
5. Although parents try their best to take good care of their children, some kids don't s________ their parents' love.
6. I don't like to see movies that have a sad ________ (end).
7. You can't imagine her ________(sad). Both of her parents were killed in the accident.
8. I don't want to recall that ________(pain) experience.
9. I think the story of Chang'e is one of the most ________(move) stories.
10. Everyone likes to watch her ________(perform) because she is a famous actress.
短语速译——高频短语，速填速记
1. 空闲时间　　　　　　　　　 ____________
2. 既然那样；假使那样的话 ____________
3. 坚持；固守 ____________
4. 使变得更高兴；使振奋 ____________
5. 尽某人最大努力 ____________
6. 大量；充足 ____________
7. 关闭；停止运转 ____________
8. in time ____________
9. 偶尔地；间或 ____________
10. look up ____________
11. be known for ____________
12. get married ____________
13. in this way ____________
14. by the end of ____________
15. 总共；合计 ____________
句型闯关——重点句型，逐一突破
1. 我喜欢能跟着唱歌的音乐。
I like music that I can ________ ________ ________．
2. ——你喜欢哪种衣服？
——我喜欢色彩鲜艳的衣服。
—________ ________ ________ clothes do you like?
—I like clothes ________ ________ colorful.
3. 它是我曾经听过的最动人的乐曲之一。
It was ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ of music that I've ever heard.
4. 你没来看电影真是遗憾！
________ ________ ________ ________ you didn't come to see the movie!
语法专练——特别训练，专项提升
把下列简单句改为定语从句
1. I'll never forget the farm. I visited it in 2013.
I'll never forget the farm ________ ________ ________ in 2013.
2. The building is a middle school. It stands near the post office.
The building ________ ________ near the post office ________ a middle school.
3. The man teaches us English. He comes from Hainan.
The man ________ ________ ________ ________ comes from Hainan.
4. The book is interesting. You lent it to me yesterday.
The book ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ yesterday is interesting.
5. My grandfather doesn't like these songs. These songs are too long.
My grandfather doesn't like songs ________ ________ too long.
真题演练——揭秘考点，挑战中考
核心考点揭秘
近年来各地中考在本单元集中体现在以下几点：
定语从句的引导词，prefer、pity以及feel like的用法等。
1. (2015·眉山)Mike ________ reading ________ playing computer games.
A. prefers; than B. prefers; to　
C. would rather; than　　 D. would rather; to
2. (2015·黄石)—I missed the beginning of the movie Spider Man last night.
—________！But you can get some information on the Internet.
A. Hurry up　 B. Never mind　
C. Good luck　　 D. What a pity
3. (2015·泉州)I have a bad cold. I don't feel like ________ anything.
A. to eat B. eating C. eat
4. (2015·广州)The stories ________ were written by Mark Twain are often humorous.
A. that B. those C. who D. what
5. (2015·南宁)Have you ever heard of the news ________ is about the Strawberry Concert?
A. who　 B. what C. which　 D. When



阶段检测卷(Unit 9)
(时间：60分钟　分值：100分)


Ⅰ. 单项选择(每小题2分，共20分)
1. －Can you play ________ erhu?
－No, I can't. But I can play ________ basketball.
A. /; the B. a; the
C. the; / D. the; the
2. I like music that I can sing along ________ or dance ________．
A. with; to B. to; with
C. to; to D. with; with
3. The garden is very beautiful. There are ________ flowers in it.
A. a great deal of B. plenty of
C. a little　　 D. a bit of
4. If you make a promise, you should ________ it.
A. stick to B. talk back
C. take place D. look up
5. He was born in a poor family, but his parents managed to buy books for him ________.
A. in this way B. in a while
C. once in a while D. for a while
6. I like the cartoon which has a happy ending and makes me ________.
A. laugh B. to laugh
C. laughing D. laughed
7. —Which song do you like better, Lucy?
—I prefer the song Little Apple ________ can attract many people.
A. which B. who C. whom D. where
8. I prefer ________ rather than ________ to net bar.
A. to stay at home; go out
B. going out; stay at home
C. staying at home; going out
D. going out; to stay at home
9. She really feels like ________a talk with him about his study at school.
A. having B. have C. has D. to have
10. —The radio says there will be a rainstorm this weekend, so we have to cancel the hiking to Nanshan.
—________ I'm looking forward to it.
A. Never mind. B. What a pity!
C. My pleasure. D. No problem.
Ⅱ. 完形填空(每小题2分，共20分)
Music is an international language. The songs that are sung or played by instruments are beautiful to all people everywhere.
Popular music in America is __1__ every student likes. Students carry small radios with earphones and __2__ music before class, after class and at lunch. Students with cars buy large speakers and play the music loudly as they drive on the street.
Adult drivers listen to music on the car radio as they drive __3__. They also listen to the news about sports, the weather, and activities of the American people.
Pop or popular music singers make __4__ money. They make a CD or tape __5__ radio stations use in every state. Once the popular singer is heard __6__ the country, young people will buy his or her CDs or tapes. __7__ the money from these CDs or tapes comes to the singer. __8__ the singer goes, all the young people want to meet him or her. Now the singer has become a national star.
There are two other kinds of music that are important to Americans. One is called folk music. It tells stories about the common life of Americans. __9__ is called Western or country music. This __10__ by cowboys who would sing at night to the cows they were watching. Today, any music about country life and the love between a country boy and his girl is called Western or country music.
1. A. what B. which C. who D. that
2. A. hear B. sound C. listen to D. listen
3. A. work B. working C. to work D. works
4. A. a lot B. plenty of
C. a lots of D. many
5. A. who B. where C. how D. that
6. A. all over B. whole
C. on D. at
7. A. Some B. Any C. Few D. Some of
8. A. Whatever B. However
C. Wherever D. Whenever
9. A. Else B. Others
C. The other D. Another
10. A. start B. is started
C. was started D. started
Ⅲ. 阅读理解(每小题2分，共10分)
Do you like music? Maybe not. But wherever you go, you might hear music. Today most stores and restaurants play music. You might even hear music in a zoo or on a farm.
Scientists believe that music changes the ways people behave. According to some scientists, the sound of Western classical music makes people feel richer. When a restaurant plays classical music, people spend more money on food and drinks. When the restaurant plays modern music, people spend less money. With no music, people spend even less.
Scientists also believe that loud, fast music make people eat faster. In fact, people eat their food fast when the music gets faster. Some restaurants play fast music during their busy hours. This gets people to eat faster and leave quickly. Restaurants can make more money in this way.
Some scientists think that music makes you think and learn better. They say that music helps students to be more active. It is true that people learn better when they are relaxed. And listening to music can help you relax.
The next time you hear music somewhere, be careful. It might change the way you do things.
1. The Western classical music can make people feel ________．
A. poor B. richer
C. stressed out D. sleepy
2. When the restaurant plays no music, people will spend ________ money.
A. more B. much C. less D. lots of
3. During the busy hours, some restaurants play ________ music.
A. quiet B. gentle C. slow D. fast
4. Music can make us ________．
A. relaxed B. relaxing
C. feel sick D. feel thirsty
5. What's the main idea of the passage?
A. Music is useful.
B. Don't listen to music.
C. Listening to music can make money.
D. Music can't help us study well.
Ⅳ. 根据句意及汉语提示完成单词(每小题2分，共10分)
1. I don't know how to deal with the ________(伤口).
2. What do you think the story can ________(反映)?
3. Sally is an ________(澳大利亚人). She speaks English very well.
4. The T-shirt feels very ________(平滑的) and comfortable.
5. The famous ________(导演) is from the United States.
Ⅴ. 句型转换(每小题2分，共10分)
1. They are playing the kind of music. I love to hear the kind of music. (合并为含有定语从句的复合句)
They are playing the kind of music ________ ________ ________ to hear.
2. They are my friends. They can make me happy. (合并为含有定语从句的复合句)
They are my friends ________ ________ ________ me happy.
3. I'm not sure what I should expect. (改为简单句)
I'm not sure ________ ________ expect.
4. I prefer quiet_and_traditional music. (对画线部分提问)
________ ________ ________ music do you prefer?
5. The man with glasses is my uncle. (改为同义句)
The man ________ ________ glasses is my uncle.
Ⅵ. 补全对话(每小题2分，共10分)
根据对话内容在空白处填写恰当的句子。
A: Hello, Lucy! 1.________________？
B: I like movies that are interesting.
A: What kind of music do you like?
B: 2.________________．
A: What kinds of friends do you want to have?
B: I want to have friends which are like me.
A: 3.________________？
B: Yes, I do. I am outgoing so I have many friends.
A: Do you like reading?
B: 4.________________．I often go to the library and read books.
A: I also like reading. 5.________________？
B: I like books that can give me something to think about.
Ⅶ. 书面表达(共20分)
作为一名中学生，每个人可能都有很多朋友。但是，不同的学生可能喜欢不同的朋友。关于学生喜欢什么样的朋友，你在班里做了一项调查，请根据调查结果，写一篇80词左右的短文。
姓名
喜欢的朋友
高青
喜欢爱好体育的朋友
王磊
喜欢和他性格一样的朋友
李飞
喜欢和他不同的朋友
田胜
喜欢乐观开朗的朋友
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________



Unit 9　I like music that I can dance to.

Section A (1a－2d)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 优美的歌词　2. along with　3. 电子音乐　4. 悦耳的音乐　5. spare time　6. in that case
Ⅱ. 1. dance to　2. isn't too loud　3. What kind of 4. play different kinds of　5. give; to
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①B　②D　③A
2. [对点训练] ①to do　②D
3. [探究总结] (1)形容词　(2)动词
[对点训练] ①In my spare time　②spare; for
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. to stay　2. to meet　3. Australian　4. director　5. noisy
Ⅱ.1－5 DBAAA
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. prefer　2. spare　3. suppose　4. lyrics　
5. director
Ⅱ. 1. who　2. if　3. What　4. that　
5. Whose
Ⅲ. 1－5 DDACD
Ⅳ. 1. In that case　2. different kinds of　
3. to think about　4. has great lyrics　5. help me relax
Ⅴ. 1. D　细节理解题。根据第一段中的“People who are amusic are born without the ability to enjoy musical notes.”可知，“amusic”指的是那些天生就不能欣赏音乐的人。故选D。
2. B　细节理解题。根据第二段中的“Life can be hard for amusics. In fact, most people cannot understand what it feels like to be amusic.”可知，人们对他们的不理解给他们带来了生活上的困难。故选B。
3. C　细节理解题。根据第二段中的“By studying people like Margaret, scientists are finally learning how to identify this unusual condition.”可知选C。
4. A　细节理解题。根据第三段中的“Scientists say that the brains of amusics are different from those of people who can enjoy music.”可知选A。
5. C　主旨大意题。本文讲述了天生就不能欣赏音乐的人。故选C。
Section A (3a－4c)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 想做某事　2. stick to　3. 取决于　
4. 尽某人最大努力　5. plenty of　6. shut off　7. 及时　8. once in a while
Ⅱ. 1. prefer; that; cheer; up　2. have a happy ending
3. Laughing; is; to relax　4. that are scary　
5. who isn't afraid of; doesn't; anymore
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [对点训练] ①eating　②feels like
2. [探究总结] (1)动词　(2)可数
[对点训练] sticks to
3. [探究总结] 不可数；不可数；可数名词复数
[对点训练] ①time　②C
[语法聚焦]
　[对点训练] ①that　②which/that　③who/that
④that/which　⑤who/whom
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. ending　2. to study　3. watching　4. is　
5. going
Ⅱ. 1. stick to　2. depend on　3. plenty of　
4. shut off 5. once in a while
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. stick　2. down　3. shut　4. dialog
5. documentaries
Ⅱ. 1. eating　2. ending　3. listening　
4. practice　5. inexpensive
Ⅲ. 1－5 BAADB
Ⅳ. 1. once in a while　2. shut off　3. cheer her up 4. try my best　5. won't; anymore
Ⅴ. 1－5 CEABD
Section B (1a－1d)
【自主预习·探新知】
　1. unusual　2. that　3. are　4. really
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
　[探究总结] (1)usual；否定
[对点训练] ①unusual　②unhappy
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. unusual　2. explain　3. are　4. is looking　5. really
Ⅱ. 1－5 BDACA
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. clearly　2. to have　3. unusual　4. are　
5. really
Ⅱ. 1－5 DBDAB
Ⅲ. 1. that/which are colorful　2. who/that wears　
3. who/that is　4. write their own lyrics　
5. don't like; are
Ⅳ. 1－5 EDCBA
Ⅴ. 1－5 BDCAB　6－10 CDACB
Section B (2a－2e)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. 查阅；抬头看　2. 赚钱　3. 继续做某事　4. by the end of　5. in total　6. not only ... but also ...
Ⅱ. 1. which was played　
2. one of the most moving pieces
3. who was born　4. was known for　
5. in this way 6. It is a pity
【合作探究·破疑难】
[要点突破]
1. [探究总结] 动词；名词；名词
[对点训练] ①performance　②performers
2. [对点训练] ①It's a pity that　②to miss
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. especially　2. beauty　3. sadness　
4. moving 5. painful　6. performer　
7. written　8. known
Ⅱ. 1－5 CCDCD　6—8 DDA
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. sense　2. performed　3. pity　
4. praised　5. master 6. reflected
Ⅱ. 1. known　2. illness　3. married　
4. amazing 5. to write　6. painful
Ⅲ. 1－5 BDBAB
Ⅳ. 1. look up　2. in total　3. It's a pity that　
4. to make money　5. in this way
Ⅴ. 1－5 DBFGA
Ⅵ. 1. listening　2. taught　3. called　4. known　5. pity
Ⅶ. 1－5 FFTTF
Section B (3a－Self Check)
【自主预习·探新知】
Ⅰ. 1. whose　2. that/which　3. whom　
4. who/that 5. that/which
Ⅱ. kind; favorite; Why; Because; Sounds
【合作探究·破疑难】
[写作指导]
One possible version：
Dear Jack，
I have just finished the exams. I'm happy I have time to write to you. Now I'd like to talk about my favorites．
In my spare time, I like to listen to music that's gentle and traditional. I think it can make me feel relaxed. I also do sports to make me strong and healthy. But in most of the free time I like to read books on science. I prefer those that are interesting and I can learn a lot from the books that I have read.
How about you? What's your hobby?
Yours，
Li Ming
[达标检测]
Ⅰ. 1. relaxing　2. meeting　3. to spend　
4. has　5. to catch
Ⅱ. 1－5 BADCB
【分层演练·提素能】
Ⅰ. 1. praise　2. director　3. Australian　
4. performed　5. prefer
Ⅱ. 1－5 BCBCC
Ⅲ. 1. does an excellent job in　2. that/which; lost 3. who/that matches　4. that/who wants　
5. plenty of
Ⅳ. 1－5 CBCAB　　6－10 ADCCB
Ⅴ. 1－5 CDBCD
单元复习课
[单词活用]
1. praise　2. master　3. prefer　4. suppose　
5. sense　6. ending 7. sadness　8. painful　
9. moving　10. performance
[短语速译]
1. spare time　2. in that case　3. stick to　
4. cheer up 5. try one's best　6. plenty of　7. shut off　8. 及时 9. once in a while　
10. 查阅；抬头看　11. 以……闻名　12. 结婚　13. 通过这种方式　14. 到……时为止　15. in total
[句型闯关]
1. sing along with　
2. What kinds of; which/that are
3. one of the most moving pieces　
4. It's a pity that
[语法专练]
1. that/which I visited　2. that/which stands; is
3. who/that teaches us English　
4. that/which you lent to me　
5. that/which are
[真题演练]
1. B　考查动词辨析。句意：比起玩电脑游戏，迈克更喜欢读书。prefer doing sth. to doing sth.“比起做某事，更喜欢做某事”；would rather do sth. than do sth.“宁愿做某事而不愿做某事”。故选B。
2. D　考查情景交际。hurry up“快点”；never mind“没关系”；good luck“祝你好运”；what a pity“真遗憾”。根据句意“——昨天晚上我错过了电影《蜘蛛侠》的开头。——真遗憾！但是你可以在网上获取一些信息。”可以判断选D。
3. B　考查非谓语动词。feel like doing sth.“想做某事”。句意：我患了重感冒，不想吃任何东西。故选B。
4. A　考查定语从句的引导词。句意：马克·吐温写的故事通常很幽默。分析句子结构知，本句是含有定语从句的复合句，其先行词为the stories，指物，故选A。
5. C　考查定语从句的引导词。句意：你听说过关于草莓音乐会的消息吗？这里先行词是the news，指物。故选C。

阶段检测卷(Unit 9)
Ⅰ. 1. C　考查冠词。乐器前加the，棋类、球类运动前不加the，故选C。
2. A　考查固定搭配。 sing along with “随着……唱歌”；dance to“随着……跳舞”。故选A。
3. B　考查短语辨析。a great deal of、a little 以及a bit of修饰不可数名词， plenty of修饰可数名词复数或不可数名词，空后为flowers, 故选B。
4. A　考查短语辨析。stick to“坚持；固守”； talk back“顶嘴”； take place “发生”； look up“查阅”。句意：如果你许诺了，就应该坚守诺言。故选A。
5. C　考查短语辨析。句意：他出生在一个贫穷的家庭，但是他的父母想方设法偶尔给他买书。once in a while“偶尔；间或”，符合句意。故选C。
6. A　考查固定搭配。make sb. do sth.为固定搭配，意为“让某人做某事”。句意：我喜欢有幸福的结局并让我大笑的卡通片。故选A。
7. A　考查定语从句的引导词。句意：——露西，你更喜欢哪首歌曲？——我更喜欢那首能吸引很多人的《小苹果》。根据先行词the song Little Apple指物可知，定语从句应该用which来引导，故选A。
8. A　考查固定搭配。prefer to do sth. rather than do sth.为固定搭配，意为“宁愿做某事也不愿做某事”。句意：我宁愿待在家里也不愿去网吧。故选A。
9. A　考查固定搭配。feel like doing sth. 意为“想做某事”，为固定搭配。故选A。
10. B　考查情景交际。never mind“没关系”；what a pity“真遗憾”；my pleasure“非常乐意”；no problem“没问题”。根据句意“——收音机上说本周末将有一场暴风雨，因此我们不得不取消去南山的徒步旅行。——真遗憾！我正盼着它呢。”可以判断用“What a pity！”故选B。
Ⅱ. 1. A　what every student likes为表语从句，意为“学生所喜欢的事物”。故选A。
2. C　表示“听音乐”用listen to music。故选C。
3. C　drive to work 意为“开车去上班”。
4. B　money为不可数名词，用plenty of修饰，many修饰可数名词复数，a lot 不能修饰名词，C选项本身错误。
5. D　本句是含有定语从句的复合句。先行词为物，用关系代词that引导。故选D。
6. A　all over the country意为“遍及全国”。故选A。
7. D　some of the money意为“这些钱中的一部分”，而some后面不能直接跟the money。故选D。
8. C　根据goes可以判断用wherever。
9. C　表示两者中的另外一个用the other。故选C。
10. C　根据句意可以判断用一般过去时的被动语态。
Ⅲ. 1. B　细节理解题。根据第二段第二句“According to some scientists, the sound of Western classical music makes people feel richer.”可以判断答案为B。
2. C　细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句“With no music, people spend even less.”可以判断答案为C。
3. D　细节理解题。根据第三段中的“Some restaurants play fast music during their busy hours.”可以判断答案为D。
4. A　细节理解题。根据第四段最后一句“And listening to music can help you relax.”可以推断答案为A。
5. A　主旨大意题。由全文意思可以判断“音乐是有用的”。
Ⅳ. 1. wound　2. reflect　3. Australian　4. smooth　5. director
Ⅴ. 1. that/which I love 　2. who/that can make　3. what to 4. What kind of　
5. who/that wears
Ⅵ. 1. What kinds of movies do you like
2. I like music that sounds beautiful
3. Do you have many friends
4. Yes，I do
5. Whats kind of books do you like
（答案不唯一）
Ⅶ. One possible version：
As a middle school student, you must have many friends at school. But what kinds of friends do the students like? I did a survey in our class. Gao Qing likes to play sports, so he likes friends who often play sports. He likes to play basketball and soccer with his friends. Wang Lei is very quiet and kind of shy. He likes friends who are like him. But Li Fei likes friends who are different from him. His best friend is Zhang Kang. Li Fei likes to sing and dance, but Zhang Kang likes art. Tian Sheng likes friends who are outgoing. He thinks if a friend is outgoing, he or she will be very popular. Tian Sheng is very popular in our class and he often helps others.